Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Construction of the Vineyard Wind Offshore Wind Project, 18346-18381 [2019-08666]
Download as PDF
18346
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
RIN 0648–XG882
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to Construction of
the Vineyard Wind Offshore Wind
Project
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental
harassment authorization; request for
comments on proposed authorization
and possible renewal.
AGENCY:
NMFS has received a request
from Vineyard Wind, LLC to take
marine mammals incidental to
construction of a commercial wind
energy project offshore Massachusetts.
Pursuant to the Marine Mammal
Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is
requesting comments on its proposal to
issue an incidental harassment
authorization (IHA) to incidentally take
marine mammals during the specified
activities. NMFS is also requesting
comments on a possible one-year
renewal that could be issued under
certain circumstances and if all
requirements are met, as described in
Request for Public Comments at the end
of this notice. NMFS will consider
public comments prior to making any
final decision on the issuance of the
requested MMPA authorizations and
agency responses will be summarized in
the final notice of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than May 30, 2019.
ADDRESSES: Comments should be
addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, National
Marine Fisheries Service. Physical
comments should be sent to 1315 EastWest Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910
and electronic comments should be sent
to ITP.Carduner@noaa.gov.
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible
for comments sent by any other method,
to any other address or individual, or
received after the end of the comment
period. Comments received
electronically, including all
attachments, must not exceed a 25megabyte file size. Attachments to
electronic comments will be accepted in
Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF
file formats only. All comments
received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted online at
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act without
change. All personal identifying
information (e.g., name, address)
voluntarily submitted by the commenter
may be publicly accessible. Do not
submit confidential business
information or otherwise sensitive or
protected information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Jordan Carduner, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.
Electronic copies of the application and
supporting documents, as well as a list
of the references cited in this document,
may be obtained online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act. In case
of problems accessing these documents,
please call the contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The MMPA prohibits the ‘‘take’’ of
marine mammals, with certain
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and
(D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et
seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce
(as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon
request, the incidental, but not
intentional, taking of small numbers of
marine mammals by U.S. citizens who
engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings
are made and either regulations are
issued or, if the taking is limited to
harassment, a notice of a proposed
incidental take authorization may be
provided to the public for review.
Authorization for incidental takings
shall be granted if NMFS finds that the
taking will have a negligible impact on
the species or stock(s) and will not have
an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for
taking for subsistence uses (where
relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe
the permissible methods of taking and
other ‘‘means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact’’ on the
affected species or stocks and their
habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of
similar significance, and on the
availability of such species or stocks for
taking for certain subsistence uses
(referred to in shorthand as
‘‘mitigation’’); and requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
and reporting of such takings are set
forth.
The definitions of all applicable
MMPA statutory terms cited above are
included in the relevant sections below.
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
National Environmental Policy Act
To comply with the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
(NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and
NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)
216–6A, NMFS must review our
proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
incidental harassment authorization)
with respect to potential impacts on the
human environment. Accordingly,
NMFS plans to adopt the Bureau of
Ocean Energy Management’s (BOEM)
Environmental Impact Statement (EIS),
provided our independent evaluation of
the document finds that it includes
adequate information analyzing the
effects on the human environment of
issuing the IHA. NMFS is a cooperating
agency on BOEM’s EIS. BOEM’s draft
EIS was made available for public
comment from December 7, 2018 to
February 22, 2019 and is available at:
www.boem.gov/Vineyard-Wind.
We will review all comments
submitted in response to this notice
prior to concluding our NEPA process
or making a final decision on the IHA
request.
Summary of Request
On September 7, 2018, NMFS
received a request from Vineyard Wind
LLC (Vineyard Wind) for an IHA to take
marine mammals incidental to
construction of an offshore wind energy
project south of Massachusetts.
Vineyard Wind submitted revised
versions of the application on October
11, 2018 and on January 28, 2019. The
application was deemed adequate and
complete on February 15, 2018.
Vineyard Wind’s request is for take of
15 species of marine mammals by
harassment. Neither Vineyard Wind nor
NMFS expects serious injury or
mortality to result from this activity
and, therefore, an IHA is appropriate.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
Vineyard Wind proposes to construct
an 800 megawatt (mw) offshore wind
energy project in Lease Area OCS–A
0501, offshore Massachusetts. The
project would consist of up to 100
offshore wind turbine generators
(WTGs) and one or more electrical
service platforms (ESPs), an onshore
substation, offshore and onshore
cabling, and onshore operations and
maintenance facilities. Take of marine
mammals may occur incidental to the
construction of the project due to inwater noise exposure resulting from pile
driving activities associated with
installation of WTG and ESP
foundations.
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
Vineyard Wind intends to install the
WTGs and ESPs between April and
December in the northeast portion of the
675 square kilometer (km2) (166,886
acre) Lease Area, referred to as the Wind
Development Area (WDA) (See Figure 1
in the IHA application).
Dates and Duration
Construction of the project is planned
to commence between August 1, 2020—
October 1, 2020. Up to 102 days of pile
driving may occur between May 1 and
December 31; no pile driving activities
would occur from January 1 through
April 30.
Specific Geographic Region
Vineyard Wind’s proposed activity
would occur in the northern portion of
the 675 square kilometer (km) (166,886
acre) Vineyard Wind Lease Area OCS–
A 0501 (Figure 1 in the IHA
application), also referred to as the
WDA. At its nearest point, the WDA is
just over 23 km (14 mi) from the
southeast corner of Martha’s Vineyard
and a similar distance from Nantucket.
Water depths in the WDA range from
approximately 37–49.5 meters (m) (121–
162 feet (ft)).
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
Vineyard Wind is proposing to
construct an 800 mw commercial wind
energy project in Lease Area OCS–A
0501, offshore Massachusetts. The
Project would consist of up to 100
offshore WTGs and as many as two
ESPs, an onshore substation, offshore
and onshore cabling, and onshore
operations and maintenance facilities.
Vineyard Wind intends to install the
WTGs and ESPs in the northeast portion
of the WDA (see Figure 1 in the IHA
application). WTGs would be arranged
in a grid-like pattern with spacing of
1.4–1.9 km (0.76–1.0 nm) between
turbines. Each WTG would interconnect
with the ESP(s) via an inter-array
submarine cable system. The offshore
export cable transmission system would
connect the ESP(s) to a landfall location
in either Barnstable or Yarmouth,
Massachusetts. Construction of the
project, including pile driving, could
occur on any day from May through
December. Activities associated with the
construction of the project are described
in more detail below.
Cable Laying
Cable burial operations will occur
both in the WDA for the inter-array
cables connecting the WTGs to the ESPs
and in the offshore export cable corridor
(OECC) for the cables carrying power
from the ESPs to land. Inter-array cables
will connect radial ‘‘strings’’ of six to 10
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
WTGs to the ESPs. Up to a maximum of
two offshore export cables will connect
the offshore ESPs to the shore. An interlink cable will connect the ESPs to each
other. The offshore export and interarray cables will be buried beneath the
seafloor at a target depth of up to 1.5–
2.5 m (5–8 ft). Installation of an offshore
export cable is anticipated to last ∼16
days. The estimated installation time for
the inter-array cables is ∼60 days.
Installation days are not continuous and
do not include equipment preparation
or down time that may result from
weather or maintenance.
Some dredging may be required prior
to cable laying due to the presence of
sand waves. The upper portions of sand
waves may be removed via mechanical
or hydraulic means in order to achieve
the proper burial depth below the stable
sea bottom. The majority of the export
and inter-link cable is expected to be
installed using simultaneous lay and
bury via jet plowing. Jet plowing entails
the use of an adjustable blade, or plow,
which rests on the sea floor and is
towed by a surface vessel. The plow
creates a narrow trench at the desired
depth, while water jets fluidize the
sediment within the trench. The cable is
then fed through the plow and is laid
into the trench as it moves forward. The
fluidized sediments then settle back
down into the trench and bury the
cable. Jet plow technology has been
shown to minimize impacts to marine
habitat and excessive dispersion of
bottom sediments. The majority of the
inter-array cable is also expected to be
installed via jet plowing after the cable
has been placed on the seafloor. Other
methods, such as mechanical plowing
or trenching, may be needed in areas of
coarser or more consolidated sediment,
rocky bottom, or other difficult
conditions in order to ensure a proper
burial depth. The jet plowing tool may
be based from a seabed tractor or a sled
deployed from a vessel. A mechanical
plow is also deployed from a vessel.
More information on cable laying
associated with the proposed project is
provided in Vineyard Wind’s COP
(Vineyard Wind, 2018b). As the only
potential impacts from these activities is
sediment suspension, the potential for
take to result from these activities is so
low as to be discountable; therefore
these activities are not analyzed further
in this document.
Construction-Related Vessel Activity
During construction of the project,
Vineyard Wind anticipates that an
average of approximately 25 vessels will
operate during a typical work day in the
WDA and along the OECC. Many of
these vessels will remain in the WDA or
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
18347
OECC for days or weeks at a time,
potentially making only infrequent trips
to port for bunkering and provisioning,
as needed. Therefore, although an
average of ∼25 vessels will be involved
in construction activities on any given
day, fewer vessels will transit to and
from New Bedford Harbor or a
secondary port each day. The actual
number of vessels involved in the
project at one time is highly dependent
on the project’s final schedule, the final
design of the project’s components, and
the logistics needed to ensure
compliance with the Jones Act, a
Federal law that regulates maritime
commerce in the United States.
Existing vessel traffic in the vicinity
of the project area south of
Massachusetts is relatively high;
therefore, marine mammals in the area
are presumably habituated to vessel
noise. In addition, construction vessels
would be stationary on site for
significant periods of time and the large
vessels would travel to and from the site
at relatively low speeds. Project-related
vessels would be required to adhere to
several mitigation measures designed to
reduce the potential for marine
mammals to be struck by vessels
associated with the project; these
measures are described further below
(see Proposed Mitigation Measures). As
part of various construction related
activities, including cable laying and
construction material delivery, dynamic
positioning thrusters may be utilized to
hold vessels in position or move slowly.
Sound produced through use of
dynamic positioning thrusters is similar
to that produced by transiting vessels
and dynamic positioning thrusters are
typically operated either in a similarly
predictable manner or used for short
durations around stationary activities.
Sound produced by dynamic
positioning thrusters would be preceded
by, and associated with, sound from
ongoing vessel noise and would be
similar in nature; thus, any marine
mammals in the vicinity of the activity
would be aware of the vessel’s presence,
further reducing the potential for startle
or flight responses on the part of marine
mammals. Construction related vessel
activity, including the use of dynamic
positioning thrusters, is not expected to
result in take of marine mammals and
NMFS does not propose to authorize
any takes associated with construction
related vessel activity. Accordingly,
these activities are not analyzed further
in this document.
Installation of WTGs and ESPs
Two foundation types are proposed
for the project: Monopiles and jackets.
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
18348
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
A monopile is a single, hollow
cylinder fabricated from steel that is
secured in the seabed. Monopiles have
been used successfully at many offshore
wind energy locations, including in
Europe where they account for more
than 80 percent of the installed
foundations. The largest potential pile
diameter proposed for the project for
monopile foundations would be 10.3 m
(33.8 ft). Piles for monopile foundations
would be constructed for specific
locations with maximum diameters
ranging from ∼8 m (26.2 ft) up to 10.3
m (33.8 ft) and an expected median
diameter of ∼9 m (29.5 ft). The piles for
the monopile foundations are up to 95
m (311.7 ft) in length and will be driven
to a penetration depth of 20–45 m (65.6–
147.6 ft) (mean penetration depth 30 m
(98.4 ft)). A schematic diagram showing
potential heights and dimensions of the
various components of a monopile
foundation are shown in Figure 2 of the
IHA application.
The jacket design concept consists of
three to four steel piles, a large lattice
jacket structure, and a transition piece.
Jacket foundations each require the
installation of three to four jacket
securing piles, known as jacket piles, of
∼3 m (9.8 ft) diameter. The 3 m (9.8 ft)
diameter jacket piles for the jacket
foundations are up to ∼65 m (213.3 ft)
in length and would be driven to a
penetration depth of 30–75 m (98.4–
196.9 ft) (mean penetration depth of 45
m (147. ft)). A schematic diagram
showing potential heights and
dimensions of the various components
of a jacket foundation are shown in
Figure 3 of the IHA application.
WTGs and ESPs may be placed on
either type of foundation. Vineyard
Wind has proposed that up to 100 WTG
foundations may be constructed and
that, of those 100 foundations, no more
than 10 may be jackets. In addition,
either one or two ESPs would be built
on a jacket foundation(s). Therefore up
to 102 foundations may be installed in
the WDA. Vineyard Wind has
incorporated more than one design
scenario in their planning of the project.
This approach, called the ‘‘design
envelope’’ concept, allows for flexibility
on the part of the developer, in
recognition of the fact that offshore
wind technology and installation
techniques are constantly evolving and
exact specifications of the project are
not yet certain as of the publishing of
this document. Variables that are not yet
certain include the number, size, and
configuration of WTGs and ESPs and
their foundations, and the number of
foundations that may be installed per
day (a maximum of two foundations
would be installed per day). The
flexibility provided in the envelope
concept is important because it
precludes the need for numerous
authorization modifications as
infrastructure or construction
techniques evolve after authorizations
are granted but before construction
commences. Under a scenario where
100 WTGs are installed on monopiles, a
total of as many as 108 piles may be
driven (i.e., 100 monopiles for WTG
foundations and 8 jacket piles for two
ESPs). Under a scenario where 90 WTGs
are installed on monopiles and 10
WTGs are installed on jacket
foundations, a total of as many as 138
piles may be driven (i.e., 90 monopiles
for WTG foundations, 40 jacket piles for
WTG foundations, and 8 jacket piles for
ESPs). Specifications for both
foundation types are shown in Table 1.
TABLE 1—FOUNDATION TYPES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE VINEYARD WIND PROJECT
Maximum
number that
may be
installed *
Foundation type
Pile diameter
Pile length
Penetration depth
Monopile .................
∼8 to ∼10.3 m (26.2 to 33.8 ft) ....
20–45 m (65.6–147.6 ft) .............
100
Jacket .....................
3 m (9.8 ft) ..................................
∼60 m up to ∼95 m (196.9–311.7
ft).
∼65 m (213.3 ft) ...........................
30–75 m (98.4–196.9 ft) .............
12
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
* The total of all foundations installed would not exceed 102.
The monopile and jacket foundations
would be installed by one or two heavy
lift or jack-up vessels. The main
installation vessel(s) will likely remain
at the WDA during the installation
phase and transport vessels, tugs, and/
or feeder barges would provide a
continuous supply of foundations to the
WDA. If appropriate vessels are
available, the foundation components
could be picked up directly in the
marshalling port by the main
installation vessel(s).
At the WDA, the main installation
vessel would upend the monopile with
a crane, and place it in the gripper
frame, before lowering the monopile to
the seabed. The gripper frame,
depending upon its design, may be
placed on the seabed scour protection
materials to stabilize the monopile’s
vertical alignment before and during
piling. Scour protection is included to
protect the foundation from scour
development, which is the removal of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
the sediments near structures by
hydrodynamic forces, and consists of
the placement of stone or rock material
around the foundation. The scour
protection would be one to two m high
(3–6 ft), with stone or rock sizes of
approximately 10–30 centimeters (4–12
inches). Once the monopile is lowered
to the seabed, the crane hook would be
released, and the hydraulic hammer
would be picked up and placed on top
of the monopile. Figure 4 of the IHA
application shows a vessel lowering a
monopile and typical jack-up
installation vessels.
A typical pile driving operation is
expected to take less than
approximately three hours to achieve
the target penetration depth. It is
anticipated that a maximum of two
monopiles could potentially be driven
into the seabed per day. Concurrent
driving (i.e., the driving of more than
one pile at the same time) would not
occur.
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Impact pile driving entails the use of
a hammer that utilizes a rising and
falling piston to repeatedly strike a pile
and drive it into the ground. Using a
crane, the installation vessel would
upend the monopile, place it in the
gripper frame, and then lower the
monopile to the seabed. The gripper
frame would stabilize the monopile’s
vertical alignment before and during
piling. Once the monopile is lowered to
the seabed, the crane hook would be
released and the hydraulic hammer
would be picked up and placed on top
of the monopile. A temporary steel cap
called a helmet would be placed on top
of the pile to minimize damage to the
head during impact driving. The
intensity (i.e., hammer energy level)
would be gradually increased based on
the resistance that is experienced from
the sediments. The expected hammer
size for monopiles is up to 4,000
kilojoules (kJ) (however, required energy
may ultimately be far less than 4,000 kJ).
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
The typical pile driving operation is
expected to take less than
approximately three hours to achieve
the target penetration depth. It is
anticipated that a maximum of two piles
can be driven into the seabed per day.
Impact pile driving is the preferred
method of pile installation for the
proposed project.
In order to initiate impact pile driving
the pile must be upright, level, and
stable. The preferred option to achieve
this is by utilizing a pile frame, which
sits on the sea floor and holds the pile
or to use a pile gripper as described
above. In the unlikely scenario that both
preferred options have unforeseen
challenges, vibratory hammering may be
utilized as a contingency. Vibratory
hammering is accomplished by rapidly
alternating (∼250 Hz) forces to the pile.
A system of counter-rotating eccentric
weights powered by hydraulic motors
are designed such that horizontal
vibrations cancel out, while vertical
vibrations are transmitted into the pile.
The vibrations produced cause
liquefaction of the substrate
surrounding the pile, enabling the pile
to be driven into the ground using the
weight of the pile plus the impact
hammer. If required, a vibratory
hammer would be used before impact
hammering begins to ensure the pile is
stable in the seabed and is level for
impact hammering. However, as stated
above, impact driving is the preferred
method of pile installation and vibratory
driving would only occur for very short
periods of time and only if Vineyard
Wind engineers determine vibratory
driving is required to seat the pile. The
degree of potential effects of underwater
sound on marine mammals is
intrinsically related to the signal
characteristics, received level, distance
from the source, and duration of the
sound exposure. If vibratory pile driving
were required, Vineyard Wind
anticipates that any vibratory pile
driving would occur for less than 10
minutes per pile, in rare cases up to 30
minutes, as it would be used only to
seat a pile such that impact driving can
commence (Vineyard Wind, 2019). If
vibratory driving does occur, the noise
resulting from this activity would occur
only sporadically, and for very brief
periods when it does occur.
Additionally, the source levels and
source characteristics associated with
vibratory driving would be generally
similar to those produced through other
concurrent use of vessels and related
construction equipment, such that
behavioral harassment of marine
mammals cannot reasonably be
attributed to use of the vibratory
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
hammer in this case. Vibratory driving
produces a continuous sound with peak
sound levels that are much lower than
those resulting from impact pile driving.
Any elevated noise levels produced
through vibratory driving are expected
to be intermittent, of short duration, and
with low peak values. As such, we
expect that if marine mammals are
exposed to sound from vibratory pile
driving, they may alert to the sound but
are unlikely to exhibit a behavioral
response that rises to the level of take.
As such, vibratory driving is not
analyzed further in this document.
The intensity (i.e., hammer energy
level) of impact pile driving would be
gradually increased based on the
resistance that is experienced from the
sediments. The expected maximum
hammer energy for monopiles is 4,000
kilojoules (kJ). However, typical energy
use is anticipated to be far less than
4,000 kJ. When piles are driven with
impact hammers, they deform, sending
a bulge travelling down the pile that
radiates sound into the surrounding air,
water, and seabed. This sound may be
received by biological receivers such as
marine mammals through the water, as
the result of reflected paths from the
surface, or re-radiated into the water
from the seabed (See Figure 5 in the IHA
application for a schematic diagram
illustrating sound propagation paths
associated with pile driving).
Underwater sound produced during
impact pile driving during construction
of the WTGs and ESPs could result in
incidental take of marine mammals by
Level B harassment and, for some
species, Level A harassment.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and
reporting measures are described in
detail later in this document (please see
Proposed Mitigation and Proposed
Monitoring and Reporting).
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of Specified Activities
Sections 3 and 4 of the IHA
application summarize available
information regarding status and trends,
distribution and habitat preferences,
and behavior and life history, of the
potentially affected species. Additional
information regarding population trends
and threats may be found in NMFS’
Stock Assessment Reports (SARs;
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-mammal-protection/marinemammal-stock-assessments) and more
general information about these species
(e.g., physical and behavioral
descriptions) may be found on NMFS’
website (www.fisheries.noaa.gov/findspecies).
There are 42 marine mammal species
that have been documented within the
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
18349
US Atlantic Exclusive Economic Zone
(EEZ). However, 16 of these species are
not expected to occur within the project
area, based on a lack of sightings in the
area and their known habitat
preferences and distributions. These are:
the West Indian manatee (Trichechus
manatus latirostris), Bryde’s whale
(Balaenoptera edeni), beluga whale
(Delphinapterus leucas), northern
bottlenose whale (Hyperoodon
ampullatus), killer whale (Orcinus
orca), pygmy killer whale (Feresa
attenuata), false killer whale (Pseudorca
crassidens), melon-headed whale
(Peponocephala electra), white-beaked
dolphin (Lagenorhynchus albirostris),
pantropical spotted dolphin (Stenella
attenuata), Fraser’s dolphin
(Lagenodelphis hosei), rough-toothed
dolphin (Steno bredanensis), Clymene
dolphin (Stenella clymene), spinner
dolphin (Stenella longirostris), hooded
seal (Cystophora cristata), and ringed
seal (Pusa hipsida). These species are
not analyzed further in this document.
There are 26 marine mammal species
that could potentially occur in the
proposed project area and that are
included in Table 3 of the IHA
application. However, the temporal and/
or spatial occurrence of several species
listed in Table 3 of the IHA application
is such that take of these species is not
expected to occur, and they are
therefore not discussed further beyond
the explanation provided here. Take of
these species is not anticipated either
because they have very low densities in
the project area, or because they are not
expected to occur in the project area due
to their more likely occurrence in
habitat that is outside the WDA, based
on the best available information. There
are two pilot whale species (long-finned
and short-finned (Globicephala
macrorhynchus)) with distributions that
overlap in the latitudinal range of the
WDA (Hayes et al., 2017; Roberts et al.,
2016). Because it is difficult to
discriminate the two species at sea,
sightings, and thus the densities
calculated from them, are generally
reported together as Globicephala spp.
(Hayes et al., 2018; Roberts et al., 2016).
However, based on the best available
information, short-finned pilot whales
occur in habitat that is both further
offshore on the shelf break and further
south than the project area (Hayes et al.,
2018). Therefore, we assume that any
take of pilot whales would be of longfinned pilot whales. Blue whales
(Balaenoptera musculus musculus),
dwarf and pygmy sperm whales (Kogia
sima and K. breviceps), Cuvier’s beaked
whale (Ziphius cavirostris), striped
dolphins (Stenella coeruleoalba) and
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
18350
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
four species of Mesoplodont beaked
whale (Mesoplodon spp.), also occur in
deepwater habitat that is further
offshore than the project area (Hayes et
al., 2018, Roberts et al., 2016). Likewise,
Atlantic spotted dolphins (Stenella
frontalis) primarily occur near the
continental shelf edge and continental
slope, in waters that are further offshore
than the project area (Hayes et al., 2018).
Between October 2011 and June 2015
a total of 76 aerial surveys were
conducted throughout the MA and RI/
MA Wind Energy Areas (WEAs) (the
WDA is contained within the MA WEA
along with several other offshore
renewable energy lease areas). Between
November 2011 and March 2015,
Marine Autonomous Recording Units
(MARU; a type of static passive acoustic
monitoring (PAM) recorder) were
deployed at nine sites in the MA and RI/
MA WEAs. The goal of the study was to
collect visual and acoustic baseline data
on distribution, abundance, and
temporal occurrence patterns of marine
mammals (Kraus et al., 2016). The lack
of sightings of any of the species listed
above reinforces the fact that these
species are not expected to occur in the
project area. As these species are not
expected to occur in the project area
during the proposed activities, they are
not discussed further in this document.
We expect that the species listed in
Table 2 will potentially occur in the
project area and will potentially be
taken as a result of the proposed project.
Table 2 summarizes information related
to the population or stock, including
regulatory status under the MMPA and
ESA and potential biological removal
(PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we
follow Committee on Taxonomy (2018).
PBR is defined by the MMPA as the
maximum number of animals, not
including natural mortalities, that may
be removed from a marine mammal
stock while allowing that stock to reach
or maintain its optimum sustainable
population (as described in NMFS’
SARs). While no mortality is anticipated
or authorized here, PBR is included here
as a gross indicator of the status of the
species and other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates
presented in this document represent
the total number of individuals that
make up a given stock or the total
number estimated within a particular
study or survey area. NMFS’ stock
abundance estimates for most species
represent the total estimate of
individuals within the geographic area,
if known, that comprises that stock. For
some species, this geographic area may
extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed
stocks in this region are assessed in
NMFS’ U.S. Atlantic SARs. All values
presented in Table 2 are the most recent
available at the time of publication and
are available in the 2017 Atlantic SARs
(Hayes et al., 2018) or draft 2018 SARs,
available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/action/2018draft-marine-mammal-stockassessment-reports-available.
TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMALS KNOWN TO OCCUR IN THE PROJECT AREA THAT MAY BE AFFECTED BY VINEYARD WIND’S
PROPOSED ACTIVITY
Common name
(scientific name)
MMPA
and ESA
status;
strategic
(Y/N) 1
Stock
Stock abundance
(CV, Nmin, most recent abundance
survey) 2
Predicted
abundance
(CV) 3
PBR 4
Annual
M/SI 4
Occurrence and
seasonality in project
area
Toothed whales (Odontoceti)
Sperm whale (Physeter
macrocephalus).
Long-finned pilot whale
(Globicephala melas).
Atlantic white-sided dolphin (Lagenorhynchus
acutus).
Bottlenose dolphin
(Tursiops truncatus).
Common dolphin 6
(Delphinus delphis).
Risso’s dolphin (Grampus
griseus).
Harbor porpoise
(Phocoena phocoena).
North Atlantic ..................
E; Y
W North Atlantic ..............
-; N
W North Atlantic ..............
-; N
W North Atlantic, Offshore.
W North Atlantic ..............
-; N
-; N
W North Atlantic ..............
-; N
Gulf of Maine/Bay of
Fundy.
-; N
2,288 (0.28; 1,815;
n/a).
5,636 (0.63; 3,464;
n/a).
48,819 (0.61;
30,403; n/a).
5,353 (0.12) ............
3.6
0.8
Rare.
18,977 (0.11) 5 ........
35
27
Rare.
37,180 (0.07) ..........
304
30
Common year round.
77,532 (0.40;
56,053; 2011).
173,486 (0.55;
55,690; 2011).
18,250 (0.46;
12,619; 2011).
79,833 (0.32;
61,415; 2011).
97,476 (0.06)5 .........
561
39.4
Common year round.
86,098 (0.12) ..........
557
406
Common year round.
7,732 (0.09) ............
126
49.9
Rare.
45,089 (0.12)* .........
706
255
Common year round.
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Baleen whales (Mysticeti)
North Atlantic right whale
(Eubalaena glacialis).
W North Atlantic ..............
E; Y
451 (0; 455; n/a) .....
535 (0.45)* ..............
0.9
56
Year round in continental
shelf and slope waters,
occur seasonally.
Common year round.
Humpback whale 7
(Megaptera
novaeangliae).
Fin whale 6 (Balaenoptera
physalus).
Gulf of Maine ..................
-; N
896 (0.42; 239; n/a)
1,637 (0.07)* ...........
14.6
9.8
W North Atlantic ..............
E; Y
3,522 (0.27; 1,234;
n/a).
4,633 (0.08) ............
2.5
2.5
Sei whale (Balaenoptera
borealis).
Nova Scotia .....................
E; Y
357 (0.52; 236; n/a)
717 (0.30)* ..............
0.5
0.6
Minke whale 6
(Balaenoptera
acutorostrata).
Canadian East Coast ......
-; N
20,741 (0.3; 1,425;
n/a).
2,112 (0.05)* ...........
14
7.5
.................................
1,389
5,688
Common year round.
.................................
2,006
345
Common year round.
Year round in continental
shelf and slope waters,
occur seasonally.
Year round in continental
shelf and slope waters,
occur seasonally.
Year round in continental
shelf and slope waters,
occur seasonally.
Earless seals (Phocidae)
seal 8
Gray
(Halichoerus
grypus).
Harbor seal (Phoca
vitulina).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
W North Atlantic ..............
-; N
W North Atlantic ..............
-; N
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
27,131 (0.10;
25,908; n/a).
75,834 (0.15;
66,884; 2012).
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
18351
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMALS KNOWN TO OCCUR IN THE PROJECT AREA THAT MAY BE AFFECTED BY VINEYARD WIND’S
PROPOSED ACTIVITY—Continued
Common name
(scientific name)
Harp seal (Pagophilus
groenlandicus).
MMPA
and ESA
status;
strategic
(Y/N) 1
Stock
W North Atlantic ..............
-; N
Stock abundance
(CV, Nmin, most recent abundance
survey) 2
7,411,000 (unk.;
unk; 2014).
Predicted
abundance
(CV) 3
PBR 4
.................................
unk
Annual
M/SI 4
225,687
Occurrence and
seasonality in project
area
Rare.
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
1 ESA status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR (see footnote 3) or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed under the ESA is automatically designated
under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
2Stock abundance as reported in NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports (SAR) except where otherwise noted. SARs available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock
abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks, abundance estimates are actual counts of animals and there is no associated CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected in the abundance estimate is presented; there may be more recent surveys that have not yet been incorporated into the estimate. All values presented here are from the 2018 draft Atlantic SARs.
3 This information represents species- or guild-specific abundance predicted by recent habitat-based cetacean density models (Roberts et al., 2016, 2017, 2018).
These models provide the best available scientific information regarding predicted density patterns of cetaceans in the U.S. Atlantic Ocean, and we provide the corresponding abundance predictions as a point of reference. Total abundance estimates were produced by computing the mean density of all pixels in the modeled
area and multiplying by its area. For those species marked with an asterisk, the available information supported development of either two or four seasonal models;
each model has an associated abundance prediction. Here, we report the maximum predicted abundance.
4 Potential biological removal, defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a marine
mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP). Annual M/SI, found in NMFS’ SARs, represent annual
levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g., commercial fisheries, subsistence hunting, ship strike). Annual M/SI values often
cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value. All M/SI values are as presented in the draft 2018 SARs.
5Abundance estimates are in some cases reported for a guild or group of species when those species are difficult to differentiate at sea. Similarly, the habitatbased cetacean density models produced by Roberts et al. (2016) are based in part on available observational data which, in some cases, is limited to genus or guild
in terms of taxonomic definition. Roberts et al. (2016) produced density models to genus level for Globicephala spp. and produced a density model for bottlenose dolphins that does not differentiate between offshore and coastal stocks.
6 Abundance as reported in the 2007 Canadian Trans-North Atlantic Sighting Survey (TNASS), which provided full coverage of the Atlantic Canadian coast (Lawson
and Gosselin, 2009). Abundance estimates from TNASS were corrected for perception and availability bias, when possible. In general, where the TNASS survey effort provided superior coverage of a stock’s range (as compared with NOAA shipboard survey effort), the resulting abundance estimate is considered more accurate
than the current NMFS abundance estimate (derived from survey effort with inferior coverage of the stock range). NMFS stock abundance estimate for the common
dolphin is 70,184. NMFS stock abundance estimate for the fin whale is 1,618. NMFS stock abundance estimate for the minke whale is 2,591.
7 2018 U.S. Atlantic draft SAR for the Gulf of Maine feeding population lists a current abundance estimate of 896 individuals. However, we note that the estimate is
defined on the basis of feeding location alone (i.e., Gulf of Maine) and is therefore likely an underestimate.
8 NMFS stock abundance estimate applies to U.S. population only, actual stock abundance is approximately 505,000.
Four marine mammal species that are
listed under the Endangered Species Act
(ESA) may be present in the project area
and may be taken incidental to the
proposed activity: The North Atlantic
right whale, fin whale, sei whale, and
sperm whale.
Below is a description of the species
that are both common in the project area
south of Massachusetts that have the
highest likelihood of occurring in the
project area and are thus expected to
potentially be taken by the proposed
activities. For the majority of species
potentially present in the specific
geographic region, NMFS has
designated only a single generic stock
(e.g., ‘‘western North Atlantic’’) for
management purposes. This includes
the ‘‘Canadian east coast’’ stock of
minke whales, which includes all minke
whales found in U.S. waters is also a
generic stock for management purposes.
For humpback and sei whales, NMFS
defines stocks on the basis of feeding
locations, i.e., Gulf of Maine and Nova
Scotia, respectively. However,
references to humpback whales and sei
whales in this document refer to any
individuals of the species that are found
in the specific geographic region. Any
biologically important areas (BIAs) that
overlap spatially with the project area
are addressed in the species sections
below.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
North Atlantic Right Whale
The North Atlantic right whale ranges
from calving grounds in the
southeastern United States to feeding
grounds in New England waters and
into Canadian waters (Hayes et al.,
2018). Surveys have demonstrated the
existence of seven areas where North
Atlantic right whales congregate
seasonally, including north and east of
the proposed project area in Georges
Bank, off Cape Cod, and in
Massachusetts Bay (Hayes et al., 2018).
In the late fall months (e.g., October),
right whales are generally thought to
depart from the feeding grounds in the
North Atlantic and move south to their
calving grounds off Georgia and Florida.
However, recent research indicates our
understanding of their movement
patterns remains incomplete (Davis et
al., 2017). A review of passive acoustic
monitoring data from 2004 to 2014
throughout the western North Atlantic
demonstrated nearly continuous yearround right whale presence across their
entire habitat range (for at least some
individuals), including in locations
previously thought of as migratory
corridors, suggesting that not all of the
population undergoes a consistent
annual migration (Davis et al., 2017).
Acoustic monitoring data from 2004 to
2014 indicated that the number of North
Atlantic right whale vocalizations
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
detected in the proposed project area
were relatively constant throughout the
year, with the exception of August
through October when detected
vocalizations showed an apparent
decline (Davis et al., 2017).
The western North Atlantic
population demonstrated overall growth
of 2.8 percent per year between 1990 to
2010, despite a decline in 1993 and no
growth between 1997 and 2000 (Pace et
al., 2017). However, since 2010 the
population has been in decline, with a
99.99 percent probability of a decline of
just under 1 percent per year (Pace et
al., 2017). Between 1990 and 2015,
calving rates varied substantially, with
low calving rates coinciding with all
three periods of decline or no growth
(Pace et al., 2017). On average, North
Atlantic right whale calving rates are
estimated to be roughly half that of
southern right whales (Eubalaena
australis) (Pace et al., 2017), which are
increasing in abundance (NMFS 2015).
In 2018, no new North Atlantic right
whale calves were documented in their
calving grounds; this represented the
first time since annual NOAA aerial
surveys began in 1989 that no new right
whale calves were observed. As of the
writing of this document, 7 calves had
been documented thus far in 2019. The
current best estimate of population
abundance for the species is 411
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
18352
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
individuals, based on data as of
September 4, 2018 (Pettis et al., 2018).
Elevated North Atlantic right whale
mortalities have occurred since June 7,
2017 along the United States and
Canadian coast. A total of 20 confirmed
dead stranded whales (12 in Canada; 8
in the United States) have been
documented, with 17 of those occurring
in 2017. This event has been declared
an Unusual Mortality Event (UME), with
human interactions, including
entanglement in fixed fishing gear and
vessel strikes, implicated in 10 of the 20
mortalities. There had been no North
Atlantic right whale standings reported
in 2019 as of the publication of this
document. More information is
available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-life-distress/2017-2019-northatlantic-right-whale-unusual-mortalityevent.
During the aerial surveys conducted
from 2011–2015 in the project area, the
highest number of right whale sightings
occurred in March (n = 21), with
sightings also occurring in December (n
= 4), January (n = 7), February (n = 14),
and April (n = 14), and no sightings in
any other months (Kraus et al., 2016).
There was not significant variability in
sighting rate among years, indicating
consistent annual seasonal use of the
area by right whales. North Atlantic
right whales were acoustically detected
in 30 out of the 36 recorded months
(Kraus et al., 2016). However, right
whales exhibited strong seasonality in
acoustic presence, with mean monthly
acoustic presence highest in January
(mean = 74%), February (mean = 86%),
and March (mean = 97%), and the
lowest in July (mean = 16%), August
(mean = 2%), and September (mean =
12%). Density data from Roberts et al.
(2017) confirms that the highest density
of right whales in the project area occurs
in March. The proposed project area is
part of an important migratory area for
North Atlantic right whales; this
important migratory area is comprised
of the waters of the continental shelf
offshore the East Coast of the United
States and extends from Florida through
Massachusetts. Aerial surveys
conducted in and near the project area
from 2011–2015 documented a total of
six instances of feeding behavior by
North Atlantic right whales (Kraus et al.,
2016), however the area has not been
identified as an important feeding area
for right whales.
NMFS’ regulations at 50 CFR 224.105
designated nearshore waters of the MidAtlantic Bight as Mid-Atlantic U.S.
Seasonal Management Areas (SMA) for
right whales in 2008. SMAs were
developed to reduce the threat of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
collisions between ships and right
whales around their migratory route and
calving grounds. A portion of one SMA,
which occurs off Block Island, Rhode
Island, occurs near the project area, but
does not overlap spatially with the
project area (see Figure 7 in the IHA
application). The SMA that occurs off
Block Island is active from November 1
through April 30 of each year.
Humpback Whale
Humpback whales are found
worldwide in all oceans. Humpback
whales were listed as endangered under
the Endangered Species Conservation
Act (ESCA) in June 1970. In 1973, the
ESA replaced the ESCA, and
humpbacks continued to be listed as
endangered. NMFS recently evaluated
the status of the species, and on
September 8, 2016, NMFS divided the
species into 14 distinct population
segments (DPS), removed the current
species-level listing, and in its place
listed four DPSs as endangered and one
DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259;
September 8, 2016). The remaining nine
DPSs were not listed. The West Indies
DPS, which is not listed under the ESA,
is the only DPS of humpback whale that
is expected to occur in the project area.
In New England waters, feeding is the
principal activity of humpback whales,
and their distribution in this region has
been largely correlated to abundance of
prey species, although behavior and
bathymetry are factors influencing
foraging strategy (Payne et al., 1986,
1990). Humpback whales are frequently
piscivorous when in New England
waters, feeding on herring (Clupea
harengus), sand lance (Ammodytes
spp.), and other small fishes, as well as
euphausiids in the northern Gulf of
Maine (Paquet et al., 1997). During
winter, the majority of humpback
whales from North Atlantic feeding
areas (including the Gulf of Maine) mate
and calve in the West Indies, where
spatial and genetic mixing among
feeding groups occurs, though
significant numbers of animals are
found in mid- and high-latitude regions
at this time and some individuals have
been sighted repeatedly within the same
winter season, indicating that not all
humpback whales migrate south every
winter (Hayes et al., 2018).
In aerial surveys conducted from
2011–2015 in the project area, sightings
of humpback whales occurred during all
seasons, however they were primarily
sighted in the spring and summer
seasons, with the greatest number of
sightings during the month of April
(n=33). Based on the pattern of sightings
during those years their presence in the
area seemed to start in March and end
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
in July, though a few sightings also
occurred in October, December and
January (Kraus et al., 2016).
Since January 2016, elevated
humpback whale mortalities have
occurred along the Atlantic coast from
Maine to Florida. Partial or full
necropsy examinations have been
conducted on approximately half of the
93 known cases. Of the whales
examined, about 50 percent had
evidence of human interaction, either
ship strike or entanglement. While a
portion of the whales have shown
evidence of pre-mortem vessel strike,
this finding is not consistent across all
whales examined and more research is
needed. NOAA is consulting with
researchers that are conducting studies
on the humpback whale populations,
and these efforts may provide
information on changes in whale
distribution and habitat use that could
provide additional insight into how
these vessel interactions occurred.
Three previous UMEs involving
humpback whales have occurred since
2000, in 2003, 2005, and 2006. More
information is available at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-life-distress/2016-2019humpback-whale-unusual-mortalityevent-along-atlantic-coast.
Fin Whale
Fin whales are common in waters of
the U.S. Atlantic EEZ, principally from
Cape Hatteras northward (Hayes et al.,
2018). Fin whales are present north of
35-degree latitude in every season and
are broadly distributed throughout the
western North Atlantic for most of the
year, though densities vary seasonally
(Hayes et al., 2018). In this region fin
whales are the dominant large cetacean
species during all seasons, having the
largest standing stock, the largest food
requirements, and therefore the largest
influence on ecosystem processes of any
cetacean species (Hain et al., 1992;
Kenney et al., 1997). It is likely that fin
whales occurring in the U.S. Atlantic
EEZ undergo migrations into Canadian
waters, open-ocean areas, and perhaps
even subtropical or tropical regions
(Edwards et al., 2015).
New England waters represent a major
feeding ground for fin whales and a
biologically important feeding area for
the species exists just west of the
proposed project area, stretching from
just south of the eastern tip of Long
Island to south of the western tip of
Martha’s Vineyard. In aerial surveys
conducted from 2011–2015 in the
project area sightings occurred in every
season with the greatest numbers of
sightings during the spring (n=35) and
summer (n=49) months (Kraus et al.,
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
2016). Despite much lower sighting
rates during the winter, confirmed
acoustic detections of fin whales
recorded on a hydrophone array in the
project area from 2011–2015 occurred
throughout the year; however, due to
acoustic detection ranges in excess of
200 km, the detections do not confirm
that fin whales were present in the
project area during that time (Kraus et
al., 2016).
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Sei Whale
The Nova Scotia stock of sei whales
can be found in deeper waters of the
continental shelf edge waters of the
northeastern United States and
northeastward to south of
Newfoundland. The southern portion of
the stock’s range during spring and
summer includes the Gulf of Maine and
Georges Bank. Spring is the period of
greatest abundance in U.S. waters, with
sightings concentrated along the eastern
margin of Georges Bank and into the
Northeast Channel area, and along the
southwestern edge of Georges Bank in
the area of Hydrographer Canyon (Hayes
et al., 2018). Sei whales occur in
shallower waters to feed. Sei whales
were only sighted during the spring and
summer. In aerial surveys conducted
from 2011–2015 in the project area
sightings of Sei whales occurred
between March and June, with the
greatest number of sightings in May
(n=8) and June (n=13), and no sightings
from July through January (Kraus et al.,
2016).
Minke Whale
Minke whales occur in temperate,
tropical, and high-latitude waters. The
Canadian East Coast stock can be found
in the area from the western half of the
Davis Strait (45° W) to the Gulf of
Mexico (Hayes et al., 2018). This species
generally occupies waters less than 100
m deep on the continental shelf. There
appears to be a strong seasonal
component to minke whale distribution
in which spring to fall are times of
relatively widespread and common
occurrence, and when the whales are
most abundant in New England waters,
while during winter the species appears
to be largely absent (Hayes et al., 2016).
In aerial surveys conducted from 2011–
2015 in the project area sightings of
minke whales occurred between March
and September, with the greatest
number of sightings occurring in May
(n=38) and no sightings from October
through February (Kraus et al., 2016).
Since January 2017, elevated minke
whale mortalities have occurred along
the Atlantic coast from Maine through
South Carolina, with a total of 59
strandings recorded when this
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
document was written. This event has
been declared a UME. Full or partial
necropsy examinations were conducted
on more than 60 percent of the whales.
Preliminary findings in several of the
whales have shown evidence of human
interactions or infectious disease, but
these findings are not consistent across
all of the whales examined, so more
research is needed. More information is
available at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
national/marine-life-distress/2017-2019minke-whale-unusual-mortality-eventalong-atlantic-coast.
Sperm Whale
The distribution of the sperm whale
in the U.S. EEZ occurs on the
continental shelf edge, over the
continental slope, and into mid-ocean
regions (Hayes et al., 2018). The basic
social unit of the sperm whale appears
to be the mixed school of adult females
plus their calves and some juveniles of
both sexes, normally numbering 20–40
animals in all. There is evidence that
some social bonds persist for many
years (Christal et al., 1998). In summer,
the distribution of sperm whales
includes the area east and north of
Georges Bank and into the Northeast
Channel region, as well as the
continental shelf (inshore of the 100-m
isobath) south of New England. In the
fall, sperm whale occurrence south of
New England on the continental shelf is
at its highest level, and there remains a
continental shelf edge occurrence in the
mid-Atlantic bight. In winter, sperm
whales are concentrated east and
northeast of Cape Hatteras. Sperm
whales are not expected to be common
in the project area due to the relatively
shallow depths in the project area. In
aerial surveys conducted from 2011–
2015 in the project area only four
sightings of sperm whales occurred,
three in summer and one in autumn
(Kraus et al., 2016).
Long-Finned Pilot Whale
Long-finned pilot whales are found
from North Carolina and north to
Iceland, Greenland and the Barents Sea
(Hayes et al., 2018). In U.S. Atlantic
waters the species is distributed
principally along the continental shelf
edge off the northeastern U.S. coast in
winter and early spring and in late
spring, pilot whales move onto Georges
Bank and into the Gulf of Maine and
more northern waters and remain in
these areas through late autumn (Waring
et al., 2016). In aerial surveys conducted
from 2011–2015 in the project area the
majority of pilot whale sightings were in
spring (n=11); sightings were also
documented in summer, with no
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
18353
sightings in autumn or winter (Kraus et
al., 2016).
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin
White-sided dolphins are found in
temperate and sub-polar waters of the
North Atlantic, primarily in continental
shelf waters to the 100-m depth contour
from central West Greenland to North
Carolina (Hayes et al., 2018). The Gulf
of Maine stock is most common in
continental shelf waters from Hudson
Canyon to Georges Bank, and in the Gulf
of Maine and lower Bay of Fundy.
Sighting data indicate seasonal shifts in
distribution (Northridge et al., 1997).
During January to May, low numbers of
white-sided dolphins are found from
Georges Bank to Jeffreys Ledge (off New
Hampshire), with even lower numbers
south of Georges Bank, as documented
by a few strandings collected on beaches
of Virginia to South Carolina. From June
through September, large numbers of
white-sided dolphins are found from
Georges Bank to the lower Bay of
Fundy. From October to December,
white-sided dolphins occur at
intermediate densities from southern
Georges Bank to southern Gulf of Maine
(Payne and Heinemann 1990). Sightings
south of Georges Bank, particularly
around Hudson Canyon, occur year
round but at low densities. In aerial
surveys conducted from 2011–2015 in
the project area there were sightings of
white-sided dolphins in every season
except winter (Kraus et al., 2016).
Common Dolphin
The common dolphin is found worldwide in temperate to subtropical seas. In
the North Atlantic, common dolphins
are found over the continental shelf
between the 100-m and 2,000-m
isobaths and over prominent
underwater topography and east to the
mid-Atlantic Ridge (Hayes et al., 2018),
but may be found in shallower shelf
waters as well. Common dolphins are
expected to occur in the vicinity of the
project area in relatively high numbers.
Common dolphins were the most
frequently observed dolphin species in
aerial surveys conducted from 2011–
2015 in the project area (Kraus et al.,
2016). Sightings peaked in the summer
between June and August, though there
were sightings recorded in nearly every
month of the year (Kraus et al., 2016).
Bottlenose Dolphin
There are two distinct bottlenose
dolphin mophotypes in the western
North Atlantic: The coastal and offshore
forms (Hayes et al., 2018). The two
mophotypes are genetically distinct
based upon both mitochondrial and
nuclear markers (Hoelzel et al., 1998;
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
18354
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
Rosel et al., 2009). The offshore form is
distributed primarily along the outer
continental shelf and continental slope
in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean from
Georges Bank to the Florida Keys and is
the only type that may be present in the
project area as the northern extent of the
range of the Western North Atlantic
Northern Migratory Coastal Stock occurs
south of the project area. Bottlenose
dolphins are expected to occur in the
project area in relatively high numbers.
They were the second most frequently
observed species of dolphin in aerial
surveys conducted from 2011–2015 in
the project area, and were observed in
every month of the year except January
and March (Kraus et al., 2016).
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Risso’s Dolphin
Risso’s dolphins are distributed
worldwide in tropical and temperate
seas and in the Northwest Atlantic
occur from Florida to eastern
Newfoundland (Leatherwood et al.,
1976; Baird and Stacey 1991). Off the
northeastern U.S. coast, Risso’s
dolphins are distributed along the
continental shelf edge from Cape
Hatteras northward to Georges Bank
during spring, summer, and autumn
(CETAP 1982; Payne et al., 1984) with
the range extending outward into
oceanic waters in the winter (Payne et
al., 1984). Risso’s dolphins are not
expected to be common in the project
area due to the relatively shallow water
depths. In aerial surveys conducted
from 2011–2015 in the project there
were only two confirmed sightings of
Risso’s dolphins, both of which
occurred in the spring (Kraus et al.,
2016).
Harbor Porpoise
Harbor porpoises occur from the
coastline to deep waters (>1800 m;
Westgate et al., 1998), although the
majority of the population is found over
the continental shelf (Hayes et al.,
2018). In the project area, only the Gulf
of Maine/Bay of Fundy stock of harbor
porpoise may be present. This stock is
found in U.S. and Canadian Atlantic
waters and is concentrated in the
northern Gulf of Maine and southern
Bay of Fundy region, generally in waters
less than 150 m deep (Waring et al.,
2016). In aerial surveys conducted from
2011–2015 in the project area, sightings
of harbor porpoise occurred from
November through May, with the
highest number of detections occurring
in April and almost none during June–
September (Kraus et al., 2016).
Harbor Seal
The harbor seal is found in all
nearshore waters of the North Atlantic
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
and North Pacific Oceans and adjoining
seas above about 30° N (Burns, 2009). In
the western North Atlantic, harbor seals
are distributed from the eastern
Canadian Arctic and Greenland south to
southern New England and New York,
and occasionally to the Carolinas (Hayes
et al., 2018). Haulout and pupping sites
are located off Manomet, MA and the
Isles of Shoals, ME (Waring et al., 2016).
Based on harbor seal sightings reported
at sea in shipboard surveys conducted
by the NMFS Northeast Fisheries
Science Center from 1995–2011, harbor
seals would be expected to occur in the
project area from September to May
(Hayes et al., 2018). Harbor seals are
expected to be relatively common in the
project area. Since July 2018, elevated
numbers of harbor seal and gray seal
mortalities have occurred across Maine,
New Hampshire and Massachusetts.
This event has been declared a UME.
Additionally, stranded seals have
shown clinical signs as far south as
Virginia, although not in elevated
numbers, therefore the UME
investigation now encompasses all seal
strandings from Maine to Virginia.
Lastly, ice seals (harp and hooded seals)
have also started stranding with clinical
signs, again not in elevated numbers,
and those two seal species have also
been added to the UME investigation.
Full or partial necropsy examinations
have been conducted on some of the
seals and samples have been collected
for testing. Based on tests conducted
thus far, the main pathogen found in the
seals is phocine distemper virus. NMFS
is performing additional testing to
identify any other factors that may be
involved in this UME. Information on
this UME is available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/new-englandmid-atlantic/marine-life-distress/20182019-pinniped-unusual-mortality-eventalong.
Gray Seal
There are three major populations of
gray seals found in the world; eastern
Canada (western North Atlantic stock),
northwestern Europe and the Baltic Sea.
Gray seals in the project area belong to
the western North Atlantic stock. The
range for this stock is from New Jersey
to Labrador. Current population trends
show that gray seal abundance is likely
increasing in the U.S. Atlantic EEZ
(Hayes et al., 2018). Although the rate of
increase is unknown, surveys conducted
since their arrival in the 1980s indicate
a steady increase in abundance in both
Maine and Massachusetts (Hayes et al.,
2018). It is believed that recolonization
by Canadian gray seals is the source of
the U.S. population (Hayes et al., 2018).
Gray seals are expected to be relatively
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
common in the project area. As
described above, elevated seal
mortalities, including gray seals, have
occurred across Maine, New Hampshire
and Massachusetts, and as far south as
Virginia, since July 2018. This event has
been declared a UME, with phocine
distemper virus identified as the main
pathogen found in the seals. NMFS is
performing additional testing to identify
any other factors that may be involved
in this UME.
Harp Seal
Harp seals are highly migratory and
occur throughout much of the North
Atlantic and Arctic Oceans (Hayes et al.,
2018). Breeding occurs between lateFebruary and April and adults then
assemble on suitable pack ice to
undergo the annual molt. The migration
then continues north to Arctic summer
feeding grounds. Harp seal occurrence
in the project area is considered rare.
However, since the early 1990s,
numbers of sightings and strandings
have been increasing off the east coast
of the United States from Maine to New
Jersey (Katona et al., 1993; Rubinstein
1994; Stevick and Fernald 1998;
McAlpine 1999; Lacoste and Stenson
2000; Soulen et al., 2013). These
extralimital appearances usually occur
in January–May (Harris et al., 2002),
when the western North Atlantic stock
is at its most southern point of
migration. Harp seals are not expected
to be common in the project area. As
described above, elevated seal
mortalities, including harp seals, have
occurred across Maine, New Hampshire
and Massachusetts, and as far south as
Virginia, since July 2018. This event has
been declared a UME, with phocine
distemper virus identified as the main
pathogen found in the seals. NMFS is
performing additional testing to identify
any other factors that may be involved
in this UME.
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory
modality for marine mammals
underwater, and exposure to
anthropogenic sound can have
deleterious effects. To appropriately
assess the potential effects of exposure
to sound, it is necessary to understand
the frequency ranges marine mammals
are able to hear. Current data indicate
that not all marine mammal species
have equal hearing capabilities (e.g.,
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and
Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
To reflect this, Southall et al. (2007,
2019) recommended that marine
mammals be divided into functional
hearing groups based on directly
measured or estimated hearing ranges
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
on the basis of available behavioral
response data, audiograms derived
using auditory evoked potential
techniques, anatomical modeling, and
other data. Note that no direct
measurements of hearing ability have
been successfully completed for
mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency
cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2018)
described generalized hearing ranges for
these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen
based on the approximately 65 decibel
(dB) threshold from the normalized
composite audiograms, with the
exception for lower limits for low-
18355
frequency cetaceans where the lower
bound was deemed to be biologically
implausible and the lower bound from
Southall et al., (2007) retained. Marine
mammal hearing groups and their
associated hearing ranges are provided
in Table 3.
TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMAL HEARING GROUPS
[NMFS, 2018]
Hearing group
Generalized hearing range *
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen whales) ..................................................................................................
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins, toothed whales, beaked whales, bottlenose whales) ........................
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins, cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus
cruciger & L. australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true seals) ................................................................................................
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea lions and fur seals) ...........................................................................
7 Hz to 35 kHz.
150 Hz to 160 kHz.
275 Hz to 160 kHz.
50 Hz to 86 kHz.
60 Hz to 39 kHz.
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual species’
hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized hearing range chosen based on ∼65 dB threshold from normalized composite audiogram,
with the exception for lower limits for LF cetaceans (Southall et al., 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
The pinniped functional hearing
group was modified from Southall et al.,
(2007) on the basis of data indicating
that phocid species have consistently
demonstrated an extended frequency
range of hearing compared to otariids,
especially in the higher frequency range
(Hemila¨ et al., 2006; Kastelein et al.,
2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 2013).
For more detail concerning these
groups and associated frequency ranges,
please see NMFS (2018) for a review of
available information. Fifteen marine
mammal species (twelve cetacean and
three pinniped (all phocid species))
have the reasonable potential to cooccur with the proposed activities.
Please refer to Table 2. Of the cetacean
species that may be present, five are
classified as low-frequency cetaceans
(i.e., all mysticete species), six are
classified as mid-frequency cetaceans
(i.e., all delphinid species and the sperm
whale), and one is classified as a highfrequency cetacean (i.e., harbor
porpoise).
Potential Effects of Specified Activities
on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat
This section includes a summary and
discussion of the ways that components
of the specified activity may impact
marine mammals and their habitat. The
Estimated Take section later in this
document includes a quantitative
analysis of the number of individuals
that are expected to be taken by this
activity. The Negligible Impact Analysis
and Determination section considers the
content of this section, the Estimated
Take section, and the Proposed
Mitigation section, to draw conclusions
regarding the likely impacts of these
activities on the reproductive success or
survivorship of individuals and how
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
those impacts on individuals are likely
to impact marine mammal species or
stocks.
Description of Sound Sources
This section contains a brief technical
background on sound, on the
characteristics of certain sound types,
and on metrics used in this proposal
inasmuch as the information is relevant
to the specified activity and to a
discussion of the potential effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
found later in this document. For
general information on sound and its
interaction with the marine
environment, please see, e.g., Au and
Hastings (2008); Richardson et al.
(1995); Urick (1983).
Sound travels in waves, the basic
components of which are frequency,
wavelength, velocity, and amplitude.
Frequency is the number of pressure
waves that pass by a reference point per
unit of time and is measured in hertz
(Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is
the distance between two peaks or
corresponding points of a sound wave
(length of one cycle). Higher frequency
sounds have shorter wavelengths than
lower frequency sounds, and typically
attenuate (decrease) more rapidly,
except in certain cases in shallower
water. Amplitude is the height of the
sound pressure wave or the ‘‘loudness’’
of a sound and is typically described
using the relative unit of the decibel
(dB). A sound pressure level (SPL) in dB
is described as the ratio between a
measured pressure and a reference
pressure (for underwater sound, this is
1 microPascal (mPa)), and is a
logarithmic unit that accounts for large
variations in amplitude; therefore, a
relatively small change in dB
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
corresponds to large changes in sound
pressure. The source level (SL)
represents the SPL referenced at a
distance of 1 m from the source
(referenced to 1 mPa), while the received
level is the SPL at the listener’s position
(referenced to 1 mPa).
Root mean square (rms) is the
quadratic mean sound pressure over the
duration of an impulse. Root mean
square is calculated by squaring all of
the sound amplitudes, averaging the
squares, and then taking the square root
of the average (Urick, 1983). Root mean
square accounts for both positive and
negative values; squaring the pressures
makes all values positive so that they
may be accounted for in the summation
of pressure levels (Hastings and Popper,
2005). This measurement is often used
in the context of discussing behavioral
effects, in part because behavioral
effects, which often result from auditory
cues, may be better expressed through
averaged units than by peak pressures.
Sound exposure level (SEL;
represented as dB re 1 mPa2–s)
represents the total energy in a stated
frequency band over a stated time
interval or event, and considers both
intensity and duration of exposure. The
per-pulse SEL is calculated over the
time window containing the entire
pulse (i.e., 100 percent of the acoustic
energy). SEL is a cumulative metric; it
can be accumulated over a single pulse,
or calculated over periods containing
multiple pulses. Cumulative SEL
represents the total energy accumulated
by a receiver over a defined time
window or during an event. Peak sound
pressure (also referred to as zero-to-peak
sound pressure or 0-pk) is the maximum
instantaneous sound pressure
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
18356
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
measurable in the water at a specified
distance from the source, and is
represented in the same units as the rms
sound pressure.
When underwater objects vibrate or
activity occurs, sound-pressure waves
are created. These waves alternately
compress and decompress the water as
the sound wave travels. Underwater
sound waves radiate in a manner similar
to ripples on the surface of a pond and
may be either directed in a beam or
beams or may radiate in all directions
(omnidirectional sources), as is the case
for sound produced by the pile driving
activity considered here. The
compressions and decompressions
associated with sound waves are
detected as changes in pressure by
aquatic life and man-made sound
receptors such as hydrophones.
Even in the absence of sound from the
specified activity, the underwater
environment is typically loud due to
ambient sound, which is defined as
environmental background sound levels
lacking a single source or point
(Richardson et al., 1995). The sound
level of a region is defined by the total
acoustical energy being generated by
known and unknown sources. These
sources may include physical (e.g.,
wind and waves, earthquakes, ice,
atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,
sounds produced by marine mammals,
fish, and invertebrates), and
anthropogenic (e.g., vessels, dredging,
construction) sound. A number of
sources contribute to ambient sound,
including wind and waves, which are a
main source of naturally occurring
ambient sound for frequencies between
200 hertz (Hz) and 50 kilohertz (kHz)
(Mitson, 1995). In general, ambient
sound levels tend to increase with
increasing wind speed and wave height.
Precipitation can become an important
component of total sound at frequencies
above 500 Hz, and possibly down to 100
Hz during quiet times. Marine mammals
can contribute significantly to ambient
sound levels, as can some fish and
snapping shrimp. The frequency band
for biological contributions is from
approximately 12 Hz to over 100 kHz.
Sources of ambient sound related to
human activity include transportation
(surface vessels), dredging and
construction, oil and gas drilling and
production, geophysical surveys, sonar,
and explosions. Vessel noise typically
dominates the total ambient sound for
frequencies between 20 and 300 Hz. In
general, the frequencies of
anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz
and, if higher frequency sound levels
are created, they attenuate rapidly.
The sum of the various natural and
anthropogenic sound sources that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
comprise ambient sound at any given
location and time depends not only on
the source levels (as determined by
current weather conditions and levels of
biological and human activity) but also
on the ability of sound to propagate
through the environment. In turn, sound
propagation is dependent on the
spatially and temporally varying
properties of the water column and sea
floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a
result of the dependence on a large
number of varying factors, ambient
sound levels can be expected to vary
widely over both coarse and fine spatial
and temporal scales. Sound levels at a
given frequency and location can vary
by 10–20 decibels (dB) from day to day
(Richardson et al., 1995). The result is
that, depending on the source type and
its intensity, sound from the specified
activity may be a negligible addition to
the local environment or could form a
distinctive signal that may affect marine
mammals. Underwater ambient sound
in the Atlantic Ocean south of
Massachusetts is comprised of sounds
produced by a number of natural and
anthropogenic sources. Humangenerated sound is a significant
contributor to the ambient acoustic
environment in the project location.
Details of source types are described in
the following text.
Sounds are often considered to fall
into one of two general types: Pulsed
and non-pulsed (defined in the
following). The distinction between
these two sound types is important
because they have differing potential to
cause physical effects, particularly with
regard to hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in
Southall et al., 2007). Please see
Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth
discussion of these concepts. The
distinction between these two sound
types is not always obvious, as certain
signals share properties of both pulsed
and non-pulsed sounds. A signal near a
source could be categorized as a pulse,
but due to propagation effects as it
moves farther from the source, the
signal duration becomes longer (e.g.,
Greene and Richardson, 1988).
Pulsed sound sources (e.g., airguns,
explosions, gunshots, sonic booms,
impact pile driving) produce signals
that are brief (typically considered to be
less than one second), broadband, atonal
transients (ANSI, 1986, 2005; Harris,
1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003) and
occur either as isolated events or
repeated in some succession. Pulsed
sounds are all characterized by a
relatively rapid rise from ambient
pressure to a maximal pressure value
followed by a rapid decay period that
may include a period of diminishing,
oscillating maximal and minimal
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
pressures, and generally have an
increased capacity to induce physical
injury as compared with sounds that
lack these features.
Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal,
narrowband, or broadband, brief or
prolonged, and may be either
continuous or intermittent (ANSI, 1995;
NIOSH, 1998). Some of these nonpulsed sounds can be transient signals
of short duration but without the
essential properties of pulses (e.g., rapid
rise time). Examples of non-pulsed
sounds include those produced by
vessels, aircraft, machinery operations
such as drilling or dredging, vibratory
pile driving, and active sonar systems.
The duration of such sounds, as
received at a distance, can be greatly
extended in a highly reverberant
environment.
The impulsive sound generated by
impact hammers is characterized by
rapid rise times and high peak levels.
Vibratory hammers produce nonimpulsive, continuous noise at levels
significantly lower than those produced
by impact hammers. Rise time is slower,
reducing the probability and severity of
injury, and sound energy is distributed
over a greater amount of time (e.g.,
Nedwell and Edwards, 2002; Carlson et
al., 2005).
Acoustic Effects
We previously provided general
background information on marine
mammal hearing (see ‘‘Description of
Marine Mammals in the Area of the
Specified Activity’’). Here, we discuss
the potential effects of sound on marine
mammals.
Potential Effects of Underwater
Sound—Note that, in the following
discussion, we refer in many cases to a
review article concerning studies of
noise-induced hearing loss conducted
from 1996–2015 (i.e., Finneran, 2015).
For study-specific citations, please see
that work. Anthropogenic sounds cover
a broad range of frequencies and sound
levels and can have a range of highly
variable impacts on marine life, from
none or minor to potentially severe
responses, depending on received
levels, duration of exposure, behavioral
context, and various other factors. The
potential effects of underwater sound
from active acoustic sources can
potentially result in one or more of the
following: temporary or permanent
hearing impairment, non-auditory
physical or physiological effects,
behavioral disturbance, stress, and
masking (Richardson et al., 1995;
Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al.,
2007; Southall et al., 2007; Go¨tz et al.,
2009). The degree of effect is
intrinsically related to the signal
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
characteristics, received level, distance
from the source, and duration of the
sound exposure. In general, sudden,
high level sounds can cause hearing
loss, as can longer exposures to lower
level sounds. Temporary or permanent
loss of hearing will occur almost
exclusively for noise within an animal’s
hearing range. We first describe specific
manifestations of acoustic effects before
providing discussion specific to pile
driving.
Richardson et al. (1995) described
zones of increasing intensity of effect
that might be expected to occur, in
relation to distance from a source and
assuming that the signal is within an
animal’s hearing range. First is the area
within which the acoustic signal would
be audible (potentially perceived) to the
animal but not strong enough to elicit
any overt behavioral or physiological
response. The next zone corresponds
with the area where the signal is audible
to the animal and of sufficient intensity
to elicit behavioral or physiological
responsiveness. Third is a zone within
which, for signals of high intensity, the
received level is sufficient to potentially
cause discomfort or tissue damage to
auditory or other systems. Overlaying
these zones to a certain extent is the
area within which masking (i.e., when a
sound interferes with or masks the
ability of an animal to detect a signal of
interest that is above the absolute
hearing threshold) may occur; the
masking zone may be highly variable in
size.
We describe the more severe effects
(i.e., certain non-auditory physical or
physiological effects) only briefly as we
do not expect that there is a reasonable
likelihood that pile driving may result
in such effects (see below for further
discussion). Potential effects from
impulsive sound sources can range in
severity from effects such as behavioral
disturbance or tactile perception to
physical discomfort, slight injury of the
internal organs and the auditory system,
or mortality (Yelverton et al., 1973).
Non-auditory physiological effects or
injuries that theoretically might occur in
marine mammals exposed to high level
underwater sound or as a secondary
effect of extreme behavioral reactions
(e.g., change in dive profile as a result
of an avoidance reaction) caused by
exposure to sound include neurological
effects, bubble formation, resonance
effects, and other types of organ or
tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall
et al., 2007; Zimmer and Tyack, 2007;
Tal et al., 2015). The construction
activities considered here do not
involve the use of devices such as
explosives or mid-frequency tactical
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
sonar that are associated with these
types of effects.
Threshold Shift—Marine mammals
exposed to high-intensity sound, or to
lower-intensity sound for prolonged
periods, can experience hearing
threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of
hearing sensitivity at certain frequency
ranges (Finneran, 2015). TS can be
permanent (PTS), in which case the loss
of hearing sensitivity is not fully
recoverable, or temporary (TTS), in
which case the animal’s hearing
threshold would recover over time
(Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound
exposure that leads to TTS could cause
PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can
be total or partial deafness, while in
most cases the animal has an impaired
ability to hear sounds in specific
frequency ranges (Kryter, 1985).
When PTS occurs, there is physical
damage to the sound receptors in the ear
(i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS
represents primarily tissue fatigue and
is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In
addition, other investigators have
suggested that TTS is within the normal
bounds of physiological variability and
tolerance and does not represent
physical injury (e.g., Ward, 1997).
Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS
to constitute auditory injury.
Relationships between TTS and PTS
thresholds have not been studied in
marine mammals, and there is no PTS
data for cetaceans, but such
relationships are assumed to be similar
to those in humans and other terrestrial
mammals. PTS typically occurs at
exposure levels at least several decibels
above (a 40-dB threshold shift
approximates PTS onset; e.g., Kryter et
al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing
mild TTS (a 6-dB threshold shift
approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall
et al., 2007). Based on data from
terrestrial mammals, a precautionary
assumption is that the PTS thresholds
for impulse sounds (such as impact pile
driving pulses as received close to the
source) are at least 6 dB higher than the
TTS threshold on a peak-pressure basis
and PTS cumulative sound exposure
level thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher
than TTS cumulative sound exposure
level thresholds (Southall et al., 2007).
Given the higher level of sound or
longer exposure duration necessary to
cause PTS as compared with TTS, it is
considerably less likely that PTS could
occur.
TTS is the mildest form of hearing
impairment that can occur during
exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While
experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold
rises, and a sound must be at a higher
level in order to be heard. In terrestrial
and marine mammals, TTS can last from
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
18357
minutes or hours to days (in cases of
strong TTS). In many cases, hearing
sensitivity recovers rapidly after
exposure to the sound ends. Few data
on sound levels and durations necessary
to elicit mild TTS have been obtained
for marine mammals.
Marine mammal hearing plays a
critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of
environmental cues for purposes such
as predator avoidance and prey capture.
Depending on the degree (elevation of
threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
time), and frequency range of TTS, and
the context in which it is experienced,
TTS can have effects on marine
mammals ranging from discountable to
serious. For example, a marine mammal
may be able to readily compensate for
a brief, relatively small amount of TTS
in a non-critical frequency range that
occurs during a time where ambient
noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present.
Alternatively, a larger amount and
longer duration of TTS sustained during
time when communication is critical for
successful mother/calf interactions
could have more serious impacts.
Currently, TTS data only exist for four
species of cetaceans (bottlenose
dolphin, beluga whale (Delphinapterus
leucas), harbor porpoise, and Yangtze
finless porpoise (Neophocoena
asiaeorientalis)) and three species of
pinnipeds (northern elephant seal
(Mirounga angustirostris), harbor seal,
and California sea lion (Zalophus
californianus)) exposed to a limited
number of sound sources (i.e., mostly
tones and octave-band noise) in
laboratory settings (Finneran, 2015).
TTS was not observed in trained spotted
(Phoca largha) and ringed (Pusa
hispida) seals exposed to impulsive
noise at levels matching previous
predictions of TTS onset (Reichmuth et
al., 2016). In general, harbor seals and
harbor porpoises have a lower TTS
onset than other measured pinniped or
cetacean species (Finneran, 2015).
Additionally, the existing marine
mammal TTS data come from a limited
number of individuals within these
species. There are no data available on
noise-induced hearing loss for
mysticetes. For summaries of data on
TTS in marine mammals or for further
discussion of TTS onset thresholds,
please see Southall et al. (2007),
Finneran and Jenkins (2012), Finneran
(2015), and NMFS (2018).
Behavioral Effects—Behavioral
disturbance may include a variety of
effects, including subtle changes in
behavior (e.g., minor or brief avoidance
of an area or changes in vocalizations),
more conspicuous changes in similar
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
18358
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
behavioral activities, and more
sustained and/or potentially severe
reactions, such as displacement from or
abandonment of high-quality habitat.
Behavioral responses to sound are
highly variable and context-specific and
any reactions depend on numerous
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,
species, state of maturity, experience,
current activity, reproductive state,
auditory sensitivity, time of day), as
well as the interplay between factors
(e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et
al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart,
2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral
reactions can vary not only among
individuals but also within an
individual, depending on previous
experience with a sound source,
context, and numerous other factors
(Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary
depending on characteristics associated
with the sound source (e.g., whether it
is moving or stationary, number of
sources, distance from the source).
Please see Appendices B–C of Southall
et al. (2007) for a review of studies
involving marine mammal behavioral
responses to sound.
Habituation can occur when an
animal’s response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the
absence of unpleasant associated events
(Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most
likely to habituate to sounds that are
predictable and unvarying. It is
important to note that habituation is
appropriately considered as a
‘‘progressive reduction in response to
stimuli that are perceived as neither
aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,
more generally, moderation in response
to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,
2009). The opposite process is
sensitization, when an unpleasant
experience leads to subsequent
responses, often in the form of
avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.
As noted, behavioral state may affect the
type of response. For example, animals
that are resting may show greater
behavioral change in response to
disturbing sound levels than animals
that are highly motivated to remain in
an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003).
Controlled experiments with captive
marine mammals have showed
pronounced behavioral reactions,
including avoidance of loud sound
sources (Ridgway et al., 1997; Finneran
et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild
marine mammals to loud pulsed sound
sources (typically airguns or acoustic
harassment devices) have been varied
but often consist of avoidance behavior
or other behavioral changes suggesting
discomfort (Morton and Symonds, 2002;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
see also Richardson et al., 1995;
Nowacek et al., 2007). However, many
delphinids approach low-frequency
airgun source vessels with no apparent
discomfort or obvious behavioral change
(e.g., Barkaszi et al., 2012), indicating
the importance of frequency output in
relation to the species’ hearing
sensitivity.
Available studies show wide variation
in response to underwater sound;
therefore, it is difficult to predict
specifically how any given sound in a
particular instance might affect marine
mammals perceiving the signal. If a
marine mammal does react briefly to an
underwater sound by changing its
behavior or moving a small distance, the
impacts of the change are unlikely to be
significant to the individual, let alone
the stock or population. However, if a
sound source displaces marine
mammals from an important feeding or
breeding area for a prolonged period,
impacts on individuals and populations
could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and
Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,
2005). However, there are broad
categories of potential response, which
we describe in greater detail here, that
include alteration of dive behavior,
alteration of foraging behavior, effects to
breathing, interference with or alteration
of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary
widely and may consist of increased or
decreased dive times and surface
intervals as well as changes in the rates
of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,
Frankel and Clark, 2000; Costa et al.,
2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et
al., 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,
2013b). Variations in dive behavior may
reflect interruptions in biologically
significant activities (e.g., foraging) or
they may be of little biological
significance. The impact of an alteration
to dive behavior resulting from an
acoustic exposure depends on what the
animal is doing at the time of the
exposure and the type and magnitude of
the response.
Disruption of feeding behavior can be
difficult to correlate with anthropogenic
sound exposure, so it is usually inferred
by observed displacement from known
foraging areas, the appearance of
secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets
or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
behavior. As for other types of
behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal
presentation, as well as differences in
species sensitivity, are likely
contributing factors to differences in
response in any given circumstance
(e.g., Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al.,
2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et
al., 2007). A determination of whether
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
foraging disruptions incur fitness
consequences would require
information on or estimates of the
energetic requirements of the affected
individuals and the relationship
between prey availability, foraging effort
and success, and the life history stage of
the animal.
Variations in respiration naturally
vary with different behaviors and
alterations to breathing rate as a
function of acoustic exposure can be
expected to co-occur with other
behavioral reactions, such as a flight
response or an alteration in diving.
However, respiration rates in and of
themselves may be representative of
annoyance or an acute stress response.
Various studies have shown that
respiration rates may either be
unaffected or could increase, depending
on the species and signal characteristics,
again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the
tolerance of underwater noise when
determining the potential for impacts
resulting from anthropogenic sound
exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,
2005, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007; Gailey et
al., 2016).
Marine mammals vocalize for
different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation
click production, calling, and singing.
Changes in vocalization behavior in
response to anthropogenic noise can
occur for any of these modes and may
result from a need to compete with an
increase in background noise or may
reflect increased vigilance or a startle
response. For example, in the presence
of potentially masking signals,
humpback whales and killer whales
have been observed to increase the
length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;
Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004),
while right whales have been observed
to shift the frequency content of their
calls upward while reducing the rate of
calling in areas of increased
anthropogenic noise (Parks et al., 2007).
In some cases, animals may cease sound
production during production of
aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
Avoidance is the displacement of an
individual from an area or migration
path as a result of the presence of a
sound or other stressors, and is one of
the most obvious manifestations of
disturbance in marine mammals
(Richardson et al., 1995). For example,
gray whales are known to change
direction—deflecting from customary
migratory paths—in order to avoid noise
from airgun surveys (Malme et al.,
1984). Avoidance may be short-term,
with animals returning to the area once
the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al.,
1994; Goold, 1996; Stone et al., 2000;
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et
al., 2007). Longer-term displacement is
possible, however, which may lead to
changes in abundance or distribution
patterns of the affected species in the
affected region if habituation to the
presence of the sound does not occur
(e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al.,
2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
A flight response is a dramatic change
in normal movement to a directed and
rapid movement away from the
perceived location of a sound source.
The flight response differs from other
avoidance responses in the intensity of
the response (e.g., directed movement,
rate of travel). Relatively little
information on flight responses of
marine mammals to anthropogenic
signals exist, although observations of
flight responses to the presence of
predators have occurred (Connor and
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight
response could range from brief,
temporary exertion and displacement
from the area where the signal provokes
flight to, in extreme cases, marine
mammal strandings (Evans and
England, 2001). However, it should be
noted that response to a perceived
predator does not necessarily invoke
flight (Ford and Reeves, 2008), and
whether individuals are solitary or in
groups may influence the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also
impact marine mammals in more subtle
ways. Increased vigilance may result in
costs related to diversion of focus and
attention (i.e., when a response consists
of increased vigilance, it may come at
the cost of decreased attention to other
critical behaviors such as foraging or
resting). These effects have generally not
been demonstrated for marine
mammals, but studies involving fish
and terrestrial animals have shown that
increased vigilance may substantially
reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp
and Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002;
Purser and Radford, 2011). In addition,
chronic disturbance can cause
population declines through reduction
of fitness (e.g., decline in body
condition) and subsequent reduction in
reproductive success, survival, or both
(e.g., Harrington and Veitch, 1992; Daan
et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998).
However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported
that increased vigilance in bottlenose
dolphins exposed to sound over a fiveday period did not cause any sleep
deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions,
such as feeding, resting, traveling, and
socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour
cycle). Disruption of such functions
resulting from reactions to stressors
such as sound exposure are more likely
to be significant if they last more than
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
one diel cycle or recur on subsequent
days (Southall et al., 2007).
Consequently, a behavioral response
lasting less than one day and not
recurring on subsequent days is not
considered particularly severe unless it
could directly affect reproduction or
survival (Southall et al., 2007). Note that
there is a difference between multi-day
substantive behavioral reactions and
multi-day anthropogenic activities. For
example, just because an activity lasts
for multiple days does not necessarily
mean that individual animals are either
exposed to activity-related stressors for
multiple days or, further, exposed in a
manner resulting in sustained multi-day
substantive behavioral responses.
Stress Responses—An animal’s
perception of a threat may be sufficient
to trigger stress responses consisting of
some combination of behavioral
responses, autonomic nervous system
responses, neuroendocrine responses, or
immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an
animal’s first and sometimes most
economical (in terms of energetic costs)
response is behavioral avoidance of the
potential stressor. Autonomic nervous
system responses to stress typically
involve changes in heart rate, blood
pressure, and gastrointestinal activity.
These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a
significant long-term effect on an
animal’s fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often
involve the hypothalamus-pituitaryadrenal system. Virtually all
neuroendocrine functions that are
affected by stress—including immune
competence, reproduction, metabolism,
and behavior—are regulated by pituitary
hormones. Stress-induced changes in
the secretion of pituitary hormones have
been implicated in failed reproduction,
altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance
(e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha, 2000).
Increases in the circulation of
glucocorticoids are also equated with
stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between
stress (which is adaptive and does not
normally place an animal at risk) and
‘‘distress’’ is the cost of the response.
During a stress response, an animal uses
glycogen stores that can be quickly
replenished once the stress is alleviated.
In such circumstances, the cost of the
stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when
an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic
costs of a stress response, energy
resources must be diverted from other
functions. This state of distress will last
until the animal replenishes its
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
18359
energetic reserves sufficient to restore
normal function.
Relationships between these
physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress
responses are well studied through
controlled experiments and for both
laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al.,
1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et
al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress
responses due to exposure to
anthropogenic sounds or other stressors
and their effects on marine mammals
have also been reviewed (Fair and
Becker, 2000; Romano et al., 2002b)
and, more rarely, studied in wild
populations (e.g., Romano et al., 2002a).
For example, Rolland et al., (2012)
found that noise reduction from reduced
ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in
North Atlantic right whales. These and
other studies lead to a reasonable
expectation that some marine mammals
will experience physiological stress
responses upon exposure to acoustic
stressors and that it is possible that
some of these would be classified as
‘‘distress.’’ In addition, any animal
experiencing TTS would likely also
experience stress responses (NRC,
2003).
Auditory Masking—Sound can
disrupt behavior through masking, or
interfering with, an animal’s ability to
detect, recognize, or discriminate
between acoustic signals of interest (e.g.,
those used for intraspecific
communication and social interactions,
prey detection, predator avoidance,
navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995;
Erbe et al., 2016). Masking occurs when
the receipt of a sound is interfered with
by another coincident sound at similar
frequencies and at similar or higher
intensity, and may occur whether the
sound is natural (e.g., snapping shrimp,
wind, waves, precipitation) or
anthropogenic (e.g., shipping, sonar,
seismic exploration) in origin. The
ability of a noise source to mask
biologically important sounds depends
on the characteristics of both the noise
source and the signal of interest (e.g.,
signal-to-noise ratio, temporal
variability, direction), in relation to each
other and to an animal’s hearing
abilities (e.g., sensitivity, frequency
range, critical ratios, frequency
discrimination, directional
discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),
and existing ambient noise and
propagation conditions.
Under certain circumstances, marine
mammals experiencing significant
masking could also be impaired from
maximizing their performance fitness in
survival and reproduction. Therefore,
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
18360
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
when the coincident (masking) sound is
man-made, it may be considered
harassment if disrupting behavioral
patterns. It is important to distinguish
TTS and PTS, which persist after the
sound exposure, from masking, which
occurs during the sound exposure.
Because masking (without resulting in
TS) is not associated with abnormal
physiological function, it is not
considered a physiological effect, but
rather a potential behavioral effect.
The frequency range of the potentially
masking sound is important in
determining any potential behavioral
impacts. For example, low-frequency
signals may have less effect on highfrequency echolocation sounds
produced by odontocetes but are more
likely to affect detection of mysticete
communication calls and other
potentially important natural sounds
such as those produced by surf and
some prey species. The masking of
communication signals by
anthropogenic noise may be considered
as a reduction in the communication
space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009)
and may result in energetic or other
costs as animals change their
vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al.,
2000; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al.,
2007; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt et
al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in
situations where the signal and noise
come from different directions
(Richardson et al., 1995), through
amplitude modulation of the signal, or
through other compensatory behaviors
(Houser and Moore, 2014). Masking can
be tested directly in captive species
(e.g., Erbe, 2008), but in wild
populations it must be either modeled
or inferred from evidence of masking
compensation. There are few studies
addressing real-world masking sounds
likely to be experienced by marine
mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et
al., 2013).
Masking affects both senders and
receivers of acoustic signals and can
potentially have long-term chronic
effects on marine mammals at the
population level as well as at the
individual level. Low-frequency
ambient sound levels have increased by
as much as 20 dB (more than three times
in terms of SPL) in the world’s ocean
from pre-industrial periods, with most
of the increase from distant commercial
shipping (Hildebrand, 2009). All
anthropogenic sound sources, but
especially chronic and lower-frequency
signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),
contribute to elevated ambient sound
levels, thus intensifying masking.
Potential Effects of the Specified
Activity—As described previously (see
‘‘Description of Active Acoustic Sound
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
Sources’’), Vineyard Wind proposes to
conduct pile driving in the WDA. The
effects of pile driving on marine
mammals are dependent on several
factors, including the size, type, and
depth of the animal; the depth,
intensity, and duration of the pile
driving sound; the depth of the water
column; the substrate of the habitat; the
distance between the pile and the
animal; and the sound propagation
properties of the environment.
Noise generated by impact pile
driving consists of regular, pulsed
sounds of short duration. These pulsed
sounds are typically high energy with
fast rise times. Exposure to these sounds
may result in harassment depending on
proximity to the sound source and a
variety of environmental and biological
conditions (Dahl et al., 2015; Nedwell et
al., 2007). Illingworth & Rodkin (2007)
measured an unattenuated sound
pressure within 10 m (33 ft) at a peak
of 220 dB re 1 mPa for a 2.4 m (96 in)
steel pile driven by an impact hammer,
and Brandt et al. (2011) found that for
a pile driven in a Danish wind farm in
the North Sea, the peak pressure at 720
m (0.4 nm) from the source was 196 dB
re 1 mPa. Studies of underwater sound
from pile driving finds that most of the
acoustic energy is below one to two
kHz, with broadband sound energy near
the source (40 Hz to >40 kHz) and only
low-frequency energy (<∼400 Hz) at
longer ranges (Bailey et al., 2010; Erbe,
2009; Illingworth & Rodkin, 2007).
There is typically a decrease in sound
pressure and an increase in pulse
duration the greater the distance from
the noise source (Bailey et al., 2010).
Maximum noise levels from pile driving
usually occur during the last stage of
driving each pile where the highest
hammer energy levels are used (Betke,
2008).
Available information on impacts to
marine mammals from pile driving
associated with offshore wind is limited
to information on harbor porpoises and
seals, as the vast majority of this
research has occurred at European
offshore wind projects where large
whales are uncommon. Harbor
porpoises, one of the most behaviorally
sensitive cetaceans, have received
particular attention in European waters
due to their protection under the
European Union Habitats Directive (EU
1992, Annex IV) and the threats they
face as a result of fisheries bycatch.
Brandt et al. (2016) summarized the
effects of the construction of eight
offshore wind projects within the
German North Sea between 2009 and
2013 on harbor porpoises, combining
PAM data from 2010–2013 and aerial
surveys from 2009–2013 with data on
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
noise levels associated with pile
driving. Baseline analyses were
conducted initially to identify the
seasonal distribution of porpoises in
different geographic subareas. Results of
the analysis revealed significant
declines in porpoise detections during
pile driving when compared to 25–48
hours before pile driving began, with
the magnitude of decline during pile
driving clearly decreasing with
increasing distances to the construction
site. During the majority of projects
significant declines in detections (by at
least 20 percent) were found within at
least 5–10 km of the pile driving site,
with declines at up to 20–30 km of the
pile driving site documented in some
cases. Such differences between
responses at the different projects could
not be explained by differences in noise
levels alone and may be associated
instead with a relatively high quality of
feeding habitat and a lower motivation
of porpoises to leave the noise impacted
area in certain locations, though the
authors were unable to determine exact
reasons for the apparent differences.
There were no indications for a
population decline of harbor porpoises
over the five year study period based on
analyses of daily PAM data and aerial
survey data at a larger scale (Brandt et
al., 2016). Despite extensive
construction activities over the study
period and an increase in these
activities over time, there was no longterm negative trend in acoustic porpoise
detections or densities within any of the
subareas studied. In some areas, PAM
data even detected a positive trend from
2010 to 2013. Even though clear
negative short-term effects (1–2 days in
duration) of offshore wind farm
construction were found (based on
acoustic porpoise detections), the
authors found no indication that harbor
porpoises within the German Bight were
negatively affected by wind farm
construction at the population level
(Brandt et al., 2016).
Monitoring of harbor porpoises before
and after construction at the Egmond
aan Zee offshore wind project in the
Dutch North Sea showed that more
porpoises were found in the wind
project area compared to two reference
areas post-construction, leading the
authors to conclude that this effect was
linked to the presence of the wind
project, likely due to increased food
availability as well as the exclusion of
fisheries and reduced vessel traffic in
the wind project (Lindeboom et al.,
2013). The available literature indicates
harbor porpoise avoidance of pile
driving at offshore wind projects has
occurred during the construction phase.
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
Where long term monitoring has been
conducted, harbor porpoises have repopulated the wind farm areas after
construction ceased, with the time it
takes to re-populate the area varying
somewhat, indicating that while there
are short-term impacts to porpoises
during construction, population-level or
long-term impacts are unlikely.
Harbor seals are also a particularly
behaviorally sensitive species. A harbor
seal telemetry study off the East coast of
England found that seal abundance was
significantly reduced up to 25 km from
WTG pile driving during construction,
but found no significant displacement
resulted from construction overall as the
seals’ distribution was consistent with
the non-piling scenario within two
hours of cessation of pile driving
(Russell et al., 2016). Based on two years
of monitoring at the Egmond aan Zee
offshore wind project in the Dutch
North Sea, satellite telemetry, while
inconclusive, seemed to show that
harbor seals avoided an area up to 40
km from the construction site during
pile driving, though the seals were
documented inside the wind farm after
construction ended, indicating any
avoidance was temporary (Lindeboom et
al., 2013).
Taken as a whole, the available
literature suggests harbor seals and
harbor porpoises have shown avoidance
of pile driving at offshore wind projects
during the construction phase in some
instances, with the duration of
avoidance varying greatly, and with repopulation of the area generally
occurring post-construction. The
literature suggests that marine mammal
responses to pile driving in the offshore
environment are not predictable and
may be context-dependent. It should
also be noted that the only studies
available on marine mammal responses
to offshore wind-related pile driving
have focused on species which are
known to be more behaviorally sensitive
to auditory stimuli than the other
species that occur in the project area.
Therefore, the documented behavioral
responses of harbor porpoises and
harbor seals to pile driving in Europe
should be considered as a worst case
scenario in terms of the potential
responses among all marine mammals to
offshore pile driving, and these
responses cannot reliably predict the
responses that will occur in other
species.
The onset of behavioral disturbance
from anthropogenic sound depends on
both external factors (characteristics of
sound sources and their paths) and the
specific characteristics of the receiving
animals (hearing, motivation,
experience, demography) and is difficult
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
to predict (Southall et al., 2007). It is
possible that the onset of pile driving
could result in temporary, short-term
changes in an animal’s typical
behavioral patterns and/or temporary
avoidance of the affected area. These
behavioral changes may include
(Richardson et al., 1995): Changing
durations of surfacing and dives,
number of blows per surfacing, or
moving direction and/or speed;
reduced/increased vocal activities;
changing/cessation of certain behavioral
activities (such as socializing or
feeding); visible startle response or
aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke
slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where sound sources are located;
and/or flight responses. The biological
significance of many of these behavioral
disturbances is difficult to predict,
especially if the detected disturbances
appear minor. However, the
consequences of behavioral
modification could be expected to be
biologically significant if the change
affects growth, survival, or
reproduction. Significant behavioral
modifications that could lead to effects
on growth, survival, or reproduction,
such as drastic changes in diving/
surfacing patterns or significant habitat
abandonment are considered extremely
unlikely in the case of the proposed
project, as it is expected that mitigation
measures, including clearance zones
and soft start (described in detail below,
see ‘‘Proposed Mitigation Measures’’)
will minimize the potential for marine
mammals to be exposed to sound levels
that would result in more extreme
behavioral responses. In addition,
marine mammals in the project area are
expected to avoid any area that would
be ensonified at sound levels high
enough for the potential to result in
more severe acute behavioral responses,
as the offshore environment would
allow marine mammals the ability to
freely move to other areas without
restriction.
In the case of pile driving, sound
sources would be active for relatively
short durations, with relation to
potential for masking. The frequencies
output by pile driving activity are lower
than those used by most species
expected to be regularly present for
communication or foraging. Those
species who would be more susceptible
to masking at these frequencies (LF
cetaceans) use the area only seasonally.
We expect insignificant impacts from
masking, and any masking event that
could possibly rise to Level B
harassment under the MMPA would
occur concurrently within the zones of
behavioral harassment already
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
18361
estimated for impact pile driving, and
which have already been taken into
account in the exposure analysis.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal
Habitat
The proposed activities would result
in the placement of permanent
structures (i.e., WTGs) in the marine
environment. Based on the best
available information, the long-term
presence of the WTGs is not expected to
have negative impacts on habitats used
by marine mammals, and may
ultimately have beneficial impacts on
those habitats as a result of increased
presence of prey species in the project
area due to the WTGs acting as artificial
reefs (Russell et al., 2014). The proposed
activities may have potential short-term
impacts to food sources such as forage
fish. The proposed activities could also
affect acoustic habitat (see masking
discussion above), but meaningful
impacts are unlikely. There are no
known foraging hotspots, or other ocean
bottom structures of significant
biological importance to marine
mammals present in the project area.
Therefore, the main impact issue
associated with the proposed activity
would be temporarily elevated sound
levels and the associated direct effects
on marine mammals, as discussed
previously. The most likely impact to
marine mammal habitat occurs from
pile driving effects on likely marine
mammal prey (e.g., fish). Impacts to the
immediate substrate during installation
of piles are anticipated, but these would
be limited to minor, temporary
suspension of sediments, which could
impact water quality and visibility for a
short amount of time, but which would
not be expected to have any effects on
individual marine mammals. Impacts to
substrate are therefore not discussed
further.
Effects to Prey—Sound may affect
marine mammals through impacts on
the abundance, behavior, or distribution
of prey species (e.g., crustaceans,
cephalopods, fish, zooplankton). Marine
mammal prey varies by species, season,
and location and, for some, is not well
documented. Here, we describe studies
regarding the effects of noise on known
marine mammal prey.
Fish utilize the soundscape and
components of sound in their
environment to perform important
functions such as foraging, predator
avoidance, mating, and spawning (e.g.,
Zelick et al., 1999; Fay, 2009).
Depending on their hearing anatomy
and peripheral sensory structures,
which vary among species, fishes hear
sounds using pressure and particle
motion sensitivity capabilities and
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
18362
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
detect the motion of surrounding water
(Fay et al., 2008). The potential effects
of noise on fishes depends on the
overlapping frequency range, distance
from the sound source, water depth of
exposure, and species-specific hearing
sensitivity, anatomy, and physiology.
Key impacts to fishes may include
behavioral responses, hearing damage,
barotrauma (pressure-related injuries),
and mortality.
Fish react to sounds which are
especially strong and/or intermittent
low-frequency sounds, and behavioral
responses such as flight or avoidance
are the most likely effects. Short
duration, sharp sounds can cause overt
or subtle changes in fish behavior and
local distribution. The reaction of fish to
noise depends on the physiological state
of the fish, past exposures, motivation
(e.g., feeding, spawning, migration), and
other environmental factors. Hastings
and Popper (2005) identified several
studies that suggest fish may relocate to
avoid certain areas of sound energy.
Additional studies have documented
effects of pile driving on fish, although
several are based on studies in support
of large, multiyear bridge construction
projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan, 2001,
2002; Popper and Hastings, 2009).
Several studies have demonstrated that
impulse sounds might affect the
distribution and behavior of some
fishes, potentially impacting foraging
opportunities or increasing energetic
costs (e.g., Fewtrell and McCauley,
2012; Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al.,
1992; Santulli et al., 1999; Paxton et al.,
2017). However, some studies have
shown no or slight reaction to impulse
sounds (e.g., Pena et al., 2013; Wardle
et al., 2001; Jorgenson and Gyselman,
2009; Cott et al., 2012). More
commonly, though, the impacts of noise
on fish are temporary.
SPLs of sufficient strength have been
known to cause injury to fish and fish
mortality. However, in most fish
species, hair cells in the ear
continuously regenerate and loss of
auditory function likely is restored
when damaged cells are replaced with
new cells. Halvorsen et al., (2012a)
showed that a TTS of 4–6 dB was
recoverable within 24 hours for one
species. Impacts would be most severe
when the individual fish is close to the
source and when the duration of
exposure is long. Injury caused by
barotrauma can range from slight to
severe and can cause death, and is most
likely for fish with swim bladders.
Barotrauma injuries have been
documented during controlled exposure
to impact pile driving (Halvorsen et al.,
2012b; Casper et al., 2013).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
The most likely impact to fish from
pile driving activities at the project
areas would be temporary behavioral
avoidance of the area. The duration of
fish avoidance of an area after pile
driving stops is unknown, but a rapid
return to normal recruitment,
distribution and behavior is anticipated.
In general, impacts to marine mammal
prey species are expected to be minor
and temporary due to the expected short
daily duration of individual pile driving
events and the relatively small areas
being affected.
The area likely impacted by the
activities is relatively small compared to
the available habitat in shelf waters in
the region. Any behavioral avoidance by
fish of the disturbed area would still
leave significantly large areas of fish and
marine mammal foraging habitat in the
nearby vicinity. Based on the
information discussed herein, we
conclude that impacts of the specified
activity are not likely to have more than
short-term adverse effects on any prey
habitat or populations of prey species.
Further, any impacts to marine mammal
habitat are not expected to result in
significant or long-term consequences
for individual marine mammals, or to
contribute to adverse impacts on their
populations.
Estimated Take
This section provides an estimate of
the number of incidental takes proposed
for authorization through this IHA,
which will inform both NMFS’
consideration of ‘‘small numbers’’ and
the negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take
expected to result from these activities.
Except with respect to certain activities
not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the
MMPA defines ‘‘harassment’’ as any act
of pursuit, torment, or annoyance,
which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption
of behavioral patterns, including, but
not limited to, migration, breathing,
nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering
(Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would primarily be
by Level B harassment, as noise from
pile driving has the potential to result
in disruption of behavioral patterns for
individual marine mammals. There is
also some potential for auditory injury
(Level A harassment) to result. The
proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures are expected to minimize the
severity of such taking to the extent
practicable.
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
As described previously, no mortality
is anticipated or proposed to be
authorized for this activity. Below we
describe how the take is estimated.
Generally speaking, we estimate take
by considering: (1) Acoustic thresholds
above which NMFS believes the best
available science indicates marine
mammals will be behaviorally harassed
or incur some degree of permanent
hearing impairment; (2) the area or
volume of water that will be ensonified
above these levels in a day; (3) the
density or occurrence of marine
mammals within these ensonified areas;
and, (4) and the number of days of
activities. We note that while these
basic factors can contribute to a basic
calculation to provide an initial
prediction of takes, additional
information that can qualitatively
inform take estimates is also sometimes
available (e.g., previous monitoring
results or average group size). Below, we
describe the factors considered here in
more detail and present the proposed
take estimate.
Acoustic Thresholds
Using the best available science,
NMFS has developed acoustic
thresholds that identify the received
level of underwater sound above which
exposed marine mammals would be
reasonably expected to be behaviorally
harassed (equated to Level B
harassment) or to incur PTS of some
degree (equated to Level A harassment).
Level B Harassment—Though
significantly driven by received level,
the onset of behavioral disturbance from
anthropogenic noise exposure is also
informed to varying degrees by other
factors related to the source (e.g.,
frequency, predictability, duty cycle),
the environment (e.g., bathymetry), and
the receiving animals (hearing,
motivation, experience, demography,
behavioral context) and can be difficult
to predict (Southall et al., 2007, Ellison
et al., 2012). Based on what the
available science indicates and the
practical need to use a threshold based
on a factor that is both predictable and
measurable for most activities, NMFS
uses a generalized acoustic threshold
based on received level to estimate the
onset of behavioral harassment. NMFS
predicts that marine mammals are likely
to be behaviorally harassed in a manner
we consider Level B harassment when
exposed to underwater anthropogenic
noise above received levels of 160 dB re
1 mPa (rms) for impulsive and/or
intermittent sources (e.g., impact pile
driving).
Level A harassment—NMFS’
Technical Guidance for Assessing the
Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
18363
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
Marine Mammal Hearing (Version 2.0)
(Technical Guidance, 2018) identifies
dual criteria to assess auditory injury
(Level A harassment) to five different
marine mammal groups (based on
hearing sensitivity) as a result of
exposure to noise from two different
types of sources (impulsive or nonimpulsive). The components of
Vineyard Wind’s proposed activity that
may result in the take of marine
mammals include the use of impulsive
sources.
These thresholds are provided in
Table 4. The references, analysis, and
methodology used in the development
of the thresholds are described in NMFS
2018 Technical Guidance, which may
be accessed at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
national/marine-mammal-protection/
marine-mammal-acoustic-technicalguidance.
TABLE 4—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT
PTS onset acoustic thresholds *
(received level)
Hearing group
Impulsive
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans ......................................
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans ......................................
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans .....................................
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater) .............................
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater) .............................
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
1:
3:
5:
7:
9:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
219
230
202
218
232
dB;
dB;
dB;
dB;
dB;
Non-impulsive
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB .........................
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB ........................
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB ........................
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB .......................
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB .......................
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
2: LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
4: LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
6: LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
8: LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
10: LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
* Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should
also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 μPa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of 1μPa2s.
In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure
is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ‘‘flat’’ is being
included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized hearing range. The subscript associated
with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF
cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level
thresholds could be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it is valuable for
action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be exceeded.
Ensonified Area
Here, we describe operational and
environmental parameters of the activity
that will feed into identifying the area
ensonified above the acoustic
thresholds, which include source levels
and transmission loss coefficient.
As described above, Vineyard Wind is
proposing to install up to 100 WTGs and
up to two ESPs in the WDA (i.e., a
maximum of 102 foundations). Two
types of foundations may be used in the
construction of the project and were
therefore considered in the acoustic
modeling study conducted to estimate
the potential number of marine mammal
exposures above relevant harassment
thresholds: Monopile foundations
varying in size with a maximum of 10.3
m (33.8 ft) diameter piles and jacket-
style foundations using three or four 3
m (9.8 ft) diameter (pin) piles per
foundation.
As described above, Vineyard Wind
has incorporated more than one design
scenario in their planning of the project.
This approach, called the ‘‘design
envelope’’ concept, allows for flexibility
on the part of the developer, in
recognition of the fact that offshore
wind technology and installation
techniques are constantly evolving and
exact specifications of the project are
not yet certain as of the publishing of
this document. Variables that are not yet
certain include the number, size, and
configuration of WTGs and ESPs and
their foundations, and the number of
foundations that may be installed per
day (a maximum of two foundations
would be installed per day).
In recognition of the need to ensure
that the range of potential impacts to
marine mammals from the various
potential scenarios within the design
envelope are accounted for, potential
design scenarios were modeled
separately in order to conservatively
assess the impacts of each scenario. The
two installation scenarios modeled are
shown in Table 5 and consist of:
(1) The ‘‘maximum design’’ consisting
of ninety 10.3 m (33.8 ft) WTG monopile
foundations, 10 jacket foundations (i.e.,
40 jacket piles), and two jacket
foundations for ESPs (i.e., eight jacket
piles), and
(2) The ‘‘most likely design’’
consisting of one hundred 10.3 m (33.8
ft) WTG monopile foundations and two
jacket foundations for ESPs (i.e., eight
jacket piles).
TABLE 5—POTENTIAL CONSTRUCTION SCENARIOS MODELED
WTG
monopiles
(pile size:
10.3 m (33.8 ft))
Design scenario
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Maximum design ........................................................
Most likely design ......................................................
As Vineyard Wind may install either
one or two monopiles per day, both the
‘‘maximum design’’ and ‘‘most likely
design’’ scenarios were modeled
assuming the installation of one
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
WTG jacket
foundations
(pile size:
3 m (9.8 ft))
90
100
ESP jacket
foundations
(pile size:
3 m (9.8 ft))
10
0
foundation per day and two foundations
per day distributed across the same
calendar period. No more than one
jacket would be installed per day thus
one jacket foundation per day (four
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Total number
of piles
2
2
138
108
Total number
of installation
locations
102
102
piles) was assumed for both scenarios.
No concurrent pile driving (i.e., driving
of more than one pile at a time) would
occur and therefore concurrent driving
was not modeled. The pile-driving
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
18364
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
schedules for modeling were created
based on the number of expected
suitable weather days available per
month (based on weather criteria
determined by Vineyard Wind) in
which pile driving may occur to better
understand when the majority of pile
driving is likely to occur throughout the
year. The number of suitable weather
days per month was obtained from
historical weather data. The modeled
pile-driving schedule for the Maximum
Design scenario is shown in Table 2 of
the IHA application.
Piles for monopile foundations would
be constructed for specific locations
with maximum diameters ranging from
∼8 m (26.2 ft) up to ∼10.3 m (33.8 ft) and
an expected median diameter of ∼9 m
(29.5 ft). The 10.3 m (33.8 ft) monopile
foundation is the largest potential pile
diameter proposed for the project; while
a smaller diameter pile may ultimately
end up being installed, 10.3 m
represents the largest potential diameter
and was therefore used in modeling of
monopile installation to be
conservative. Jacket foundations each
require the installation of three to four
jacket securing piles, known as jacket
piles, of ∼3 m (9.8 ft) diameter. All
modeling assumed 10.3 m piles would
be used for monopiles and 3 m piles
would be used for jacket foundations
(other specifications associated with
monopiles and jacket piles are shown in
Table 1 above and Figures 2 and 3 in the
IHA application).
Representative hammering schedules
of increasing hammer energy with
increasing penetration depth were
modeled, resulting in, generally, higher
intensity sound fields as the hammer
energy and penetration increases. For
both monopile and jacket structure
models, the piles were assumed to be
vertical and driven to a penetration
depth of 30 m and 45 m, respectively.
While pile penetrations across the site
would vary, these values were chosen as
reasonable penetration depths. The
estimated number of strikes required to
drive piles to completion were obtained
from drivability studies provided by
Vineyard Wind. All acoustic modeling
was performed assuming that only one
pile is driven at a time.
Additional modeling assumptions for
the monopiles were as follows:
• 1,030 cm steel cylindrical piling
with wall thickness of 10 cm.
• Impact pile driver: IHC S–4000
(4000 kJ rated energy; 1977 kN ram
weight).
• Helmet weight: 3234 kN.
Additional modeling assumptions for
the jacket pile are as follows:
• 300 cm steel cylindrical pilings
with wall thickness of 5 cm.
• Impact pile driver: IHC S–2500
(2500 kJ rated energy; 1227 kN ram
weight).
• Helmet weight: 2401 kN.
• Up to four jacket piles installed per
day.
Sound fields produced during pile
driving were modeled by first
characterizing the sound signal
produced during pile driving using the
industry-standard GRLWEAP (wave
equation analysis of pile driving) model
and JASCO Applied Sciences’ (JASCO)
Pile Driving Source Model (PDSM).
Underwater sound propagation (i.e.,
transmission loss) as a function of range
from each source was modeled using
JASCO’s Marine Operations Noise
Model (MONM) for multiple
propagation radials centered at the
source to yield 3D transmission loss
fields in the surrounding area. The
MONM computes received per-pulse
SEL for directional sources at specified
depths. MONM uses two separate
models to estimate transmission loss.
At frequencies less than 2 kHz,
MONM computes acoustic propagation
via a wide-angle parabolic equation (PE)
solution to the acoustic wave equation
based on a version of the U.S. Naval
Research Laboratory’s Range-dependent
Acoustic Model (RAM) modified to
account for an elastic seabed. MONM–
RAM incorporates bathymetry,
underwater sound speed as a function of
depth, and a geoacoustic profile based
on seafloor composition, and accounts
for source horizontal directivity. The PE
method has been extensively
benchmarked and is widely employed
in the underwater acoustics community,
and MONM–RAM’s predictions have
been validated against experimental
data in several underwater acoustic
measurement programs conducted by
JASCO. At frequencies greater than 2
kHz, MONM accounts for increased
sound attenuation due to volume
absorption at higher frequencies with
the widely used BELLHOP Gaussian
beam ray-trace propagation model. This
component incorporates bathymetry and
underwater sound speed as a function of
depth with a simplified representation
of the sea bottom, as subbottom layers
have a negligible influence on the
propagation of acoustic waves with
frequencies above 1 kHz. MONM–
BELLHOP accounts for horizontal
directivity of the source and vertical
variation of the source beam pattern.
Both propagation models account for
full exposure from a direct acoustic
wave, as well as exposure from acoustic
wave reflections and refractions (i.e.,
multi-path arrivals at the receiver).
The sound field radiating from the
pile was simulated using a vertical array
of point sources. Because sound itself is
an oscillation (vibration) of water
particles, acoustic modeling of sound in
the water column is inherently an
evaluation of vibration. For this study,
synthetic pressure waveforms were
computed using FWRAM, which is
JASCO’s acoustic propagation model
capable of producing time-domain
waveforms.
Models are more efficient at
estimating SEL than rms SPL. Therefore,
conversions may be necessary to derive
the corresponding rms SPL. Propagation
was modeled for a subset of sites using
a full-wave RAM PE model (FWRAM),
from which broadband SEL to SPL
conversion factors were calculated. The
FWRAM required intensive calculation
for each site, thus a representative
subset of modeling sites were used to
develop azimuth-, range-, and depthdependent conversion factors. These
conversion factors were used to
calculate the broadband rms SPL from
the broadband SEL prediction.
Two locations within the WDA were
selected to provide representative
propagation and sound fields for the
project area (see Table 6). The two
locations were selected to span the
region from shallow to deep water and
varying distances to dominant
bathymetric features (i.e., slope and
shelf break). Water depth and
environmental characteristics (e.g.,
bottom-type) are similar throughout the
WDA (Vineyard Wind, 2016), and
therefore minimal difference was found
in sound propagation results for the two
sites (see Appendix A of the IHA
application for further detail).
TABLE 6—LOCATIONS USED IN PROPAGATION MODELING
Location
(UTM zone 19N)
Site
Easting
P1 ............................................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00020
382452
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Water depth
(m)
Sound sources modeled
Northing
4548026
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
38
30APN2
Monopile, Jacketed pile.
18365
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
TABLE 6—LOCATIONS USED IN PROPAGATION MODELING—Continued
Location
(UTM zone 19N)
Site
Easting
P2 ............................................................................................
Estimated pile driving schedules were
used to calculate the SEL sound fields
at different points in time during pile
driving. The pile driving schedule for
monopiles is shown in Tables A–3 and
A–4 in the IHA application. For each
hammer energy level, the pile
penetration is expected to be 20% of the
total depth.
The sound propagation modeling
incorporated site-specific environmental
data that describes the bathymetry,
sound speed in the water column, and
seabed geoacoustics in the construction
area. Sound level estimates are
calculated from three-dimensional
sound fields and then collapsed over
depth to find the ranges to
predetermined threshold levels (see the
IHA application; Appendix A.3.2).
Contour maps (see the IHA application;
Appendix A.14) show the planar
distribution of the limits of the areas
affected by levels that are higher than
the specific sound level thresholds.
The modeled source spectra are
provided in Figures 11 and 12 of the
IHA application. For both pile
diameters, the dominant energy is below
100 Hz. The source spectra of the 10.3
m (33.8 ft) pile installation contain more
energy at lower frequencies than for the
smaller 3 m (9.8 ft) piles. Please see
Appendix A of the IHA application for
further details on the modeling
methodology.
Noise attenuation systems, such as
bubble curtains, are sometimes used to
decrease the sound levels radiated from
a source. Bubbles create a local
impedance change that acts as a barrier
to sound transmission. The size of the
bubbles determines their effective
Water depth
(m)
Sound sources modeled
Northing
365240
4542200
frequency band, with larger bubbles
needed for lower frequencies. There are
a variety of bubble curtain systems,
confined or unconfined bubbles, and
some with encapsulated bubbles or
panels. Attenuation levels also vary by
type of system, frequency band, and
location. Small bubble curtains have
been measured to reduce sound levels
but effective attenuation is highly
dependent on depth of water, current,
and configuration and operation of the
curtain (Austin, Denes, MacDonnell, &
Warner, 2016; Koschinski & Lu¨demann,
2013). Bubble curtains vary in terms of
the sizes of the bubbles and those with
larger bubbles tend to perform a bit
better and more reliably, particularly
when deployed with two separate rings
(Bellmann, 2014; Koschinski &
Lu¨demann, 2013; Nehls, Rose,
Diederichs, Bellmann, & Pehlke, 2016).
Encapsulated bubble systems (e.g.,
Hydro Sound Dampers (HSDs)), can be
effective within their targeted frequency
ranges, e.g., 100–800 Hz, and when used
in conjunction with a bubble curtain
appear to create the greatest attenuation.
The literature presents a wide array of
observed attenuation results for bubble
curtains. The variability in attenuation
levels is the result of variation in design,
as well as differences in site conditions
and difficulty in properly installing and
operating in-water attenuation devices.
A California Department of
Transportation (CalTrans) study tested
several systems and found that the best
attenuation systems resulted in 10–15
dB of attenuation (Buehler et al., 2015).
Similarly, Da¨hne, Tougaard, Carstensen,
Rose, and Nabe-Nielsen (2017) found
that single bubble curtains that reduced
46
Monopile, Jacketed pile.
sound levels by 7 to 10 dB reduced the
overall sound level by ∼12 dB when
combined as a double bubble curtain for
6 m steel monopiles in the North Sea.
In modeling the sound fields for the
proposed project, hypothetical
broadband attenuation levels of 6 dB
and 12 dB were modeled to gauge the
effects on the ranges to thresholds given
these levels of attenuation.
The updated acoustic thresholds for
impulsive sounds (such as pile driving)
contained in the Technical Guidance
(NMFS, 2018) were presented as dual
metric acoustic thresholds using both
SELcum and peak sound pressure level
metrics. As dual metrics, NMFS
considers onset of PTS (Level A
harassment) to have occurred when
either one of the two metrics is
exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the
largest isopleth). The SELcum metric
considers both level and duration of
exposure, as well as auditory weighting
functions by marine mammal hearing
group.
Table 7 shows the modeled radial
distances to the dual Level A
harassment thresholds using NMFS
(2018) frequency weighting for marine
mammals, with 0, 6, and 12 dB sound
attenuation incorporated. For the peak
level, the greatest distances expected are
shown, typically occurring at the
highest hammer energies. The distances
to SEL thresholds were calculated using
the hammer energy schedules for
driving one monopile or four jacket
piles, as shown. The radial distances
shown in Table 7 are the maximum
distances from the piles, averaged
between the two modeled locations.
TABLE 7—RADIAL DISTANCES (m) TO LEVEL A HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS FOR EACH FOUNDATION TYPE WITH 0, 6, AND
12 dB SOUND ATTENUATION INCORPORATED
Hearing
group
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Foundation type
10.3 m (33.8 ft) monopile ..
Four, 3 m (9.8 ft) jacket
piles.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Level A harassment
(peak)
No
attenuation
6 dB
attenuation
Level A harassment
(SEL)
12 dB
attenuation
No
attenuation
6 dB
attenuation
12 dB
attenuation
LFC
MFC
HFC
PPW
LFC
34
10
235
38
7.5
17
5
119
19
4
8.5
2.5
49
10
2.5
5,443
56
101
450
12,975
3,191
43
71
153
7,253
1,599
0
71
71
3,796
MFC
HFC
2.5
51
1
26
0.5
13.5
71
1,389
71
564
56
121
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
18366
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
TABLE 7—RADIAL DISTANCES (m) TO LEVEL A HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS FOR EACH FOUNDATION TYPE WITH 0, 6, AND
12 dB SOUND ATTENUATION INCORPORATED—Continued
Hearing
group
Foundation type
Level A harassment
(peak)
No
attenuation
PPW
6 dB
attenuation
Level A harassment
(SEL)
12 dB
attenuation
9
5
No
attenuation
2.5
6 dB
attenuation
2,423
12 dB
attenuation
977
269
* Radial distances were modeled at two different representative modeling locations as described above. Distances shown represent the average of the two modeled locations.
Table 8 shows the modeled radial
distances to the Level B harassment
threshold with no attenuation, 6 dB and
12 dB sound attenuation incorporated.
Acoustic propagation was modeled at
two representative sites in the WDA as
described above. The radial distances
shown in Table 8 are the maximum
distance to the Level B harassment
threshold from the piles, averaged
between the two modeled locations,
using the maximum hammer energy.
TABLE 8—RADIAL DISTANCES (m) TO THE LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLD
No
attenuation
Foundation type
10.3 m (33.8 ft) monopile ............................................................................................................
Four, 3 m (9.8 ft) jacket piles ......................................................................................................
Please see Appendix A of the IHA
application for further detail on the
acoustic modeling methodology.
Marine Mammal Occurrence
In this section we provide the
information about the presence, density,
or group dynamics of marine mammals
that will inform the take calculations.
The best available information
regarding marine mammal densities in
the project area is provided by habitatbased density models produced by the
Duke University Marine Geospatial
Ecology Laboratory (Roberts et al., 2016,
2017, 2018). Density models were
originally developed for all cetacean
taxa in the U.S. Atlantic (Roberts et al.,
2016); more information, including the
model results and supplementary
information for each model, is available
at seamap.env.duke.edu/models/DukeEC–GOM-2015/. In subsequent years,
certain models have been updated on
the basis of additional data as well as
certain methodological improvements.
Although these updated models (and a
newly developed seal density model)
are not currently publicly available, our
evaluation of the changes leads to a
conclusion that these represent the best
scientific evidence available. Marine
mammal density estimates in the WDA
(animals/km2) were obtained using
these model results (Roberts et al., 2016,
2017, 2018). As noted, the updated
models incorporate additional sighting
data, including sightings from the
NOAA Atlantic Marine Assessment
Program for Protected Species
(AMAPPS) surveys from 2010–2014,
which included some aerial surveys
over the RI/MA & MA WEAs (NEFSC &
SEFSC, 2011b, 2012, 2014a, 2014b,
2015, 2016).
Mean monthly densities for all
animals were calculated using a 13 km
(8 mi) buffered polygon around the
WDA perimeter and overlaying it on the
density maps from Roberts et al. (2016,
2017, 2018). Please see Figure 13 in the
IHA application for an example of a
density map showing Roberts et al.
(2016, 2017, 2018) density grid cells
with a 13 km buffer overlaid on a map
of the WDA. The 13 km (8 mi) buffer is
conservative as it encompasses and
extends beyond the estimated distances
to the isopleth corresponding to the
6 dB
attenuation
6,316
4,104
12 dB
attenuation
4,121
3,220
2,739
2,177
Level B harassment (with no
attenuation, as well as with 6 dB and 12
dB sound attenuation) for all hearing
groups using the unweighted threshold
of 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) (Table 8). The
13 km buffer incorporates the maximum
area around the WDA with the potential
to result in behavioral disturbance for
the 10.3 m (33.8 ft) monopile
installation using (Wood, Southall, &
Tollit, 2012) threshold criteria.
The mean density for each month was
determined by calculating the
unweighted mean of all 10 x 10 km (6.2
x 6.2 mi) grid cells partially or fully
within the buffer zone polygon.
Densities were computed for the months
of May to December to coincide with
planned pile driving activities (as
described above, no pile driving would
occur from January through April). In
cases where monthly densities were
unavailable, annual mean densities (e.g.,
pilot whales) and seasonal mean
densities (e.g., all seals) were used
instead. Table 9 shows the monthly
marine mammal density estimates for
each species incorporated in the
exposure modeling analysis.
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
TABLE 9—MONTHLY MARINE MAMMAL DENSITY ESTIMATES FOR EACH SPECIES USED IN THE EXPOSURE MODELING
ANALYSIS
Monthly densities
(animals/100 km2) 1
Species
Fin whale ...........................
Humpback whale ...............
Minke whale ......................
North Atlantic right whale ..
Sei whale ...........................
Atlantic white sided dolphin
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
0.151
0.033
0.052
0.205
0.001
1.935
0.115
0.018
0.064
0.309
0.002
0.972
0.122
0.034
0.063
0.543
0.001
1.077
0.234
0.204
0.136
0.582
0.033
2.088
0.268
0.138
0.191
0.287
0.029
4.059
0.276
0.139
0.171
0.308
0.012
3.742
0.26
0.199
0.064
0.002
0.003
2.801
0.248
0.109
0.051
0.002
0.002
1.892
0.197
0.333
0.048
0.006
0.003
1.558
0.121
0.237
0.045
0.001
0.001
1.95
0.12
0.078
0.026
0.001
0.002
2.208
0.131
0.049
0.037
0.267
0.001
3.281
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
Annual
May to
Dec
Mean
Mean
0.187
0.131
0.079
0.209
0.007
2.297
0.203
0.16
0.079
0.109
0.007
2.686
18367
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
TABLE 9—MONTHLY MARINE MAMMAL DENSITY ESTIMATES FOR EACH SPECIES USED IN THE EXPOSURE MODELING
ANALYSIS—Continued
Monthly densities
(animals/100 km2) 1
Species
Bottlenose dolphin .............
Pilot whales .......................
Risso’s dolphin ..................
Short beaked dolphin ........
Sperm whale * ...................
Harbor porpoise ................
Gray seal 2 .........................
Harbor seal 2 .....................
Harp seal 2 .........................
Jan
Feb
0.382
0.555
0.006
7.734
0.001
3.939
6.844
6.844
6.844
0.011
0.555
0.003
1.26
0.001
6.025
8.291
8.291
8.291
Mar
Apr
0.007
0.555
0.001
0.591
0.001
12.302
8.621
8.621
8.621
0.497
0.555
0.001
1.613
0.001
6.959
15.17
15.17
15.17
May
0.726
0.555
0.005
3.093
0.003
3.904
19.123
19.123
19.123
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
2.199
0.555
0.005
3.153
0.006
1.332
3.072
3.072
3.072
5.072
0.555
0.01
3.569
0.029
0.91
0.645
0.645
0.645
3.603
0.555
0.02
6.958
0.033
0.784
0.372
0.372
0.372
4.417
0.555
0.016
12.2
0.012
0.717
0.482
0.482
0.482
Oct
4.46
0.555
0.006
12.727
0.012
0.968
0.687
0.687
0.687
Nov
2.136
0.555
0.013
9.321
0.008
2.609
0.778
0.778
0.778
Dec
1.216
0.555
0.018
16.831
0.001
2.686
3.506
3.506
3.506
Annual
May to
Dec
Mean
Mean
2.061
0.555
0.009
6.588
0.009
3.595
5.633
5.633
5.633
2.979
0.555
0.012
8.482
0.013
1.739
3.583
3.583
3.583
1 Density
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
2 All
estimates are from habitat-based density modeling of the entire Atlantic EEZ from Roberts et al. (2016, 2017, 2018).
seal species are grouped together in the density models presented by Roberts et al. (2018).
JASCO’s Animal Simulation Model
Including Noise Exposure (JASMINE)
animal movement model was used to
predict the probability of marine
mammal exposure to project-related
sound. Sound exposure models like
JASMINE use simulated animals (also
known as ‘‘animats’’) to forecast
behaviors of animals in new situations
and locations based on previously
documented behaviors of those animals.
The predicted 3D sound fields (i.e., the
output of the acoustic modeling process
described earlier) are sampled by
animats using movement rules derived
from animal observations. The output of
the simulation is the exposure history
for each animat within the simulation.
The precise location of animals (and
their pathways) are not known prior to
a project, therefore a repeated random
sampling technique (Monte Carlo) is
used to estimate exposure probability
with many animats and randomized
starting positions. The probability of an
animat starting out in or transitioning
into a given behavioral state can be
defined in terms of the animat’s current
behavioral state, depth, and the time of
day. In addition, each travel parameter
and behavioral state has a termination
function that governs how long the
parameter value or overall behavioral
state persists in the simulation.
The output of the simulation is the
exposure history for each animat within
the simulation, and the combined
history of all animats gives a probability
density function of exposure during the
project. Scaling the probability density
function by the real-world density of
animals (Table 9) results in the mean
number of animals expected to be
exposed over the duration of the project.
Due to the probabilistic nature of the
process, fractions of animals may be
predicted to exceed threshold. If, for
example, 0.1 animals are predicted to
exceed threshold in the model, that is
interpreted as a 10% chance that one
animal will exceed a relevant threshold
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
during the project, or equivalently, if the
simulation were re-run ten times, one of
the ten simulations would result in an
animal exceeding the threshold.
Similarly, a mean number prediction of
33.11 animals can be interpreted as rerunning the simulation where the
number of animals exceeding the
threshold may differ in each simulation
but the mean number of animals over all
of the simulations is 33.11. A portion of
an animal cannot be taken during a
project, so it is common practice to
round mean number animal exposure
values to integers using standard
rounding methods. However, for lowprobability events it is more precise to
provide the actual values. For this
reason mean number values are not
rounded.
Sound fields were input into the
JASMINE model and animats were
programmed based on the best available
information to ‘‘behave’’ in ways that
reflect the behaviors of the 15 marine
mammal species expected to occur in
the project area during the proposed
activity. The various parameters for
forecasting realistic marine mammal
behaviors (e.g., diving, foraging, surface
times, etc.) are determined based on the
available literature (e.g., tagging
studies); when literature on these
behaviors was not available for a
particular species, it was extrapolated
from a similar species for which
behaviors would be expected to be
similar to the species of interest. See
Appendix B of the IHA application for
a description of the species that were
used as proxies when data on a
particular species was not available. The
parameters used in JASMINE describe
animal movement in both the vertical
and horizontal planes. The parameters
relating to travel in these two planes are
briefly described below:
Travel Sub-Models
• Direction—determines an animat’s
choice of direction in the horizontal
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
plane. Sub-models are available for
determining the heading of animats,
allowing for movement to range from
strongly biased to undirected. A random
walk model can be used for behaviors
with no directional preference, such as
feeding and playing. A directional bias
can also be incorporated in the random
walk for use in situations where animals
have a preferred absolute direction,
such as migration.
• Travel rate—defines an animat’s
rate of travel in the horizontal plane.
When combined with vertical speed and
dive depth, the dive profile of the
animat is produced.
Dive Sub-Models
• Ascent rate—defines an animat’s
rate of travel in the vertical plane during
the ascent portion of a dive.
• Descent rate—defines an animat’s
rate of travel in the vertical plane during
the descent portion of a dive.
• Depth—defines an animat’s
maximum dive depth.
• Bottom following—determines
whether an animat returns to the surface
once reaching the ocean floor, or
whether it follows the contours of the
bathymetry.
• Reversals—determines whether
multiple vertical excursions occur once
an animat reaches the maximum dive
depth. This behavior is used to emulate
the foraging behavior of some marine
mammal species at depth. Reversalspecific ascent and descent rates may be
specified.
• Surface interval—determines the
duration an animat spends at, or near,
the surface before diving again.
An individual animat’s received
sound exposure levels are summed over
a specified duration, such as 24 hours,
to determine its total received energy,
and then compared to the threshold
criteria described above. As JASMINE
modeling includes the movement of
animats both within as well as in and
out of the modeled ensonified area,
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
18368
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
some animats enter and depart the
modeled ensonified area within a
modeled 24 hour period; however, it is
important to note that the model
accounts for the acoustic energy that an
animat accumulates even if that animat
departs the ensonified area prior to the
full 24 hours (i.e., even if the animat
departs prior to a full 24 hour modeled
period, if that animat accumulated
enough acoustic energy to be taken, it is
accounted for in the take estimate). Also
note that animal aversion was not
incorporated into the Jasmine model
runs that were the basis for the take
estimate for any species. See Figure 14
in the IHA application for a depiction of
animats in an environment with a
moving sound field. See Appendix B of
the IHA application for more details on
the JASMINE modeling methodology,
including the literature sources used for
the parameters that were input in
JASMINE to describe animal movement
for each species that is expected to
occur in the project area.
Take Calculation and Estimation
Here we describe how the information
provided above is brought together to
produce a quantitative take estimate.
The following steps were performed to
estimate the potential numbers of
marine mammal exposures above Level
A and Level B harassment thresholds as
a result of the proposed activity:
(1) The characteristics of the sound
output from the proposed pile-driving
activities were modeled using the
GRLWEAP (wave equation analysis of
pile driving) model and JASCO’s PDSM;
(2) Acoustic propagation modeling
was performed using JASCO’s MONM
and FWRAM that combined the outputs
of the source model with the spatial and
temporal environmental context (e.g.,
location, oceanographic conditions,
seabed type) to estimate sound fields;
(3) Animal movement modeling
integrated the estimated sound fields
with species-typical behavioral
parameters in the JASMINE model to
estimate received sound levels for the
animals that may occur in the
operational area; and
(4) The number of potential exposures
above Level A and Level B harassment
thresholds was calculated for each
potential scenario within the project
design envelope.
As described above, two project
design scenarios were modeled: The
‘‘maximum design’’ consisting of ninety
10.3 m (33.8 ft) WTG monopile
foundations, 10 jacket foundations, and
two jacket foundations for ESPs, and the
‘‘most likely design’’ consisting of one
hundred 10.3 m (33.8 ft) WTG monopile
foundations and two jacket foundations
for ESPs (Table 5). Both of these design
scenarios were also modeled with either
one or two monopile foundations
installed per day. All scenarios were
modeled with both 6 dB sound
attenuation and 12 dB sound
attenuation incorporated. Results of
marine mammal exposure modeling of
these scenarios is shown in Tables 10–
13. Note that while fractions of an
animal cannot be taken, these tables are
meant simply to show the modeled
exposure numbers, versus the actual
proposed take estimate. Requested and
proposed take numbers are shown
below in Tables 14 and 15.
TABLE 10—MEAN NUMBERS OF MARINE MAMMALS ESTIMATED TO BE EXPOSED ABOVE LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS DURING THE PROPOSED PROJECT USING THE MAXIMUM DESIGN SCENARIO AND ONE FOUNDATION INSTALLED PER DAY
6 dB attenuation
Species
Level A
harassment
(peak)
Fin Whale ................................................
Humpback Whale ....................................
Minke Whale ............................................
North Atlantic Right Whale ......................
Sei Whale ................................................
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin ...................
Bottlenose Dolphin ..................................
Pilot Whales ............................................
Risso’s Dolphin ........................................
Common Dolphin .....................................
Sperm Whale ...........................................
Harbor Porpoise ......................................
Gray Seal ................................................
Harbor Seal .............................................
Harp Seal ................................................
Level A
harassment
(SEL)
0.1
0.03
0.04
0.03
0
0
0
0
0
0.1
0
4.23
0.11
0.36
0.73
12 dB attenuation
Level B
harassment
4.13
9.01
0.22
1.36
0.14
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.17
0.3
0.21
0.87
Level A
harassment
(peak)
33.11
30.1
12.21
13.25
1.09
449.2
96.21
0
1.61
1059.97
0
150.13
196.4
214.04
217.35
Level A
harassment
(SEL)
0.02
0.01
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.1
0
1.54
0.04
0.33
0
0.29
1
0.07
0.09
0.01
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.07
0.07
0.04
Level B
harassment
21.78
19.66
7.9
8.74
0.74
277.82
62.21
0
1.04
703.81
0
91.96
118.06
136.33
132.91
TABLE 11—MEAN NUMBERS OF MARINE MAMMALS ESTIMATED TO BE EXPOSED ABOVE LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS DURING THE PROPOSED PROJECT USING THE MAXIMUM DESIGN SCENARIO AND TWO FOUNDATIONS INSTALLED PER DAY
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
6 dB attenuation
Species
Level A
harassment
(peak)
Fin Whale ................................................
Humpback Whale ....................................
Minke Whale ............................................
North Atlantic Right Whale ......................
Sei Whale ................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
0.1
0.03
0.03
0.02
0
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Level A
harassment
(SEL)
12 dB attenuation
Level B
harassment
4.49
9.59
0.23
1.39
0.14
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Level A
harassment
(peak)
29.71
27.23
11.52
11.75
0.93
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
0
0
0
0.01
0
30APN2
Level A
harassment
(SEL)
0.41
1.09
0.05
0.1
0.01
Level B
harassment
20.57
18.48
7.76
7.96
0.65
18369
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
TABLE 11—MEAN NUMBERS OF MARINE MAMMALS ESTIMATED TO BE EXPOSED ABOVE LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS DURING THE PROPOSED PROJECT USING THE MAXIMUM DESIGN SCENARIO AND TWO FOUNDATIONS INSTALLED PER DAY—Continued
6 dB attenuation
Species
Level A
harassment
(peak)
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin ...................
Bottlenose Dolphin ..................................
Pilot Whales ............................................
Risso’s Dolphin ........................................
Common Dolphin .....................................
Sperm Whale ...........................................
Harbor Porpoise ......................................
Gray Seal ................................................
Harbor Seal .............................................
Harp Seal ................................................
Level A
harassment
(SEL)
0.13
0
0
0
0.44
0
4.23
0.29
1.01
0.38
12 dB attenuation
Level B
harassment
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.17
0.47
0.86
0.53
Level A
harassment
(peak)
428.23
67.71
0
1.38
897.91
0
125.23
145.2
164.48
162.03
Level A
harassment
(SEL)
0
0
0
0
0.1
0
1.85
0.04
0.16
0.17
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.06
0.25
0.39
0.04
Level B
harassment
272.67
43.87
0
0.95
622.78
0
82.28
96.41
110.25
108.19
TABLE 12—MEAN NUMBERS OF MARINE MAMMALS ESTIMATED TO BE EXPOSED ABOVE LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS DURING THE PROPOSED PROJECT USING THE MOST LIKELY SCENARIO AND ONE FOUNDATION INSTALLED PER DAY
6 dB attenuation
Species
Level A
harassment
(peak)
Fin Whale ................................................
Humpback Whale ....................................
Minke Whale ............................................
North Atlantic Right Whale ......................
Sei Whale ................................................
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin ...................
Bottlenose Dolphin ..................................
Pilot Whales ............................................
Risso’s Dolphin ........................................
Common Dolphin .....................................
Sperm Whale ...........................................
Harbor Porpoise ......................................
Gray Seal ................................................
Harbor Seal .............................................
Harp Seal ................................................
Level A
harassment
(SEL)
0.11
0.04
0.04
0.04
0
0
0
0
0
0.01
0
3.86
0
0.34
0.72
12 dB attenuation
Level B
harassment
2.84
6.54
0.13
0.72
0.09
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.14
0.01
0.01
0.72
Level A
harassment
(peak)
29.85
26.27
10.28
10.82
0.95
380.82
98.56
0
1.48
941.41
0
134.88
176.92
191.06
193.65
Level A
harassment
(SEL)
0.02
0.01
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.01
0
1.38
0
0.34
0
0.23
0.83
0.06
0.04
0.01
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Level B
harassment
19.43
17.08
6.77
7.09
0.65
236.77
64.19
0
0.94
617.01
0
80.89
104.6
120.64
116.13
TABLE 13—MEAN NUMBERS OF MARINE MAMMALS ESTIMATED TO BE EXPOSED ABOVE LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS DURING THE PROPOSED PROJECT USING THE MOST LIKELY SCENARIO AND TWO FOUNDATIONS
INSTALLED PER DAY
6 dB attenuation
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Species
Level A
harassment
(peak)
Fin Whale ................................................
Humpback Whale ....................................
Minke Whale ............................................
North Atlantic Right Whale ......................
Sei Whale ................................................
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin ...................
Bottlenose Dolphin ..................................
Pilot Whales ............................................
Risso’s Dolphin ........................................
Common Dolphin .....................................
Sperm whale ...........................................
Harbor Porpoise ......................................
Gray Seal ................................................
Harbor Seal .............................................
Harp Seal ................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
0.11
0.04
0.03
0.02
0
0.14
0
0
0
0.39
0
3.86
0.19
1.01
0.36
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Level A
harassment
(SEL)
12 dB attenuation
Level B
harassment
3.24
7.18
0.15
0.76
0.09
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.14
0.19
0.68
0.36
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Level A
harassment
(peak)
26.07
23.09
9.53
9.21
0.78
357.71
66.75
0
1.22
761.48
0
107.61
123.97
139.82
136.45
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
0
0
0
0.01
0
0
0
0
0
0.01
0
1.72
0
0.17
0.18
30APN2
Level A
harassment
(SEL)
0.36
0.93
0.04
0.06
0.01
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.07
0.18
0.34
0
Level B
harassment
18.08
15.77
6.62
6.25
0.55
231.09
43.72
0
0.84
527.04
0
70.29
82.23
93.67
90.56
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
18370
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
As shown in Tables 10–13, the
greatest potential number of marine
mammal exposures above the Level B
harassment threshold occurs under the
Maximum Design scenario with one
monopile foundation installed per day
(Table 10) while the greatest potential
number of marine mammal exposures
above the Level A harassment
thresholds occurs under the Maximum
Design scenario with one monopile
foundation installed per day. With the
inclusion of more jacket foundations,
which would require more piles and
more overall pile driving, marine
mammal exposure estimates for the
Maximum Design scenario (Tables 10
and 11) are higher than under the Most
Likely scenario (Tables 12 and 13). In all
scenarios, the maximum number of
jacket foundations modeled per day was
one (four jacket piles). Modeling
indicates that whether one monopile
foundation is installed per day or two
makes little difference with respect to
estimated Level A harassment
exposures; total exposures above the
Level A harassment threshold differed
by less than one exposure over the
duration of the project, for each species.
For exposures above the Level B
harassment threshold, exposure
estimates for one monopile foundation
per day are somewhat higher than for
two monopile foundations per day.
With two monopile foundations per
day, there are half as many days of pile
driving so there is likewise a reduced
number of overall predicted Level B
harassment exposures over the duration
of the project.
To be conservative, Vineyard Wind
based their take request on the
Maximum Design scenario with one
monopile installed per day. Vineyard
Wind also assumed that 12 dB sound
attenuation can be achieved consistently
during the proposed activity, thus their
take request was based on modeled
exposure numbers incorporating 12 dB
effective attenuation.
Although the exposure modeling
indicated that no Level A harassment
takes are expected for several species
(i.e., minke whale, sei whale, and all
small cetaceans and pinnipeds),
Vineyard Wind requested Level A
harassment takes for most species as a
precautionary measure, based on the
fact that shutdown of pile driving may
not be technically feasible once pile
driving has begun, thus if a marine
mammal were to enter the Level A
harassment zone after pile driving has
commenced Vineyard Wind may not be
able to avoid that animal(s) being taken
by Level A harassment. Vineyard Wind
requested Level A harassment takes for
these species based on mean group size
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
for each respective species, based on an
assumption that if one group member
were to be exposed, it is likely that all
animals in the same group would
receive a similar exposure level. Thus,
for the species for which exposure
modeling indicated less than a group
size would be taken (by either Level A
or Level B harassment), Vineyard Wind
increased the value from the exposure
modeling results to equal one mean
group size, rounded up to the nearest
integer, for species with predicted
exposures of less than one mean group
size (with the exception of North
Atlantic right whales, as described
below). Mean group sizes for species
were derived from Kraus et al. (2016),
where available, as the best
representation of expected group sizes
within the RI/MA & MA WEAs. These
were calculated as the number of
individuals sighted, divided by the
number of sightings summed over the
four seasons (from Tables 5 and 19 in
Kraus et al., 2016). Sightings for which
species identification was considered
either definite or probable were used in
the Kraus et al. (2016) data. For species
that were observed very rarely during
the Kraus et al. (2016) study (i.e., sperm
whales and Risso’s dolphins) or
observed but not analyzed (i.e.,
pinnipeds), data derived from AMAPPS
surveys (Palka et al., 2017) were used to
evaluate mean group size. For sperm
whales and Risso’s dolphins, the
number of individuals divided by the
number of groups observed during
2010–2013 AMAPPS NE summer
shipboard surveys and NE aerial surveys
during all seasons was used (Appendix
I of Palka et al., 2017). Though
pinnipeds congregate in large numbers
on land, at sea they are generally
foraging alone or in small groups. For
harbor and gray seals, Palka et al. (2017)
report sightings of seals at sea during
2010–2013 spring, summer, and fall NE
AMAPPS aerial surveys. Those sightings
include both harbor seals and gray seals,
as well as unknown seals, and thus a
single group size estimate was
calculated for these two species. Harp
seals are occasionally recorded south of
the RI/MA & MA WEAs on Long Island,
New York, and in the nearshore waters,
usually in groups of one or two
individuals. During 2002–2018, the
Coastal Research and Education Society
of Long Island (CRESLI) reported seven
sightings of harp seals (CRESLI, 2018).
Five of these were of single individuals
and two were of two animals.
Calculated group sizes for all species are
shown in Table 14.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
TABLE 14—MEAN GROUP SIZES OF
MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES USED TO
ESTIMATE TAKES
Species
Fin Whale .........................................
Humpback Whale .............................
Minke Whale .....................................
North Atlantic Right Whale ...............
Sei Whale .........................................
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin ............
Common Bottlenose Dolphin ............
Pilot whale ........................................
Risso’s Dolphin .................................
Short-Beaked Common Dolphin .......
Sperm Whale ....................................
Harbor Porpoise ...............................
Gray Seal ..........................................
Harbor Seal ......................................
Harp Seal ..........................................
Mean
group
size
1.8
2
1.2
2.4
1.6
27.9
7.8
8.4
5.3
34.9
1.5
2.7
1.4
1.4
1.3
Vineyard Wind also requested Level B
take numbers that differ from the
numbers modeled and were instead
based on monitoring data from site
characterization surveys conducted at
the same location. Vineyard Wind
reviewed monitoring data recorded
during site characterization surveys in
the WDA from 2016–2018 and
calculated a daily sighting rate
(individuals per day) for each species in
each year, then multiplied the
maximum sighting rate from the three
years by the number of pile driving days
under the Maximum Design scenario
(i.e., 102 days). This method assumes
that the largest average group size for
each species observed during the three
years of surveys may be present during
piling on each day. Vineyard Wind used
this method for all species that were
documented by protected species
observers (PSOs) during the 2016–2018
surveys. For sei whales, this approach
resulted in the same number of
estimated Level B harassment takes as
Level A harassment takes (two), so to be
conservative Vineyard Wind doubled
the Level A harassment value to arrive
at the requested number of Level B
harassment takes. Risso’s dolphins and
harp seals were not documented by
PSOs during those surveys, so Vineyard
Wind requested take based on two
average group sizes for those species.
The Level B harassment take calculation
methodology described here resulted in
higher take numbers than those
modeled (Table 10) for 10 out of 15
species expected to be taken.
We reviewed Vineyard Wind’s take
request and propose to authorize take
numbers that are slightly different than
the numbers requested for some species.
Vineyard Wind’s requested take
numbers for Level A harassment
authorization are based on an
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
18371
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
expectation that 12 dB sound
attenuation will be effective during the
proposed activity. NMFS reviewed the
CalTrans bubble curtain ‘‘on and off’’
studies conducted in San Francisco Bay
in 2003 and 2004. Based on 74
measurements (37 with the bubble
curtain on and 37 with the bubble
curtain off) at both near (<100 m) and
far (>100 m) distances, the linear
averaged received level reduction is 6
dB (CalTrans, 2015). Nehls et al. (2016)
reported that attenuation from use of a
bubble curtain during pile driving at the
Borkum West II offshore wind farm in
the North Sea was between 10 dB and
17 dB (mean 14 dB) (peak).
Based on the best available
information, we believe it reasonable to
assume some level of effective
attenuation due to implementation of
noise attenuation during impact pile
driving. Vineyard Wind has not
provided information regarding the
attenuation system that will ultimately
be used during the proposed activity
(e.g., what size bubbles and in what
configuration a bubble curtain would be
used, whether a double curtain will be
employed, whether hydro-sound
dampers, noise abatement system, or
some other alternate attenuation device
will be used, etc.) to support their
conclusion that 12 dB effective
attenuation can be expected. In the
absence of this information regarding
the attenuation system that will be used,
and in consideration of the available
information on attenuation that has
been achieved during impact pile
driving, we conservatively assume that
6 dB sound attenuation will be achieved
(although we do encourage Vineyard
Wind to target 12 dB noise attenuation).
Therefore, where Vineyard Wind’s
requested Level A take numbers were
less than the Level A take numbers
modeled based on 6 dB noise
attenuation (i.e., fin whale, humpback
whale and harbor porpoise) we propose
to authorize higher Level A take
numbers than those requested. Vineyard
Wind also requested all take numbers
based on the Maximum Design scenario
with one pile driven per day (Table 10);
however, the Maximum Design scenario
with two piles driven per day resulted
in slightly higher modeled takes by
Level A harassment (Table 11). We
therefore propose to authorize takes by
Level A harassment based on the higher
modeled take numbers.
Vineyard Wind’s requested take
numbers for Level B harassment
authorization are based on visual
observation data recorded during the
company’s site characterization surveys,
as described above. In some cases these
numbers are lower than the Level B
harassment exposure numbers modeled
based on marine mammal densities
reported by Roberts et al. (2016, 2017,
2018) with 6 dB sound attenuation
applied (Table 10). While we agree that
Vineyard Wind’s use of visual
observation data as the basis for Level
B harassment take requests is generally
sound, we believe that, to be
conservative, the higher of the two
calculated take numbers (i.e., take
numbers based on available visual
observation data, or, based on modeled
exposures above threshold) should be
used to estimate Level B exposures.
Therefore, for species for which the
Level B harassment exposure numbers
modeled based on marine mammal
densities reported by Roberts et al.
(2016, 2017, 2018) with 6 dB sound
attenuation applied (Table 10) were
higher than the take numbers based on
visual observation data (i.e., fin whale,
bottlenose dolphin, harbor porpoise,
harbor seal and harp seal) we propose
to authorize take numbers based on
those modeled using densities derived
from Roberts et al. (2016, 2017, 2018)
with 6 dB sound attenuation applied.
For North Atlantic right whales, one
exposure above the Level A harassment
threshold was modeled over the
duration of the proposed project based
on the Maximum Design scenario and 6
dB effective attenuation (Tables 10 and
11). However, Vineyard Wind has
requested no authorization for Level A
harassment takes of North Atlantic right
whales, based on an expectation that
any potential exposures above the Level
A harassment threshold will be avoided
through enhanced mitigation and
monitoring measures proposed
specifically to minimize potential right
whale exposures. We believe that, based
on the enhanced mitigation and
monitoring measures proposed
specifically for North Atlantic right
whales (described below, see ‘‘Proposed
Mitigation’’), including the proposed
seasonal moratorium on construction
from January through April and
enhanced clearance measures from
November through December and May 1
through May 14, any potential take of
right whales by Level A harassment will
be avoided. Therefore, we do not
propose to authorize any takes of North
Atlantic right whales by Level A
harassment.
Take numbers proposed for
authorization are shown in Table 15.
TABLE 15—TOTAL NUMBERS OF POTENTIAL INCIDENTAL TAKE OF MARINE MAMMALS PROPOSED FOR AUTHORIZATION AND
PROPOSED TAKES AS A PERCENTAGE OF POPULATION
Takes by
Level A
harassment
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Species
Fin whale .........................................................................................................
Humpback Whale ............................................................................................
Minke Whale ....................................................................................................
North Atlantic Right Whale ..............................................................................
Sei Whale ........................................................................................................
Sperm whale ....................................................................................................
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin ...........................................................................
Bottlenose Dolphin ...........................................................................................
Long-finned Pilot Whale ..................................................................................
Risso’s Dolphin ................................................................................................
Common Dolphin .............................................................................................
Harbor porpoise ...............................................................................................
Gray seal .........................................................................................................
Harbor seal ......................................................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Takes by
Level B
harassment
4
10
2
0
2
2
28
8
9
6
35
4
2
2
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
33
56
98
20
4
5
1,107
96
91
12
4,646
150
414
214
30APN2
Total takes
proposed for
authorization
37
65
100
20
6
7
1,135
104
100
18
4,681
154
416
216
Total takes
as a
percentage of
stock taken *
0.8
4.0
4.7
4.9
0.8
0.1
3.1
0.1
0.5
0.2
5.4
0.3
1.5
0.3
18372
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
TABLE 15—TOTAL NUMBERS OF POTENTIAL INCIDENTAL TAKE OF MARINE MAMMALS PROPOSED FOR AUTHORIZATION AND
PROPOSED TAKES AS A PERCENTAGE OF POPULATION—Continued
Takes by
Level A
harassment
Species
Harp seal .........................................................................................................
Takes by
Level B
harassment
2
217
Total takes
proposed for
authorization
219
Total takes
as a
percentage of
stock taken *
0.0
* Calculations of percentage of stock taken are based on the best available abundance estimate as shown in Table 1. For North Atlantic right
whales the best available abundance estimate is derived from the 2018 North Atlantic Right Whale Consortium 2018 Annual Report Card (Pettis
et al., 2018). For the pinniped species the best available abundance estimates are derived from the most recent NMFS Stock Assessment Reports. For all other species, the best available abundance estimates are derived from Roberts et al. (2016, 2017, 2018).
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
The take numbers we propose for
authorization (Table 15) are considered
conservative for the following reasons:
• Proposed take numbers are based
on an assumption that all installed
monopiles would be 10.3 m in diameter,
when some or all monopiles ultimately
installed may be smaller;
• Proposed take numbers are based
on an assumption that 102 foundations
would be installed, when ultimately the
total number installed may be lower;
• Proposed take numbers are based
on a construction scenario that includes
up to 10 jacket foundations, when it is
possible no more than two jacket
foundations may be installed;
• Proposed Level A take numbers do
not account for the likelihood that
marine mammals will avoid a stimulus
when possible before that stimulus
reaches a level that would have the
potential to result in injury;
• Proposed take numbers do not
account for the effectiveness of
proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures in reducing the number of
takes (with the exception of North
Atlantic right whales, for which
proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures are factored into the proposed
Level A harassment take number);
• For 11 of 15 species, no Level A
takes were predicted based on
modeling, however proposed Level A
take numbers have been conservatively
increased from zero to mean group size
for these species.
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under
Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible
methods of taking pursuant to such
activity, and other means of effecting
the least practicable impact on such
species or stock and its habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of
such species or stock for taking for
certain subsistence uses (latter not
applicable for this action). NMFS
regulations require applicants for
incidental take authorizations to include
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
information about the availability and
feasibility (economic and technological)
of equipment, methods, and manner of
conducting such activity or other means
of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact upon the affected species or
stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or
may not be appropriate to ensure the
least practicable adverse impact on
species or stocks and their habitat, as
well as subsistence uses where
applicable, we carefully consider two
primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is
expected to reduce impacts to marine
mammals, marine mammal species or
stocks, and their habitat. This considers
the nature of the potential adverse
impact being mitigated (likelihood,
scope, range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be
effective if implemented (probability of
accomplishing the mitigating result if
implemented as planned), the
likelihood of effective implementation
(probability implemented as planned),
and;
(2) the practicability of the measures
for applicant implementation, which
may consider such things as cost and
impact on operations.
The mitigation strategies described
below are consistent with those required
and successfully implemented under
previous incidental take authorizations
issued in association with in-water
construction activities. Additional
measures have also been incorporated to
account for the fact that the proposed
construction activities would occur
offshore. Modeling was performed to
estimate zones of influence (ZOI; see
‘‘Estimated Take’’); these ZOI values
were used to inform mitigation
measures for pile driving activities to
minimize Level A harassment and Level
B harassment to the extent possible,
while providing estimates of the areas
within which Level B harassment might
occur.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
In addition to the specific measures
described later in this section, Vineyard
Wind would conduct briefings for
construction supervisors and crews, the
marine mammal and acoustic
monitoring teams, and Vineyard Wind
staff prior to the start of all pile driving
activity, and when new personnel join
the work, in order to explain
responsibilities, communication
procedures, the marine mammal
monitoring protocol, and operational
procedures.
Seasonal Restriction on Pile Driving
No pile driving activities would occur
between January 1 through April 30.
This seasonal restriction would be
established to minimize the potential for
North Atlantic right whales to be
exposed to pile driving noise. Based on
the best available information (Kraus et
al., 2016; Roberts et al., 2017), the
highest densities of right whales in the
project area are expected during the
months of January through April. This
restriction would greatly reduce the
potential for right whale exposure to
pile driving noise associated with the
proposed project.
Clearance Zones
Vineyard Wind would use PSOs to
establish clearance zones around the
pile driving equipment to ensure these
zones are clear of marine mammals
prior to the start of pile driving. The
purpose of ‘‘clearance’’ of a particular
zone is to prevent potential instances of
auditory injury and potential instances
of more severe behavioral disturbance as
a result of exposure to pile driving noise
(serious injury or death are unlikely
outcomes even in the absence of
mitigation measures) by delaying the
activity before it begins if marine
mammals are detected within certain
pre-defined distances of the pile driving
equipment. The primary goal in this
case is to prevent auditory injury (Level
A harassment), and the proposed
clearance zones are larger than the
modeled distances to the isopleths
corresponding to Level A harassment
(based on peak SPL) for all marine
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
for North Atlantic right whales during
certain times of year. These extended
zones are designed to further minimize
the potential for right whales to be
exposed to pile driving noise, and are
proposed during times of year that are
considered to be ‘‘shoulder seasons’’ in
terms of right whale presence in the
project area: November 1 through
December 31, and May 1 through May
TABLE 16—PROPOSED CLEARANCE 14. While North Atlantic right whale
ZONES DURING VINEYARD WIND presence during these times of year is
considered less likely than during the
PILE DRIVING
proposed seasonal closure (January
through April), based on the best
Clearance
Species
available information right whales may
zone
occur in the project area during these
North Atlantic right whale ...........
* 1,000 m times of year (Roberts et al., 2017; Kraus
All other mysticete whales (inet al., 2016). Extended clearance zones
cluding humpback, sei, fin and
would be maintained through passive
minke whale) ...........................
500 m
acoustic monitoring (PAM) as well as by
Harbor porpoise ..........................
120 m
visual observation conducted on aerial
All other marine mammals (inor vessel-based surveys as described
cluding dolphins and
pinnipeds) ................................
50 m below. Extended clearance zones for
North Atlantic right whales are as
* An extended clearance zone of 10 km for follows:
North Atlantic right whales is proposed from
• May 1 through May 14: An
May 1–14 and November 1–December 31, as
extended clearance zone of 10 km
described below.
would be established based on real-time
If a marine mammal is observed
PAM. Real-time PAM would begin at
approaching or entering the relevant
least 60 minutes prior to pile driving. In
clearance zones prior to the start of pile
addition, an aerial or vessel-based
driving operations, pile driving activity
survey would be conducted across the
will be delayed until either the marine
extended 10 km extended clearance
mammal has voluntarily left the
zone, using visual PSOs to monitor for
respective clearance zone and been
right whales.
visually confirmed beyond that
• November 1 through December 31:
clearance zone, or, 30 minutes have
An extended clearance zone of 10 km
elapsed without re-detection of the
would be established based on real-time
animal in the case of mysticetes, sperm
PAM. In addition, an aerial survey may
whales, Risso’s dolphins and pilot
be conducted across the extended 10 km
whales, or 15 minutes have elapsed
extended clearance zone, using visual
without re-detection of the animal in the PSOs to monitor for right whales.
case of all other marine mammals.
During these periods (May 1 through
Prior to the start of pile driving
May 14 and November 1 through
activity, the clearance zones will be
December 31), if a right whale were
monitored for 60 minutes to ensure that detected either via real-time PAM or
they are clear of the relevant species of
vessel-based or aerial surveys within 10
marine mammals. Pile driving would
km of the pile driving location, pile
only commence once PSOs have
driving would be postponed and would
declared the respective clearance zones
not commence until the following day,
clear of marine mammals. Marine
or, until a follow-up aerial or vesselmammals observed within a clearance
based survey could confirm the
zone will be allowed to remain in the
extended clearance zone is clear of right
clearance zone (i.e., must leave of their
whales, as determined by the lead PSO.
own volition), and their behavior will be Aerial surveys would not begin until the
monitored and documented. The
lead PSO on duty determines adequate
clearance zones may only be declared
visibility and at least one hour after
clear, and pile driving started, when the sunrise (on days with sun glare). Vesselentire clearance zones are visible (i.e.,
based surveys would not begin until the
when not obscured by dark, rain, fog,
lead PSO on duty determines there is
etc.) for a full 30 minutes prior to pile
adequate visibility.
Real-time acoustic monitoring would
driving.
begin at least 60 minutes prior to pile
Extended Clearance Zones for North
driving. The real-time PAM system
Atlantic Right Whales
would be designed and established such
In addition to the clearance zones
that detection capability extends to 10
described in Table 16, Vineyard Wind
km from the pile driving location. The
has proposed extended clearance zones
real-time PAM system must ensure that
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
mammal functional hearing groups,
assuming an effective 6 dB attenuation
of pile driving noise. Proposed
clearance zones would apply to both
monopile and jacket installation. These
zones vary depending on species and
are shown in Table 16. All distances to
clearance zones are the radius from the
center of the pile.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
18373
acoustic detections can be classified
(i.e., potentially originating from a
North Atlantic right whale) within 30
minutes of the original detection. The
PAM operator must be trained in
identification of mysticete vocalizations.
The PAM operator responsible for
determining if the acoustic detection
originated from a North Atlantic right
whale within the 10 km PAM
monitoring zone would be required to
make such a determination if they had
at least 75 percent confidence that the
vocalization within 10 km of the pile
driving location originated from a North
Atlantic right whale. A record of the
PAM operator’s review of any acoustic
detections would be reported to NMFS.
We note that these proposed extended
clearance zones would exceed the
distance to the isopleth that corresponds
to the estimated Level B harassment
threshold (4,121 m for a 10.3 m
monopile foundation and 3,220 m for a
jacket foundation with four piles, based
on 6 dB attenuation), minimizing the
potential for exposures above the Level
A harassment threshold as well as the
potential for exposures above the Level
B harassment threshold during the times
of year when right whales are most
likely to be present in the project area.
Soft Start
The use of a soft start procedure is
believed to provide additional
protection to marine mammals by
warning marine mammals or providing
them with a chance to leave the area
prior to the hammer operating at full
capacity, and typically involves a
requirement to initiate sound from the
hammer at reduced energy followed by
a waiting period. Vineyard Wind will
utilize soft start techniques for impact
pile driving by performing an initial set
of three strikes from the impact hammer
at a reduced energy level followed by a
one minute waiting period. We note that
it is difficult to specify the reduction in
energy for any given hammer because of
variation across drivers and, for impact
hammers, the actual number of strikes at
reduced energy will vary because
operating the hammer at less than full
power results in ‘‘bouncing’’ of the
hammer as it strikes the pile, resulting
in multiple ‘‘strikes’’; however,
Vineyard Wind has proposed that they
will target less than 40 percent of total
hammer energy for the initial hammer
strikes during soft start. The soft start
process would be conducted a total of
three times prior to driving each pile
(e.g., three single strikes followed by a
one minute delay, then three additional
single strikes followed by a one minute
delay, then a final set of three single
strikes followed by an additional one
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
18374
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
minute delay). Soft start would be
required at the beginning of each day’s
impact pile driving work and at any
time following a cessation of impact pile
driving of thirty minutes or longer.
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Shutdown
The purpose of a shutdown is to
prevent some undesirable outcome,
such as auditory injury or behavioral
disturbance of sensitive species, by
halting the activity. If a marine mammal
is observed entering or within the
respective clearance zones (Table 16)
after pile driving has begun, the PSO
will request a temporary cessation of
pile driving. Vineyard Wind has
proposed that, when called for by a
PSO, shutdown of pile driving would be
implemented when feasible but that
shutdown would not always be
technically practicable once driving of a
pile has commenced as it has the
potential to result in pile instability. We
therefore propose that shutdown would
be implemented when feasible, with a
focus on other proposed mitigation
measures as the primary means of
minimizing potential impacts on marine
mammals from noise related to pile
driving. If shutdown is called for by a
PSO, and Vineyard Wind determines a
shutdown to be technically feasible, pile
driving would be halted immediately.
In situations when shutdown is called
for but Vineyard Wind determines
shutdown is not practicable due to
human safety or operational concerns,
reduced hammer energy would be
implemented when practicable. After
shutdown, pile driving may be initiated
once all clearance zones are clear of
marine mammals for the minimum
species-specific time periods, or, if
required to maintain installation
feasibility. Installation feasibility refers
to ensuring that the pile installation
results in a usable foundation for the
WTG (e.g., installed to the target
penetration depth without refusal and
with a horizontal foundation/tower
interface flange). In cases where pile
driving is already started and a PSO
calls for shutdown, the lead engineer on
duty will evaluate the following to
determine whether shutdown is
feasible: (1) Use the site-specific soil
data and the real-time hammer log
information to judge whether a stoppage
would risk causing piling refusal at restart of piling; and (2) Check that the
pile penetration is deep enough to
secure pile stability in the interim
situation, taking into account weather
statistics for the relevant season and the
current weather forecast.
Determinations by the lead engineer on
duty will be made for each pile as the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
installation progresses and not for the
site as a whole.
Visibility Requirements
Pile driving would not be initiated at
night, or, when the full extent of all
relevant clearance zones cannot be
confirmed to be clear of marine
mammals, as determined by the lead
PSO on duty. The clearance zones may
only be declared clear, and pile driving
started, when the full extent of all
clearance zones are visible (i.e., when
not obscured by dark, rain, fog, etc.) for
a full 30 minutes prior to pile driving.
Pile driving may continue after dark
only when the driving of the same pile
began during the day when clearance
zones were fully visible and must
proceed for human safety or installation
feasibility reasons.
Sound Attenuation Devices
Vineyard Wind would implement
sound attenuation technology that
would target at least a 12 dB reduction
in pile driving noise, and that must
achieve at least a 6 dB reduction in pile
driving noise, as described above. The
attenuation system may include one of
the following or some combination of
the following: A Noise Mitigation
System, Hydro-sound Damper, Noise
Abatement System, and/or bubble
curtain. Vineyard Wind would also have
a second back-up attenuation device
(e.g., bubble curtain or similar)
available, if needed, to achieve the
targeted reduction in noise levels,
pending results of sound field
verification testing.
If Vineyard Wind uses a bubble
curtain, the bubble curtain must
distribute air bubbles around 100
percent of the piling perimeter for the
full depth of the water column. The
lowest bubble ring shall be in contact
with the mudline for the full
circumference of the ring, and the
weights attached to the bottom ring
shall ensure 100 percent mudline
contact. No parts of the ring or other
objects shall prevent full mudline
contact. Vineyard Wind would require
that construction contractors train
personnel in the proper balancing of
airflow to the bubblers, and would
require that construction contractors
submit an inspection/performance
report for approval by Vineyard Wind
within 72 hours following the
performance test. Corrections to the
attenuation device to meet the
performance standards would occur
prior to impact driving.
Monitoring Protocols
Monitoring would be conducted
before, during, and after pile driving
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
activities. In addition, observers will
record all incidents of marine mammal
occurrence, regardless of distance from
the construction activity, and monitors
will document any behavioral reactions
in concert with distance from piles
being driven. Observations made
outside the clearance zones will not
result in delay of pile driving; that pile
segment may be completed without
cessation, unless the marine mammal
approaches or enters the clearance zone,
at which point pile driving activities
would be halted when practicable, as
described above. Pile driving activities
include the time to install a single pile
or series of piles, as long as the time
elapsed between uses of the pile driving
equipment is no more than 30 minutes.
The following additional measures
apply to visual monitoring:
(1) Monitoring will be conducted by
qualified, trained PSOs, who will be
placed on the installation vessel, which
represents the best vantage point to
monitor for marine mammals and
implement shutdown procedures when
applicable;
(2) A minimum of two PSOs will be
on duty at all times during pile driving
activity. A minimum of four PSOs will
be stationed at the pile driving site at all
times during pile driving activity;
(3) PSOs may not exceed four
consecutive watch hours; must have a
minimum two hour break between
watches; and may not exceed a
combined watch schedule of more than
12 hours in a 24- hour period;
(4) Monitoring will be conducted from
60 minutes prior to commencement of
pile driving, throughout the time
required to drive a pile, and for 30
minutes following the conclusion of pile
driving;
(5) PSOs will have no other
construction-related tasks while
conducting monitoring;
(6) PSOs should have the following
minimum qualifications:
• Visual acuity in both eyes
(correction is permissible) sufficient for
discernment of moving targets at the
water’s surface with ability to estimate
target size and distance; use of
binoculars may be necessary to correctly
identify the target;
• Ability to conduct field
observations and collect data according
to assigned protocols;
• Experience or training in the field
identification of marine mammals,
including the identification of
behaviors;
• Sufficient training, orientation, or
experience with the construction
operation to provide for personal safety
during observations;
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
• Writing skills sufficient to
document observations including, but
not limited to: The number and species
of marine mammals observed; dates and
times when in-water construction
activities were conducted; dates and
times when in-water construction
activities were suspended to avoid
potential incidental injury of marine
mammals from construction noise
within a defined shutdown zone; and
marine mammal behavior; and
• Ability to communicate orally, by
radio or in person, with project
personnel to provide real-time
information on marine mammals
observed in the area as necessary.
Observer teams employed by
Vineyard Wind in satisfaction of the
mitigation and monitoring requirements
described herein must meet the
following additional requirements:
• Independent observers (i.e., not
construction personnel) are required;
• At least one observer must have
prior experience working as an observer;
• Other observers may substitute
education (degree in biological science
or related field) or training for
experience;
• One observer will be designated as
lead observer or monitoring coordinator.
The lead observer must have prior
experience working as an observer; and
• NMFS will require submission and
approval of observer CVs.
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Vessel Strike Avoidance
Vessel strike avoidance measures will
include, but are not limited to, the
following, except under circumstances
when complying with these measures
would put the safety of the vessel or
crew at risk:
• All vessel operators and crew must
maintain vigilant watch for cetaceans
and pinnipeds, and slow down or stop
their vessel to avoid striking these
protected species;
• All vessels transiting to and from
the WDA and traveling over 10 knots
would have a visual observer who has
undergone marine mammal training
stationed on the vessel. Visual observers
monitoring the vessel strike avoidance
zone may be third-party observers (i.e.,
PSOs) or crew members, but crew
members responsible for these duties
must be provided sufficient training to
distinguish marine mammals from other
phenomena and broadly to identify a
marine mammal as a right whale, other
whale (defined in this context as sperm
whales or baleen whales other than right
whales), or other marine mammal;
• From November 1 through May 14,
all vessels must travel at less than 10
knots (18.5 km/hr) within the WDA;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
• From November 1 through May 14,
when transiting to or from the WDA,
vessels must either travel at less than 10
knots, or, must implement visual
surveys with at least one visual observer
to monitor for North Atlantic right
whales (with the exception of vessel
transit within Nantucket Sound);
• All vessels must travel at 10 knots
(18.5 km/hr) or less within any
designated Dynamic Management Area
(DMA), with the exception of crew
transfer vessels;
• Crew transfer vessels traveling
within any designated DMA must travel
at 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or less, unless
North Atlantic right whales are clear of
the transit route and WDA for two
consecutive days, as confirmed by
vessel based surveys conducted during
daylight hours and real-time PAM, or,
by an aerial survey, conducted once the
lead aerial observer determines
adequate visibility. If confirmed clear by
one of the measures above, vessels
transiting within a DMA must employ at
least two visual observers to monitor for
North Atlantic right whales. If a North
Atlantic right whale is observed within
or approaching the transit route, vessels
must operate at less than 10 knots until
clearance of the transit route for two
consecutive days is confirmed by the
procedures described above;
• All vessels greater than or equal to
65 ft (19.8 m) in overall length will
comply with 10 knot (18.5 km/hr) or
less speed restriction in any Seasonal
Management Area (SMA) per the NOAA
ship strike reduction rule (73 FR 60173;
October 10, 2008);
• All vessel operators will reduce
vessel speed to 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or
less when any large whale, any mother/
calf pairs, pods, or large assemblages of
non-delphinoid cetaceans are observed
near (within 100 m (330 ft)) an
underway vessel;
• All survey vessels will maintain a
separation distance of 500 m (1,640 ft)
or greater from any sighted North
Atlantic right whale;
• If underway, vessels must steer a
course away from any sighted North
Atlantic right whale at 10 knots (18.5
km/hr) or less until the 500 m (1,640 ft)
minimum separation distance has been
established. If a North Atlantic right
whale is sighted in a vessel’s path, or
within 500 m (330 ft) to an underway
vessel, the underway vessel must reduce
speed and shift the engine to neutral.
Engines will not be engaged until the
right whale has moved outside of the
vessel’s path and beyond 500 m. If
stationary, the vessel must not engage
engines until the North Atlantic right
whale has moved beyond 500 m;
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
18375
• All vessels will maintain a
separation distance of 100 m (330 ft) or
greater from any sighted non-delphinoid
cetacean. If sighted, the vessel
underway must reduce speed and shift
the engine to neutral, and must not
engage the engines until the nondelphinoid cetacean has moved outside
of the vessel’s path and beyond 100 m.
If a vessel is stationary, the vessel will
not engage engines until the nondelphinoid cetacean has moved out of
the vessel’s path and beyond 100 m;
• All vessels will maintain a
separation distance of 50 m (164 ft) or
greater from any sighted delphinoid
cetacean, with the exception of
delphinoid cetaceans that voluntarily
approach the vessel (i.e., bow ride). Any
vessel underway must remain parallel to
a sighted delphinoid cetacean’s course
whenever possible, and avoid excessive
speed or abrupt changes in direction.
Any vessel underway must reduce
vessel speed to 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or
less when pods (including mother/calf
pairs) or large assemblages of
delphinoid cetaceans are observed.
Vessels may not adjust course and speed
until the delphinoid cetaceans have
moved beyond 50 m and/or the abeam
of the underway vessel;
• All vessels will maintain a
separation distance of 50 m (164 ft) or
greater from any sighted pinniped; and
• All vessels underway will not
divert or alter course in order to
approach any whale, delphinoid
cetacean, or pinniped. Any vessel
underway will avoid excessive speed or
abrupt changes in direction to avoid
injury to the sighted cetacean or
pinniped.
Vineyard Wind will ensure that vessel
operators and crew maintain a vigilant
watch for marine mammals by slowing
down or stopping the vessel to avoid
striking marine mammals. Projectspecific training will be conducted for
all vessel crew prior to the start of the
construction activities. Confirmation of
the training and understanding of the
requirements will be documented on a
training course log sheet.
We have carefully evaluated Vineyard
Wind’s proposed mitigation measures
and considered a range of other
measures in the context of ensuring that
we prescribed the means of effecting the
least practicable adverse impact on the
affected marine mammal species and
stocks and their habitat. Based on our
evaluation of these measures, we have
preliminarily determined that the
proposed mitigation measures provide
the means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact on marine
mammal species or stocks and their
habitat, paying particular attention to
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
18376
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of
similar significance, and on the
availability of such species or stock for
subsistence uses.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an IHA for an
activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such taking.
The MMPA implementing regulations at
50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that
requests for authorizations must include
the suggested means of accomplishing
the necessary monitoring and reporting
that will result in increased knowledge
of the species and of the level of taking
or impacts on populations of marine
mammals that are expected to be
present in the proposed action area.
Effective reporting is critical both to
compliance as well as ensuring that the
most value is obtained from the required
monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting
requirements prescribed by NMFS
should contribute to improved
understanding of one or more of the
following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal
species or stocks in the area in which
take is anticipated (e.g., presence,
abundance, distribution, density).
• Nature, scope, or context of likely
marine mammal exposure to potential
stressors/impacts (individual or
cumulative, acute or chronic), through
better understanding of: (1) Action or
environment (e.g., source
characterization, propagation, ambient
noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life
history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the
action; or (4) biological or behavioral
context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or
feeding areas).
• Individual marine mammal
responses (behavioral or physiological)
to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or
cumulative), other stressors, or
cumulative impacts from multiple
stressors.
• How anticipated responses to
stressors impact either: (1) Long-term
fitness and survival of individual
marine mammals; or (2) populations,
species, or stocks.
• Effects on marine mammal habitat
(e.g., marine mammal prey species,
acoustic habitat, or other important
physical components of marine
mammal habitat).
• Mitigation and monitoring
effectiveness.
Visual Marine Mammal Observations
Vineyard Wind will collect sighting
data and behavioral responses to pile
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
driving activity for marine mammal
species observed in the region of
activity during the period of activity. All
observers will be trained in marine
mammal identification and behaviors
and are required to have no other
construction-related tasks while
conducting monitoring. PSOs would
monitor all clearance zones at all times.
PSOs would also monitor Level B
harassment zones (i.e., 4,121 m for
monopiles and 3,220 m for jacket piles)
and would document any marine
mammals observed within these zones,
to the extent practicable (noting that
some distances to these zones are too
large to fully observe). Vineyard Wind
would conduct monitoring before,
during, and after pile driving, with
observers located at the best practicable
vantage points on the pile driving
vessel.
Vineyard Wind would implement the
following procedures for pile driving:
• A minimum of two PSOs will
maintain watch at all times when pile
driving is underway.
• PSOs would be located at the best
vantage point(s) on the installation
vessel to ensure that they are able to
observe the entire clearance zones and
as much of the Level B harassment zone
as possible.
• During all observation periods,
PSOs will use binoculars and the naked
eye to search continuously for marine
mammals.
• PSOs will be equipped with reticle
binoculars and night vision binoculars.
• If the clearance zones are obscured
by fog or poor lighting conditions, pile
driving will not be initiated until
clearance zones are fully visible. Should
such conditions arise while impact
driving is underway, the activity would
be halted when practicable, as described
above.
• The clearance zones will be
monitored for the presence of marine
mammals before, during, and after all
pile driving activity.
When monitoring is required during
vessel transit (as described above), the
PSO(s) will be stationed on vessels at
the best vantage points to ensure
maintenance of standoff distances
between marine mammals and vessels
(as described above). Vineyard Wind
would implement the following
measures during vessel transit when
there is an observation of a marine
mammal:
• PSOs will record the vessel’s
position and speed, water depth, sea
state, and visibility will be recorded at
the start and end of each observation
period, and whenever there is a change
in any of those variables that materially
affects sighting conditions.
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
• PSOs will record the time, location,
speed, and activity of the vessel, sea
state, and visibility.
Individuals implementing the
monitoring protocol will assess its
effectiveness using an adaptive
approach. PSOs will use their best
professional judgment throughout
implementation and seek improvements
to these methods when deemed
appropriate. Any modifications to the
protocol will be coordinated between
NMFS and Vineyard Wind.
Data Collection
We require that observers use
standardized data forms. Among other
pieces of information, Vineyard Wind
will record detailed information about
any implementation of delays or
shutdowns, including the distance of
animals to the pile and a description of
specific actions that ensued and
resulting behavior of the animal, if any.
We require that, at a minimum, the
following information be collected on
the sighting forms:
• Date and time that monitored
activity begins or ends;
• Construction activities occurring
during each observation period;
• Weather parameters (e.g., wind
speed, percent cloud cover, visibility);
• Water conditions (e.g., sea state,
tide state);
• Species, numbers, and, if possible,
sex and age class of marine mammals;
• Description of any observable
marine mammal behavior patterns,
including bearing and direction of travel
and distance from pile driving activity;
• Distance from pile driving activities
to marine mammals and distance from
the marine mammals to the observation
point;
• Type of construction activity (e.g.,
monopile or jacket pile installation)
when marine mammals are observed.
• Description of implementation of
mitigation measures (e.g., delay or
shutdown).
• Locations of all marine mammal
observations; and
• Other human activity in the area.
Vineyard Wind will note behavioral
observations, to the extent practicable, if
an animal has remained in the area
during construction activities.
Acoustic Monitoring
Vineyard Wind would utilize a PAM
system to supplement visual
monitoring. The PAM system would be
monitored by a minimum of one
acoustic PSO beginning at least 30
minutes prior to ramp-up of pile driving
and at all times during pile driving.
Acoustic PSOs would immediately
communicate all detections of marine
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
mammals to visual PSOs, including any
determination regarding species
identification, distance, and bearing and
the degree of confidence in the
determination. PAM would be used to
inform visual monitoring during
construction; no mitigation actions
would be required on PAM detection
alone. The PAM system would not be
located on the pile installation vessel.
Acoustic PSOs may be on watch for
a maximum of four consecutive hours
followed by a break of at least two hours
between watches. Acoustic PSOs would
be required to complete specialized
training for operating PAM systems.
PSOs can act as acoustic or visual
observers (but not simultaneously) as
long as they demonstrate that their
training and experience are sufficient to
perform each task.
Vineyard Wind will also conduct
hydroacoustic monitoring for a subset of
impact-driven piles. Hydroacoustic
monitoring would be performed for at
least one of each pile type (e.g.,
monopile and jacket pile). For each pile
that is monitored via hydroacoustic
monitoring, a minimum of two
autonomous acoustic recorders will be
deployed. Each acoustic recorder will
consist of a vertical line array with two
hydrophones deployed at depths
spanning the water column (one near
the seabed and one in the water
column).
Vineyard Wind would be required to
conduct sound source verification
during pile driving. Sound source
verification would be required during
impact installation of a 10.3 m monopile
(or, of the largest diameter monopile
used over the duration of the IHA) with
noise attenuation activated; during
impact installation of the same size
monopile, without noise attenuation
activated (if a monopile is installed
without noise attenuation; impact pile
driving without noise attenuation would
be limited to one monopile); and, during
impact installation of the largest jacket
pile used over the duration of the IHA.
Sound source measurements would be
conducted at distances of approximately
50, 500, 750 and 1,500 m from the pile
being driven.
Vineyard Wind would be required to
empirically determine the distances to
the isopleths corresponding to the Level
A and Level B harassment thresholds
either by extrapolating from in situ
measurements conducted at several
points between 50, 500, 750, and 1,500
m from the pile being driven, or by
direct measurements to locate the
distance where the received levels reach
the relevant thresholds or below.
Isopleths corresponding to the Level A
and Level B harassment thresholds
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
would be empirically verified for impact
driving of the largest diameter monopile
used over the duration of the IHA, and
impact driving of the largest diameter
jacket pile used over the duration of the
IHA. For verification of the extent of the
Level B harassment zone, Vineyard
Wind would be required to report the
measured or extrapolated distances
where the received levels SPLrms decay
to 160-dB, as well as integration time for
such SPLrms.
The acoustic monitoring report would
include: Peak sound pressure level
(SPLpk), root-mean-square sound
pressure level that contains 90 percent
of the acoustic energy (SPLrms), single
strike sound exposure level, integration
time for SPLrms, SELss spectrum, and
24-hour cumulative SEL extrapolated
from measurements. All these levels
would be reported in the form of
median, mean, max, and minimum. The
sound levels reported would be in
median and linear average (i.e., taking
averages of sound intensity before
converting to dB). The acoustic
monitoring report would also include a
description of depth and sediment type
at the recording location.
Recording would also occur when no
construction activities are occurring in
order to establish ambient sound levels.
Vineyard Wind would also conduct
real-time PAM during certain times of
year to facilitate mitigation (as described
above).
Reporting
A draft report would be submitted to
NMFS within 90 days of the completion
of monitoring for each installation’s inwater work window. The report would
include marine mammal observations
pre-activity, during-activity, and postactivity during pile driving days, and
would also provide descriptions of any
behavioral responses to construction
activities by marine mammals. The
report would detail the monitoring
protocol, summarize the data recorded
during monitoring including an estimate
of the number of marine mammals that
may have been harassed during the
period of the report, and describe any
mitigation actions taken (i.e., delays or
shutdowns due to detections of marine
mammals, and documentation of when
shutdowns were called for but not
implemented and why). The report
would also include results from acoustic
monitoring including dates and times of
all detections, types and nature of
sounds heard, whether detections were
linked with visual sightings, water
depth of the hydrophone array, bearing
of the animal to the vessel (if
determinable), species or taxonomic
group (if determinable), spectrogram
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
18377
screenshot, a record of the PAM
operator’s review of any acoustic
detections, and any other notable
information. A final report must be
submitted within 30 days following
resolution of comments on the draft
report.
Negligible Impact Analysis and
Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact
as an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival
(50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
finding is based on the lack of likely
adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of takes alone is not enough information
on which to base an impact
determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of
marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’
through harassment, NMFS considers
other factors, such as the likely nature
of any responses (e.g., intensity,
duration), the context of any responses
(e.g., critical reproductive time or
location, migration), as well as effects
on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
of the mitigation. We also assess the
number, intensity, and context of
estimated takes by evaluating this
information relative to population
status. Consistent with the 1989
preamble for NMFS’s implementing
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29,
1989), the impacts from other past and
ongoing anthropogenic activities are
incorporated into this analysis via their
impacts on the environmental baseline
(e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status
of the species, population size and
growth rate where known, ongoing
sources of human-caused mortality, or
ambient noise levels).
Pile driving activities associated with
the proposed project, as described
previously, have the potential to disturb
or temporarily displace marine
mammals. Specifically, the specified
activities may result in take, in the form
of Level A harassment (potential injury)
or Level B harassment (potential
behavioral disturbance) from
underwater sounds generated from pile
driving. Potential takes could occur if
individual marine mammals are present
in the ensonified zone when pile
driving is occurring.
To avoid repetition, the majority of
our analyses apply to all the species
listed in Table 1, given that many of the
anticipated effects of the proposed
project on different marine mammal
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
18378
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
stocks are expected to be relatively
similar in nature. Where there are
meaningful differences between species
or stocks—as is the case of the North
Atlantic right whale—they are included
as separate sub-sections below.
North Atlantic Right Whales
North Atlantic right whales are
currently threatened by low population
abundance, higher than normal
mortality rates and lower than normal
reproductive rates. As described above,
the project area represents part of an
important migratory area for North
Atlantic right whales, which make
annual migrations up and down the
Atlantic coast. Due to the current status
of North Atlantic right whales, and the
spatial overlap of the proposed project
with an area of biological significance
for right whales, the potential impacts of
the proposed project on right whales
warrant particular attention.
As described above, North Atlantic
right whale presence in the project area
is seasonal. As a result of several years
of aerial surveys and PAM deployments
in the area we have confidence that
right whales are expected in the project
area during certain times of year while
at other times of year right whales are
not expected to occur in the project
area. During aerial surveys conducted
from 2011–2015 in the project area,
right whale sightings occurred only
December through April, with no
sightings from May through November
(Kraus et al., 2016). There was not
significant variability in sighting rate
among years, indicating consistent
annual seasonal use of the area by right
whales (Kraus et al., 2016).
Due to this seasonal pattern in right
whale occurrence in the project area, we
expect the most significant measure in
minimizing impacts to right whales to
be the proposed seasonal closure that
would occur from January through
April, when right whale abundance in
the project area is greatest. In addition,
proposed mitigation measures outside of
those months—including a 10 km
clearance zone facilitated through PAM
and vessel or aerial surveys during the
‘‘shoulder seasons’’ when right whale
abundance in the area is lower than the
peak months of January to April, as well
as a 1 km clearance zone for all other
months—will greatly minimize any
takes that may otherwise occur outside
of the months of peak abundance in the
area. As a result of these mitigation
measures, we expect the already small
potential for right whales to be exposed
to project-related sound above the Level
A harassment threshold to be
eliminated. We also expect these
proposed measures to greatly reduce the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
amount of exposures to project-related
noise above the Level B harassment
threshold, the duration and intensity of
any exposures above the Level B
harassment threshold that do occur, as
well as the potential for mother-calf
pairs to be exposed to project-related
noise above the Level B harassment
threshold during their annual migration
through the project area. No serious
injury or mortality of North Atlantic
right whales would be expected even in
the absence of the proposed mitigation
measures.
Instances of Level B harassment of
North Atlantic right whales will be
reduced to the level of least practicable
adverse impact through use of proposed
mitigation measures, including soft
start. Any individuals that are exposed
above the Level B harassment threshold
are expected to move away from the
sound source and temporarily avoid the
areas of pile driving. We expect that any
avoidance of the project area by North
Atlantic right whales would be
temporary in nature and that any North
Atlantic right whales that avoid the
project area during construction would
not be permanently displaced. Even
repeated Level B harassment of some
small subset of the overall stock is
unlikely to result in any significant
realized decrease in viability for the
affected individuals, and thus would
not result in any adverse impact to the
stock as a whole.
Prey for North Atlantic right whales
are mobile and broadly distributed
throughout the project area; therefore,
right whales that may be temporarily
displaced during construction activities
are expected to be able to resume
foraging once they have moved away
from areas with disturbing levels of
underwater noise. Because of the
temporary nature of the disturbance and
the availability of similar habitat and
resources in the surrounding area, the
impacts to right whales and the food
sources that they utilize are not
expected to cause significant or longterm consequences for individual right
whales or their population. In addition,
there are no right whale mating or
calving areas within the proposed
project area.
As described above, North Atlantic
right whales are experiencing an
ongoing UME. However, as described
above, no injury of right whales as a
result of the proposed project is
expected or proposed for authorization,
and Level B harassment takes of right
whales are expected to be in the form
of avoidance of the immediate area of
construction. As no injury or mortality
is expected or proposed for
authorization, and Level B harassment
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
of North Atlantic right whales will be
reduced to the level of least practicable
adverse impact through use of proposed
mitigation measures, the proposed
authorized takes of right whales would
not exacerbate or compound the
ongoing UME in any way.
NMFS concludes that exposures to
North Atlantic right whales would be
greatly reduced due to the seasonal
restrictions, and additional proposed
mitigation measures that would ensure
that any exposures above the Level B
harassment threshold would result in
only short-term effects to individuals
exposed. With implementation of the
proposed mitigation requirements, take
by Level A harassment is unlikely and
is therefore not proposed for
authorization. Potential impacts
associated with Level B harassment
would include only low-level,
temporary behavioral modifications,
most likely in the form of avoidance
behavior or potential alteration of
vocalizations. In order to evaluate
whether or not individual behavioral
responses, in combination with other
stressors, impact animal populations,
scientists have developed theoretical
frameworks which can then be applied
to particular case studies when the
supporting data are available. One such
framework is the population
consequences of disturbance model
(PCoD), which attempts to assess the
combined effects of individual animal
exposures to stressors at the population
level (NAS 2017). Nearly all PCoD
studies and experts agree that infrequent
exposures of a single day or less are
unlikely to impact individual fitness, let
alone lead to population level effects
(Booth et al., 2016; Booth et al., 2017;
Christiansen and Lusseau 2015; Farmer
et al., 2018; Harris et al., 2017; Harwood
and Booth 2016; King et al., 2015;
McHuron et al., 2018; NAS 2017; New
et al., 2014; Pirotta et al., 2018; Southall
et al., 2007; Villegas-Amtmann et al.,
2015). Since NMFS expects that any
exposures would be very brief, and
repeat exposures to the same
individuals are unlikely, any behavioral
responses that would occur due to
animals being exposed to construction
activity are expected to be temporary,
with behavior returning to a baseline
state shortly after the acoustic stimuli
ceases. Given this, and NMFS’
evaluation of the available PCoD
studies, any such behavioral responses
are not expected to impact individual
animals’ health or have effects on
individual animals’ survival or
reproduction, thus no detrimental
impacts at the population level are
anticipated. North Atlantic right whales
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
may temporarily avoid the immediate
area but are not expected to
permanently abandon the area. Impacts
to breeding, feeding, sheltering, resting,
or migration are not expected, nor are
shifts in habitat use, distribution, or
foraging success. NMFS does not
anticipate North Atlantic right whales
takes that would result from the
proposed project would impact annual
rates of recruitment or survival. Thus,
any takes that occur would not result in
population level impacts.
All Other Marine Mammal Species
Impact pile driving has source
characteristics (short, sharp pulses with
higher peak levels and sharper rise time
to reach those peaks) that are potentially
injurious or more likely to produce
severe behavioral reactions. However,
modeling indicates there is limited
potential for injury even in the absence
of the proposed mitigation measures,
with several species predicted to
experience no Level A harassment based
on modeling results (Tables 10–13). In
addition, the potential for injury is
expected to be greatly minimized
through implementation of the proposed
mitigation measures including soft start,
use of a sound attenuation system, and
the implementation of clearance zones
that would facilitate a delay of pile
driving if marine mammals were
observed approaching or within areas
that could be ensonified above sound
levels that could result in auditory
injury. Given sufficient notice through
use of soft start, marine mammals are
expected to move away from a sound
source that is annoying prior to its
becoming potentially injurious or
resulting in more severe behavioral
reactions. The proposed requirement
that pile driving can only commence
when the full extent of all clearance
zones are fully visible to PSOs will
ensure a high marine mammal detection
capability, enabling a high rate of
success in implementation of clearance
zones to avoid injury.
We expect that any exposures above
the Level A harassment threshold would
be in the form of slight PTS, i.e., minor
degradation of hearing capabilities
within regions of hearing that align most
completely with the energy produced by
pile driving (i.e., the low-frequency
region below 2 kHz), not severe hearing
impairment. If hearing impairment
occurs, it is most likely that the affected
animal would lose a few decibels in its
hearing sensitivity, which in most cases
is not likely to meaningfully affect its
ability to forage and communicate with
conspecifics. However, given sufficient
notice through use of soft start, marine
mammals are expected to move away
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
from a sound source that is annoying
prior to its becoming potentially
injurious or resulting in more severe
behavioral reactions.
Additionally, the numbers of
exposures above the Level A harassment
proposed for authorization are relatively
low for all marine mammal stocks and
species: For 13 of 15 stocks, we propose
to authorize less than 10 takes by Level
A harassment over the duration of the
project; for the other two stocks we
propose to authorize no more than 35
takes by Level A harassment. As
described above, we expect that marine
mammals would be likely to move away
from a sound source that represents an
aversive stimulus, especially at levels
that would be expected to result in PTS,
given sufficient notice through use of
soft start, thereby minimizing the degree
of PTS that would be incurred.
Repeated exposures of individuals to
relatively low levels of sound outside of
preferred habitat areas are unlikely to
significantly disrupt critical behaviors.
Thus, even repeated Level B harassment
of some small subset of an overall stock
is unlikely to result in any significant
realized decrease in viability for the
affected individuals, and thus would
not result in any adverse impact to the
stock as a whole. Level B harassment
will be reduced to the level of least
practicable adverse impact through use
of proposed mitigation measures and, if
sound produced by project activities is
sufficiently disturbing, marine
mammals are likely to simply avoid the
area while the activity is occurring.
Effects on individuals that are taken by
Level B harassment, on the basis of
reports in the literature as well as
monitoring from other similar activities,
will likely be limited to reactions such
as increased swimming speeds,
increased surfacing time, or decreased
foraging (if such activity were occurring)
(e.g., Thorson and Reyff, 2006; HDR,
Inc., 2012; Lerma, 2014). Most likely,
individuals will simply move away
from the sound source and temporarily
avoid the area where pile driving is
occurring. Therefore, we expect that
animals annoyed by project sound
would simply avoid the area during pile
driving in favor of other, similar
habitats. We expect that any avoidance
of the project area by marine mammals
would be temporary in nature and that
any marine mammals that avoid the
project area during construction would
not be permanently displaced.
Feeding behavior is not likely to be
significantly impacted, as prey species
are mobile and are broadly distributed
throughout the project area; therefore,
marine mammals that may be
temporarily displaced during
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
18379
construction activities are expected to
be able to resume foraging once they
have moved away from areas with
disturbing levels of underwater noise.
Because of the temporary nature of the
disturbance and the availability of
similar habitat and resources in the
surrounding area, the impacts to marine
mammals and the food sources that they
utilize are not expected to cause
significant or long-term consequences
for individual marine mammals or their
populations. There are no areas of
notable biological significance for
marine mammal feeding known to exist
in the project area. In addition, there are
no rookeries or mating or calving areas
known to be biologically important to
marine mammals within the proposed
project area.
NMFS concludes that exposures to
marine mammals due to the proposed
project would result in only short-term
effects to individuals exposed. Marine
mammals may temporarily avoid the
immediate area but are not expected to
permanently abandon the area. Impacts
to breeding, feeding, sheltering, resting,
or migration are not expected, nor are
shifts in habitat use, distribution, or
foraging success. NMFS does not
anticipate the marine mammal takes
that would result from the proposed
project would impact annual rates of
recruitment or survival.
As described above, humpback
whales, minke whales, and gray, harbor
and harp seals are experiencing ongoing
UMEs. For minke whales, although the
ongoing UME is under investigation (as
occurs for all UMEs), this event does not
provide cause for concern regarding
population level impacts, as the likely
population abundance is greater than
20,000 whales. Even though the PBR
value is based on an abundance for U.S.
waters that is negatively biased and a
small fraction of the true population
abundance, annual M/SI does not
exceed the calculated PBR value for
minke whales. With regard to humpback
whales, the UME does not yet provide
cause for concern regarding populationlevel impacts. Despite the UME, the
relevant population of humpback
whales (the West Indies breeding
population, or distinct population
segment (DPS)) remains healthy. The
West Indies DPS, which consists of the
whales whose breeding range includes
the Atlantic margin of the Antilles from
Cuba to northern Venezuela, and whose
feeding range primarily includes the
Gulf of Maine, eastern Canada, and
western Greenland, was delisted. The
status review identified harmful algal
blooms, vessel collisions, and fishing
gear entanglements as relevant threats
for this DPS, but noted that all other
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
18380
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
threats are considered likely to have no
or minor impact on population size or
the growth rate of this DPS (Bettridge et
al., 2015). As described in Bettridge et
al. (2015), the West Indies DPS has a
substantial population size (i.e.,
approximately 10,000; Stevick et al.,
2003; Smith et al., 1999; Bettridge et al.,
2015), and appears to be experiencing
consistent growth. With regard to gray
seals, harbor seals and harp seals,
although the ongoing UME is under
investigation, the UME does not yet
provide cause for concern regarding
population-level impacts to any of these
stocks. For harbor seals, the population
abundance is over 75,000 and annual
M/SI (345) is well below PBR (2,006)
(Hayes et al., 2018). For gray seals, the
population abundance is over 27,000,
and abundance is likely increasing in
the U.S. Atlantic EEZ and in Canada
(Hayes et al., 2018). For harp seals, the
current population trend in U.S. waters
is unknown, as is PBR (Hayes et al.,
2018), however the population
abundance is over 7 million seals,
suggesting that the UME is unlikely to
result in population-level impacts
(Hayes et al., 2018). Proposed
authorized takes by Level A harassment
for all species are very low (i.e., no more
than 10 takes by Level A harassment
proposed for any of these species) and
as described above, any Level A
harassment would be expected to be in
the form of slight PTS, i.e., minor
degradation of hearing capabilities
which is not likely to meaningfully
affect the ability to forage or
communicate with conspecifics. No
serious injury or mortality is expected
or proposed for authorization, and Level
B harassment of humpback whales and
minke whales and gray, harbor and harp
seals will be reduced to the level of least
practicable adverse impact through use
of proposed mitigation measures. As
such, the proposed authorized takes of
humpback whales and minke whales
would not exacerbate or compound the
ongoing UMEs in any way.
In summary and as described above,
the following factors primarily support
our preliminary determination that the
impacts resulting from this activity are
not expected to adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival:
• No mortality or serious injury is
anticipated or proposed for
authorization;
• The anticipated impacts of the
proposed activity on marine mammals
would be temporary behavioral changes
due to avoidance of the project area and
limited instances of Level A harassment
in the form of a slight PTS;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
• Potential instances of exposure
above the Level A harassment threshold
are expected to be relatively low for
most species; any potential for
exposures above the Level A harassment
threshold would be minimized by
proposed mitigation measures including
clearance zones;
• Total proposed authorized takes as
a percentage of population are very low
for all species and stocks (i.e., less than
6 percent for five stocks, and less than
1 percent for the remaining 10 stocks);
• The availability of alternate areas of
similar habitat value for marine
mammals to temporarily vacate the
project area during the proposed project
to avoid exposure to sounds from the
activity;
• Effects on species that serve as prey
species for marine mammals from the
proposed project are expected to be
short-term and are not expected to result
in significant or long-term consequences
for individual marine mammals, or to
contribute to adverse impacts on their
populations;
• There are no known important
feeding, breeding or calving areas in the
project area. A biologically important
migratory area exists for North Atlantic
right whales, however the proposed
seasonal moratorium on construction is
expected to largely avoid impacts to the
right whale migration, as described
above;
• The proposed mitigation measures,
including visual and acoustic
monitoring, clearance zones, and soft
start, are expected to minimize potential
impacts to marine mammals.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
proposed monitoring and mitigation
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
that the total marine mammal take from
the proposed activity will have a
negligible impact on all affected marine
mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As noted above, only small numbers
of incidental take may be authorized
under sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of
the MMPA for specified activities other
than military readiness activities. The
MMPA does not define small numbers
and so, in practice, where estimated
numbers are available, NMFS compares
the number of individuals taken to the
most appropriate estimation of
abundance of the relevant species or
stock in our determination of whether
an authorization is limited to small
numbers of marine mammals.
Additionally, other qualitative factors
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
may be considered in the analysis, such
as the temporal or spatial scale of the
activities.
We propose to authorize incidental
take of 15 marine mammal stocks. The
total amount of taking proposed for
authorization is less than 6 percent for
five of these stocks, and less than 1
percent for the remaining 10 stocks
(Table 15), which we consider to be
relatively small percentages and we
preliminarily find are small numbers of
marine mammals relative to the
estimated overall population
abundances for those stocks.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals,
NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals will be
taken relative to the population size of
all affected species or stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
and Determination
There are no relevant subsistence uses
of the affected marine mammal stocks or
species implicated by this action.
Therefore, NMFS has determined that
the total taking of affected species or
stocks would not have an unmitigable
adverse impact on the availability of
such species or stocks for taking for
subsistence purposes.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered
Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C.
1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal
agency insure that any action it
authorizes, funds, or carries out is not
likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of any endangered or
threatened species or result in the
destruction or adverse modification of
designated critical habitat. To ensure
ESA compliance for the issuance of
IHAs, NMFS consults internally
whenever we propose to authorize take
for endangered or threatened species.
NMFS is proposing to authorize take
of North Atlantic right, fin, sei, and
sperm whales, which are listed under
the ESA. The NMFS Office of Protected
Resources has requested initiation of
Section 7 consultation with the NMFS
Greater Atlantic Regional Fisheries
Office for the issuance of this IHA.
NMFS will conclude the ESA
consultation prior to reaching a
determination regarding the proposed
issuance of the authorization.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary
determinations, NMFS proposes to issue
an IHA to Vineyard Wind for
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 / Notices
conducting construction activities south
of Massachusetts for a period of one
year, provided the previously
mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and
reporting requirements are incorporated.
A draft of the proposed IHA can be
found at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
permit/incidental-take-authorizationsunder-marine-mammal-protection-act.
amozie on DSK9F9SC42PROD with NOTICES2
Request for Public Comments
We request comment on our analyses,
the proposed authorization, and any
other aspect of this Notice of Proposed
IHA for the proposed construction of the
Vineyard Wind offshore wind project.
We also request comment on the
potential for renewal of this proposed
IHA as described in the paragraph
below. Please include with your
comments any supporting data or
literature citations to help inform our
final decision on the request for MMPA
authorization.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may
issue a one-year IHA renewal with an
expedited public comment period (15
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:02 Apr 29, 2019
Jkt 247001
days) when: (1) Another year of
identical or nearly identical activities as
described in the Specified Activities
section is planned or (2) the activities
would not be completed by the time the
IHA expires and a second IHA would
allow for completion of the activities
beyond that described in the Dates and
Duration section, provided all of the
following conditions are met:
• A request for renewal is received no
later than 60 days prior to expiration of
the current IHA;
• The request for renewal must
include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities
to be conducted under the proposed
Renewal are identical to the activities
analyzed under the initial IHA, are a
subset of the activities, or include
changes so minor (e.g., reduction in pile
size) that the changes do not affect the
previous analyses, mitigation and
monitoring requirements, or take
estimates (with the exception of
reducing the type or amount of take
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
18381
because only a subset of the initially
analyzed activities remain to be
completed under the Renewal); and
(2) A preliminary monitoring report
showing the results of the required
monitoring to date and an explanation
showing that the monitoring results do
not indicate impacts of a scale or nature
not previously analyzed or authorized;
• Upon review of the request for
renewal, the status of the affected
species or stocks, and any other
pertinent information, NMFS
determines that there are no more than
minor changes in the activities, the
mitigation and monitoring measures
will remain the same and appropriate,
and the findings in the initial IHA
remain valid.
Dated: April 24, 2019.
Catherine Marzin,
Acting Director, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2019–08666 Filed 4–29–19; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\30APN2.SGM
30APN2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 84, Number 83 (Tuesday, April 30, 2019)]
[Notices]
[Pages 18346-18381]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2019-08666]
[[Page 18345]]
Vol. 84
Tuesday,
No. 83
April 30, 2019
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking
Marine Mammals Incidental to Construction of the Vineyard Wind Offshore
Wind Project; Notice
Federal Register / Vol. 84 , No. 83 / Tuesday, April 30, 2019 /
Notices
[[Page 18346]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
RIN 0648-XG882
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities;
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Construction of the Vineyard Wind
Offshore Wind Project
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request
for comments on proposed authorization and possible renewal.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from Vineyard Wind, LLC to take
marine mammals incidental to construction of a commercial wind energy
project offshore Massachusetts. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal
Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to
issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to incidentally take
marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS is also requesting
comments on a possible one-year renewal that could be issued under
certain circumstances and if all requirements are met, as described in
Request for Public Comments at the end of this notice. NMFS will
consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the
issuance of the requested MMPA authorizations and agency responses will
be summarized in the final notice of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than May 30,
2019.
ADDRESSES: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service. Physical comments should be sent to
1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 and electronic comments
should be sent to [email protected].
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the
end of the comment period. Comments received electronically, including
all attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. Attachments
to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel or
Adobe PDF file formats only. All comments received are a part of the
public record and will generally be posted online at
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act without change. All personal identifying
information (e.g., name, address) voluntarily submitted by the
commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential
business information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jordan Carduner, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application
and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in
this document, may be obtained online at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act. In case of problems accessing these documents, please call the
contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The MMPA prohibits the ``take'' of marine mammals, with certain
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
et seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to
allow, upon request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of
small numbers of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a
specified activity (other than commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings are made and either regulations
are issued or, if the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a
proposed incidental take authorization may be provided to the public
for review.
Authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or
stock(s) and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for taking for subsistence uses
(where relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe the permissible methods
of taking and other ``means of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact'' on the affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of such species or stocks for
taking for certain subsistence uses (referred to in shorthand as
``mitigation''); and requirements pertaining to the mitigation,
monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth.
The definitions of all applicable MMPA statutory terms cited above
are included in the relevant sections below.
National Environmental Policy Act
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA;
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A,
NMFS must review our proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
incidental harassment authorization) with respect to potential impacts
on the human environment. Accordingly, NMFS plans to adopt the Bureau
of Ocean Energy Management's (BOEM) Environmental Impact Statement
(EIS), provided our independent evaluation of the document finds that
it includes adequate information analyzing the effects on the human
environment of issuing the IHA. NMFS is a cooperating agency on BOEM's
EIS. BOEM's draft EIS was made available for public comment from
December 7, 2018 to February 22, 2019 and is available at:
www.boem.gov/Vineyard-Wind.
We will review all comments submitted in response to this notice
prior to concluding our NEPA process or making a final decision on the
IHA request.
Summary of Request
On September 7, 2018, NMFS received a request from Vineyard Wind
LLC (Vineyard Wind) for an IHA to take marine mammals incidental to
construction of an offshore wind energy project south of Massachusetts.
Vineyard Wind submitted revised versions of the application on October
11, 2018 and on January 28, 2019. The application was deemed adequate
and complete on February 15, 2018. Vineyard Wind's request is for take
of 15 species of marine mammals by harassment. Neither Vineyard Wind
nor NMFS expects serious injury or mortality to result from this
activity and, therefore, an IHA is appropriate.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
Vineyard Wind proposes to construct an 800 megawatt (mw) offshore
wind energy project in Lease Area OCS-A 0501, offshore Massachusetts.
The project would consist of up to 100 offshore wind turbine generators
(WTGs) and one or more electrical service platforms (ESPs), an onshore
substation, offshore and onshore cabling, and onshore operations and
maintenance facilities. Take of marine mammals may occur incidental to
the construction of the project due to in-water noise exposure
resulting from pile driving activities associated with installation of
WTG and ESP foundations.
[[Page 18347]]
Vineyard Wind intends to install the WTGs and ESPs between April
and December in the northeast portion of the 675 square kilometer
(km\2\) (166,886 acre) Lease Area, referred to as the Wind Development
Area (WDA) (See Figure 1 in the IHA application).
Dates and Duration
Construction of the project is planned to commence between August
1, 2020--October 1, 2020. Up to 102 days of pile driving may occur
between May 1 and December 31; no pile driving activities would occur
from January 1 through April 30.
Specific Geographic Region
Vineyard Wind's proposed activity would occur in the northern
portion of the 675 square kilometer (km) (166,886 acre) Vineyard Wind
Lease Area OCS-A 0501 (Figure 1 in the IHA application), also referred
to as the WDA. At its nearest point, the WDA is just over 23 km (14 mi)
from the southeast corner of Martha's Vineyard and a similar distance
from Nantucket. Water depths in the WDA range from approximately 37-
49.5 meters (m) (121-162 feet (ft)).
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
Vineyard Wind is proposing to construct an 800 mw commercial wind
energy project in Lease Area OCS-A 0501, offshore Massachusetts. The
Project would consist of up to 100 offshore WTGs and as many as two
ESPs, an onshore substation, offshore and onshore cabling, and onshore
operations and maintenance facilities. Vineyard Wind intends to install
the WTGs and ESPs in the northeast portion of the WDA (see Figure 1 in
the IHA application). WTGs would be arranged in a grid-like pattern
with spacing of 1.4-1.9 km (0.76-1.0 nm) between turbines. Each WTG
would interconnect with the ESP(s) via an inter-array submarine cable
system. The offshore export cable transmission system would connect the
ESP(s) to a landfall location in either Barnstable or Yarmouth,
Massachusetts. Construction of the project, including pile driving,
could occur on any day from May through December. Activities associated
with the construction of the project are described in more detail
below.
Cable Laying
Cable burial operations will occur both in the WDA for the inter-
array cables connecting the WTGs to the ESPs and in the offshore export
cable corridor (OECC) for the cables carrying power from the ESPs to
land. Inter-array cables will connect radial ``strings'' of six to 10
WTGs to the ESPs. Up to a maximum of two offshore export cables will
connect the offshore ESPs to the shore. An inter-link cable will
connect the ESPs to each other. The offshore export and inter-array
cables will be buried beneath the seafloor at a target depth of up to
1.5-2.5 m (5-8 ft). Installation of an offshore export cable is
anticipated to last ~16 days. The estimated installation time for the
inter-array cables is ~60 days. Installation days are not continuous
and do not include equipment preparation or down time that may result
from weather or maintenance.
Some dredging may be required prior to cable laying due to the
presence of sand waves. The upper portions of sand waves may be removed
via mechanical or hydraulic means in order to achieve the proper burial
depth below the stable sea bottom. The majority of the export and
inter-link cable is expected to be installed using simultaneous lay and
bury via jet plowing. Jet plowing entails the use of an adjustable
blade, or plow, which rests on the sea floor and is towed by a surface
vessel. The plow creates a narrow trench at the desired depth, while
water jets fluidize the sediment within the trench. The cable is then
fed through the plow and is laid into the trench as it moves forward.
The fluidized sediments then settle back down into the trench and bury
the cable. Jet plow technology has been shown to minimize impacts to
marine habitat and excessive dispersion of bottom sediments. The
majority of the inter-array cable is also expected to be installed via
jet plowing after the cable has been placed on the seafloor. Other
methods, such as mechanical plowing or trenching, may be needed in
areas of coarser or more consolidated sediment, rocky bottom, or other
difficult conditions in order to ensure a proper burial depth. The jet
plowing tool may be based from a seabed tractor or a sled deployed from
a vessel. A mechanical plow is also deployed from a vessel. More
information on cable laying associated with the proposed project is
provided in Vineyard Wind's COP (Vineyard Wind, 2018b). As the only
potential impacts from these activities is sediment suspension, the
potential for take to result from these activities is so low as to be
discountable; therefore these activities are not analyzed further in
this document.
Construction-Related Vessel Activity
During construction of the project, Vineyard Wind anticipates that
an average of approximately 25 vessels will operate during a typical
work day in the WDA and along the OECC. Many of these vessels will
remain in the WDA or OECC for days or weeks at a time, potentially
making only infrequent trips to port for bunkering and provisioning, as
needed. Therefore, although an average of ~25 vessels will be involved
in construction activities on any given day, fewer vessels will transit
to and from New Bedford Harbor or a secondary port each day. The actual
number of vessels involved in the project at one time is highly
dependent on the project's final schedule, the final design of the
project's components, and the logistics needed to ensure compliance
with the Jones Act, a Federal law that regulates maritime commerce in
the United States.
Existing vessel traffic in the vicinity of the project area south
of Massachusetts is relatively high; therefore, marine mammals in the
area are presumably habituated to vessel noise. In addition,
construction vessels would be stationary on site for significant
periods of time and the large vessels would travel to and from the site
at relatively low speeds. Project-related vessels would be required to
adhere to several mitigation measures designed to reduce the potential
for marine mammals to be struck by vessels associated with the project;
these measures are described further below (see Proposed Mitigation
Measures). As part of various construction related activities,
including cable laying and construction material delivery, dynamic
positioning thrusters may be utilized to hold vessels in position or
move slowly. Sound produced through use of dynamic positioning
thrusters is similar to that produced by transiting vessels and dynamic
positioning thrusters are typically operated either in a similarly
predictable manner or used for short durations around stationary
activities. Sound produced by dynamic positioning thrusters would be
preceded by, and associated with, sound from ongoing vessel noise and
would be similar in nature; thus, any marine mammals in the vicinity of
the activity would be aware of the vessel's presence, further reducing
the potential for startle or flight responses on the part of marine
mammals. Construction related vessel activity, including the use of
dynamic positioning thrusters, is not expected to result in take of
marine mammals and NMFS does not propose to authorize any takes
associated with construction related vessel activity. Accordingly,
these activities are not analyzed further in this document.
Installation of WTGs and ESPs
Two foundation types are proposed for the project: Monopiles and
jackets.
[[Page 18348]]
A monopile is a single, hollow cylinder fabricated from steel that
is secured in the seabed. Monopiles have been used successfully at many
offshore wind energy locations, including in Europe where they account
for more than 80 percent of the installed foundations. The largest
potential pile diameter proposed for the project for monopile
foundations would be 10.3 m (33.8 ft). Piles for monopile foundations
would be constructed for specific locations with maximum diameters
ranging from ~8 m (26.2 ft) up to 10.3 m (33.8 ft) and an expected
median diameter of ~9 m (29.5 ft). The piles for the monopile
foundations are up to 95 m (311.7 ft) in length and will be driven to a
penetration depth of 20-45 m (65.6-147.6 ft) (mean penetration depth 30
m (98.4 ft)). A schematic diagram showing potential heights and
dimensions of the various components of a monopile foundation are shown
in Figure 2 of the IHA application.
The jacket design concept consists of three to four steel piles, a
large lattice jacket structure, and a transition piece. Jacket
foundations each require the installation of three to four jacket
securing piles, known as jacket piles, of ~3 m (9.8 ft) diameter. The 3
m (9.8 ft) diameter jacket piles for the jacket foundations are up to
~65 m (213.3 ft) in length and would be driven to a penetration depth
of 30-75 m (98.4-196.9 ft) (mean penetration depth of 45 m (147. ft)).
A schematic diagram showing potential heights and dimensions of the
various components of a jacket foundation are shown in Figure 3 of the
IHA application.
WTGs and ESPs may be placed on either type of foundation. Vineyard
Wind has proposed that up to 100 WTG foundations may be constructed and
that, of those 100 foundations, no more than 10 may be jackets. In
addition, either one or two ESPs would be built on a jacket
foundation(s). Therefore up to 102 foundations may be installed in the
WDA. Vineyard Wind has incorporated more than one design scenario in
their planning of the project. This approach, called the ``design
envelope'' concept, allows for flexibility on the part of the
developer, in recognition of the fact that offshore wind technology and
installation techniques are constantly evolving and exact
specifications of the project are not yet certain as of the publishing
of this document. Variables that are not yet certain include the
number, size, and configuration of WTGs and ESPs and their foundations,
and the number of foundations that may be installed per day (a maximum
of two foundations would be installed per day). The flexibility
provided in the envelope concept is important because it precludes the
need for numerous authorization modifications as infrastructure or
construction techniques evolve after authorizations are granted but
before construction commences. Under a scenario where 100 WTGs are
installed on monopiles, a total of as many as 108 piles may be driven
(i.e., 100 monopiles for WTG foundations and 8 jacket piles for two
ESPs). Under a scenario where 90 WTGs are installed on monopiles and 10
WTGs are installed on jacket foundations, a total of as many as 138
piles may be driven (i.e., 90 monopiles for WTG foundations, 40 jacket
piles for WTG foundations, and 8 jacket piles for ESPs). Specifications
for both foundation types are shown in Table 1.
Table 1--Foundation Types and Specifications for the Vineyard Wind Project
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum number
Foundation type Pile diameter Pile length Penetration depth that may be
installed *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monopile...................... ~8 to ~10.3 m (26.2 ~60 m up to ~95 m 20-45 m (65.6-147.6 100
to 33.8 ft). (196.9-311.7 ft). ft).
Jacket........................ 3 m (9.8 ft)........ ~65 m (213.3 ft).... 30-75 m (98.4-196.9 12
ft).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The total of all foundations installed would not exceed 102.
The monopile and jacket foundations would be installed by one or
two heavy lift or jack-up vessels. The main installation vessel(s) will
likely remain at the WDA during the installation phase and transport
vessels, tugs, and/or feeder barges would provide a continuous supply
of foundations to the WDA. If appropriate vessels are available, the
foundation components could be picked up directly in the marshalling
port by the main installation vessel(s).
At the WDA, the main installation vessel would upend the monopile
with a crane, and place it in the gripper frame, before lowering the
monopile to the seabed. The gripper frame, depending upon its design,
may be placed on the seabed scour protection materials to stabilize the
monopile's vertical alignment before and during piling. Scour
protection is included to protect the foundation from scour
development, which is the removal of the sediments near structures by
hydrodynamic forces, and consists of the placement of stone or rock
material around the foundation. The scour protection would be one to
two m high (3-6 ft), with stone or rock sizes of approximately 10-30
centimeters (4-12 inches). Once the monopile is lowered to the seabed,
the crane hook would be released, and the hydraulic hammer would be
picked up and placed on top of the monopile. Figure 4 of the IHA
application shows a vessel lowering a monopile and typical jack-up
installation vessels.
A typical pile driving operation is expected to take less than
approximately three hours to achieve the target penetration depth. It
is anticipated that a maximum of two monopiles could potentially be
driven into the seabed per day. Concurrent driving (i.e., the driving
of more than one pile at the same time) would not occur.
Impact pile driving entails the use of a hammer that utilizes a
rising and falling piston to repeatedly strike a pile and drive it into
the ground. Using a crane, the installation vessel would upend the
monopile, place it in the gripper frame, and then lower the monopile to
the seabed. The gripper frame would stabilize the monopile's vertical
alignment before and during piling. Once the monopile is lowered to the
seabed, the crane hook would be released and the hydraulic hammer would
be picked up and placed on top of the monopile. A temporary steel cap
called a helmet would be placed on top of the pile to minimize damage
to the head during impact driving. The intensity (i.e., hammer energy
level) would be gradually increased based on the resistance that is
experienced from the sediments. The expected hammer size for monopiles
is up to 4,000 kilojoules (kJ) (however, required energy may ultimately
be far less than 4,000 kJ).
[[Page 18349]]
The typical pile driving operation is expected to take less than
approximately three hours to achieve the target penetration depth. It
is anticipated that a maximum of two piles can be driven into the
seabed per day. Impact pile driving is the preferred method of pile
installation for the proposed project.
In order to initiate impact pile driving the pile must be upright,
level, and stable. The preferred option to achieve this is by utilizing
a pile frame, which sits on the sea floor and holds the pile or to use
a pile gripper as described above. In the unlikely scenario that both
preferred options have unforeseen challenges, vibratory hammering may
be utilized as a contingency. Vibratory hammering is accomplished by
rapidly alternating (~250 Hz) forces to the pile. A system of counter-
rotating eccentric weights powered by hydraulic motors are designed
such that horizontal vibrations cancel out, while vertical vibrations
are transmitted into the pile. The vibrations produced cause
liquefaction of the substrate surrounding the pile, enabling the pile
to be driven into the ground using the weight of the pile plus the
impact hammer. If required, a vibratory hammer would be used before
impact hammering begins to ensure the pile is stable in the seabed and
is level for impact hammering. However, as stated above, impact driving
is the preferred method of pile installation and vibratory driving
would only occur for very short periods of time and only if Vineyard
Wind engineers determine vibratory driving is required to seat the
pile. The degree of potential effects of underwater sound on marine
mammals is intrinsically related to the signal characteristics,
received level, distance from the source, and duration of the sound
exposure. If vibratory pile driving were required, Vineyard Wind
anticipates that any vibratory pile driving would occur for less than
10 minutes per pile, in rare cases up to 30 minutes, as it would be
used only to seat a pile such that impact driving can commence
(Vineyard Wind, 2019). If vibratory driving does occur, the noise
resulting from this activity would occur only sporadically, and for
very brief periods when it does occur. Additionally, the source levels
and source characteristics associated with vibratory driving would be
generally similar to those produced through other concurrent use of
vessels and related construction equipment, such that behavioral
harassment of marine mammals cannot reasonably be attributed to use of
the vibratory hammer in this case. Vibratory driving produces a
continuous sound with peak sound levels that are much lower than those
resulting from impact pile driving. Any elevated noise levels produced
through vibratory driving are expected to be intermittent, of short
duration, and with low peak values. As such, we expect that if marine
mammals are exposed to sound from vibratory pile driving, they may
alert to the sound but are unlikely to exhibit a behavioral response
that rises to the level of take. As such, vibratory driving is not
analyzed further in this document.
The intensity (i.e., hammer energy level) of impact pile driving
would be gradually increased based on the resistance that is
experienced from the sediments. The expected maximum hammer energy for
monopiles is 4,000 kilojoules (kJ). However, typical energy use is
anticipated to be far less than 4,000 kJ. When piles are driven with
impact hammers, they deform, sending a bulge travelling down the pile
that radiates sound into the surrounding air, water, and seabed. This
sound may be received by biological receivers such as marine mammals
through the water, as the result of reflected paths from the surface,
or re-radiated into the water from the seabed (See Figure 5 in the IHA
application for a schematic diagram illustrating sound propagation
paths associated with pile driving). Underwater sound produced during
impact pile driving during construction of the WTGs and ESPs could
result in incidental take of marine mammals by Level B harassment and,
for some species, Level A harassment.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are
described in detail later in this document (please see Proposed
Mitigation and Proposed Monitoring and Reporting).
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities
Sections 3 and 4 of the IHA application summarize available
information regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat
preferences, and behavior and life history, of the potentially affected
species. Additional information regarding population trends and threats
may be found in NMFS' Stock Assessment Reports (SARs;
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments) and more general information about these species
(e.g., physical and behavioral descriptions) may be found on NMFS'
website (www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species).
There are 42 marine mammal species that have been documented within
the US Atlantic Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ). However, 16 of these
species are not expected to occur within the project area, based on a
lack of sightings in the area and their known habitat preferences and
distributions. These are: the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus
latirostris), Bryde's whale (Balaenoptera edeni), beluga whale
(Delphinapterus leucas), northern bottlenose whale (Hyperoodon
ampullatus), killer whale (Orcinus orca), pygmy killer whale (Feresa
attenuata), false killer whale (Pseudorca crassidens), melon-headed
whale (Peponocephala electra), white-beaked dolphin (Lagenorhynchus
albirostris), pantropical spotted dolphin (Stenella attenuata),
Fraser's dolphin (Lagenodelphis hosei), rough-toothed dolphin (Steno
bredanensis), Clymene dolphin (Stenella clymene), spinner dolphin
(Stenella longirostris), hooded seal (Cystophora cristata), and ringed
seal (Pusa hipsida). These species are not analyzed further in this
document.
There are 26 marine mammal species that could potentially occur in
the proposed project area and that are included in Table 3 of the IHA
application. However, the temporal and/or spatial occurrence of several
species listed in Table 3 of the IHA application is such that take of
these species is not expected to occur, and they are therefore not
discussed further beyond the explanation provided here. Take of these
species is not anticipated either because they have very low densities
in the project area, or because they are not expected to occur in the
project area due to their more likely occurrence in habitat that is
outside the WDA, based on the best available information. There are two
pilot whale species (long-finned and short-finned (Globicephala
macrorhynchus)) with distributions that overlap in the latitudinal
range of the WDA (Hayes et al., 2017; Roberts et al., 2016). Because it
is difficult to discriminate the two species at sea, sightings, and
thus the densities calculated from them, are generally reported
together as Globicephala spp. (Hayes et al., 2018; Roberts et al.,
2016). However, based on the best available information, short-finned
pilot whales occur in habitat that is both further offshore on the
shelf break and further south than the project area (Hayes et al.,
2018). Therefore, we assume that any take of pilot whales would be of
long-finned pilot whales. Blue whales (Balaenoptera musculus musculus),
dwarf and pygmy sperm whales (Kogia sima and K. breviceps), Cuvier's
beaked whale (Ziphius cavirostris), striped dolphins (Stenella
coeruleoalba) and
[[Page 18350]]
four species of Mesoplodont beaked whale (Mesoplodon spp.), also occur
in deepwater habitat that is further offshore than the project area
(Hayes et al., 2018, Roberts et al., 2016). Likewise, Atlantic spotted
dolphins (Stenella frontalis) primarily occur near the continental
shelf edge and continental slope, in waters that are further offshore
than the project area (Hayes et al., 2018).
Between October 2011 and June 2015 a total of 76 aerial surveys
were conducted throughout the MA and RI/MA Wind Energy Areas (WEAs)
(the WDA is contained within the MA WEA along with several other
offshore renewable energy lease areas). Between November 2011 and March
2015, Marine Autonomous Recording Units (MARU; a type of static passive
acoustic monitoring (PAM) recorder) were deployed at nine sites in the
MA and RI/MA WEAs. The goal of the study was to collect visual and
acoustic baseline data on distribution, abundance, and temporal
occurrence patterns of marine mammals (Kraus et al., 2016). The lack of
sightings of any of the species listed above reinforces the fact that
these species are not expected to occur in the project area. As these
species are not expected to occur in the project area during the
proposed activities, they are not discussed further in this document.
We expect that the species listed in Table 2 will potentially occur
in the project area and will potentially be taken as a result of the
proposed project. Table 2 summarizes information related to the
population or stock, including regulatory status under the MMPA and ESA
and potential biological removal (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we
follow Committee on Taxonomy (2018). PBR is defined by the MMPA as the
maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may
be removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to
reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population (as described in
NMFS' SARs). While no mortality is anticipated or authorized here, PBR
is included here as a gross indicator of the status of the species and
other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document
represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or
the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area.
NMFS' stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total
estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that
comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend
beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in
NMFS' U.S. Atlantic SARs. All values presented in Table 2 are the most
recent available at the time of publication and are available in the
2017 Atlantic SARs (Hayes et al., 2018) or draft 2018 SARs, available
online at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/action/2018-draft-marine-mammal-stock-assessment-reports-available.
Table 2--Marine Mammals Known To Occur in the Project Area That May Be Affected by Vineyard Wind's Proposed Activity
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MMPA and ESA Stock abundance
status; (CV, Nmin, most Predicted Annual M/ Occurrence and
Common name (scientific name) Stock strategic (Y/ recent abundance abundance (CV) \3\ PBR \4\ SI \4\ seasonality in
N) \1\ survey) \2\ project area
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toothed whales (Odontoceti)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sperm whale (Physeter North Atlantic..... E; Y 2,288 (0.28; 1,815; 5,353 (0.12)...... 3.6 0.8 Rare.
macrocephalus). n/a).
Long-finned pilot whale W North Atlantic... -; N 5,636 (0.63; 3,464; 18,977 (0.11) \5\. 35 27 Rare.
(Globicephala melas). n/a).
Atlantic white-sided dolphin W North Atlantic... -; N 48,819 (0.61; 37,180 (0.07)..... 304 30 Common year round.
(Lagenorhynchus acutus). 30,403; n/a).
Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops W North Atlantic, -; N 77,532 (0.40; 97,476 (0.06)\5\.. 561 39.4 Common year round.
truncatus). Offshore. 56,053; 2011).
Common dolphin \6\ (Delphinus W North Atlantic... -; N 173,486 (0.55; 86,098 (0.12)..... 557 406 Common year round.
delphis). 55,690; 2011).
Risso's dolphin (Grampus W North Atlantic... -; N 18,250 (0.46; 7,732 (0.09)...... 126 49.9 Rare.
griseus). 12,619; 2011).
Harbor porpoise (Phocoena Gulf of Maine/Bay -; N 79,833 (0.32; 45,089 (0.12)*.... 706 255 Common year round.
phocoena). of Fundy. 61,415; 2011).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Baleen whales (Mysticeti)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
North Atlantic right whale W North Atlantic... E; Y 451 (0; 455; n/a).. 535 (0.45)*....... 0.9 56 Year round in
(Eubalaena glacialis). continental shelf
and slope waters,
occur seasonally.
Humpback whale \7\ (Megaptera Gulf of Maine...... -; N 896 (0.42; 239; n/ 1,637 (0.07)*..... 14.6 9.8 Common year round.
novaeangliae). a).
Fin whale \6\ (Balaenoptera W North Atlantic... E; Y 3,522 (0.27; 1,234; 4,633 (0.08)...... 2.5 2.5 Year round in
physalus). n/a). continental shelf
and slope waters,
occur seasonally.
Sei whale (Balaenoptera Nova Scotia........ E; Y 357 (0.52; 236; n/ 717 (0.30)*....... 0.5 0.6 Year round in
borealis). a). continental shelf
and slope waters,
occur seasonally.
Minke whale \6\ (Balaenoptera Canadian East Coast -; N 20,741 (0.3; 1,425; 2,112 (0.05)*..... 14 7.5 Year round in
acutorostrata). n/a). continental shelf
and slope waters,
occur seasonally.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earless seals (Phocidae)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gray seal \8\ (Halichoerus W North Atlantic... -; N 27,131 (0.10; .................. 1,389 5,688 Common year round.
grypus). 25,908; n/a).
Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina).... W North Atlantic... -; N 75,834 (0.15; .................. 2,006 345 Common year round.
66,884; 2012).
[[Page 18351]]
Harp seal (Pagophilus W North Atlantic... -; N 7,411,000 (unk.; .................. unk 225,687 Rare.
groenlandicus). unk; 2014).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ ESA status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed under the ESA or
designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR (see
footnote 3) or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed
under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\2\Stock abundance as reported in NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports (SAR) except where otherwise noted. SARs available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate
of stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks, abundance estimates are actual counts of animals and there is no
associated CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected in the abundance estimate is presented; there may be more recent surveys that have
not yet been incorporated into the estimate. All values presented here are from the 2018 draft Atlantic SARs.
\3\ This information represents species- or guild-specific abundance predicted by recent habitat-based cetacean density models (Roberts et al., 2016,
2017, 2018). These models provide the best available scientific information regarding predicted density patterns of cetaceans in the U.S. Atlantic
Ocean, and we provide the corresponding abundance predictions as a point of reference. Total abundance estimates were produced by computing the mean
density of all pixels in the modeled area and multiplying by its area. For those species marked with an asterisk, the available information supported
development of either two or four seasonal models; each model has an associated abundance prediction. Here, we report the maximum predicted abundance.
\4\ Potential biological removal, defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a
marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP). Annual M/SI, found in NMFS' SARs,
represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g., commercial fisheries, subsistence hunting, ship
strike). Annual M/SI values often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value. All M/SI values are as presented
in the draft 2018 SARs.
\5\Abundance estimates are in some cases reported for a guild or group of species when those species are difficult to differentiate at sea. Similarly,
the habitat-based cetacean density models produced by Roberts et al. (2016) are based in part on available observational data which, in some cases, is
limited to genus or guild in terms of taxonomic definition. Roberts et al. (2016) produced density models to genus level for Globicephala spp. and
produced a density model for bottlenose dolphins that does not differentiate between offshore and coastal stocks.
\6\ Abundance as reported in the 2007 Canadian Trans-North Atlantic Sighting Survey (TNASS), which provided full coverage of the Atlantic Canadian coast
(Lawson and Gosselin, 2009). Abundance estimates from TNASS were corrected for perception and availability bias, when possible. In general, where the
TNASS survey effort provided superior coverage of a stock's range (as compared with NOAA shipboard survey effort), the resulting abundance estimate is
considered more accurate than the current NMFS abundance estimate (derived from survey effort with inferior coverage of the stock range). NMFS stock
abundance estimate for the common dolphin is 70,184. NMFS stock abundance estimate for the fin whale is 1,618. NMFS stock abundance estimate for the
minke whale is 2,591.
\7\ 2018 U.S. Atlantic draft SAR for the Gulf of Maine feeding population lists a current abundance estimate of 896 individuals. However, we note that
the estimate is defined on the basis of feeding location alone (i.e., Gulf of Maine) and is therefore likely an underestimate.
\8\ NMFS stock abundance estimate applies to U.S. population only, actual stock abundance is approximately 505,000.
Four marine mammal species that are listed under the Endangered
Species Act (ESA) may be present in the project area and may be taken
incidental to the proposed activity: The North Atlantic right whale,
fin whale, sei whale, and sperm whale.
Below is a description of the species that are both common in the
project area south of Massachusetts that have the highest likelihood of
occurring in the project area and are thus expected to potentially be
taken by the proposed activities. For the majority of species
potentially present in the specific geographic region, NMFS has
designated only a single generic stock (e.g., ``western North
Atlantic'') for management purposes. This includes the ``Canadian east
coast'' stock of minke whales, which includes all minke whales found in
U.S. waters is also a generic stock for management purposes. For
humpback and sei whales, NMFS defines stocks on the basis of feeding
locations, i.e., Gulf of Maine and Nova Scotia, respectively. However,
references to humpback whales and sei whales in this document refer to
any individuals of the species that are found in the specific
geographic region. Any biologically important areas (BIAs) that overlap
spatially with the project area are addressed in the species sections
below.
North Atlantic Right Whale
The North Atlantic right whale ranges from calving grounds in the
southeastern United States to feeding grounds in New England waters and
into Canadian waters (Hayes et al., 2018). Surveys have demonstrated
the existence of seven areas where North Atlantic right whales
congregate seasonally, including north and east of the proposed project
area in Georges Bank, off Cape Cod, and in Massachusetts Bay (Hayes et
al., 2018). In the late fall months (e.g., October), right whales are
generally thought to depart from the feeding grounds in the North
Atlantic and move south to their calving grounds off Georgia and
Florida. However, recent research indicates our understanding of their
movement patterns remains incomplete (Davis et al., 2017). A review of
passive acoustic monitoring data from 2004 to 2014 throughout the
western North Atlantic demonstrated nearly continuous year-round right
whale presence across their entire habitat range (for at least some
individuals), including in locations previously thought of as migratory
corridors, suggesting that not all of the population undergoes a
consistent annual migration (Davis et al., 2017). Acoustic monitoring
data from 2004 to 2014 indicated that the number of North Atlantic
right whale vocalizations detected in the proposed project area were
relatively constant throughout the year, with the exception of August
through October when detected vocalizations showed an apparent decline
(Davis et al., 2017).
The western North Atlantic population demonstrated overall growth
of 2.8 percent per year between 1990 to 2010, despite a decline in 1993
and no growth between 1997 and 2000 (Pace et al., 2017). However, since
2010 the population has been in decline, with a 99.99 percent
probability of a decline of just under 1 percent per year (Pace et al.,
2017). Between 1990 and 2015, calving rates varied substantially, with
low calving rates coinciding with all three periods of decline or no
growth (Pace et al., 2017). On average, North Atlantic right whale
calving rates are estimated to be roughly half that of southern right
whales (Eubalaena australis) (Pace et al., 2017), which are increasing
in abundance (NMFS 2015). In 2018, no new North Atlantic right whale
calves were documented in their calving grounds; this represented the
first time since annual NOAA aerial surveys began in 1989 that no new
right whale calves were observed. As of the writing of this document, 7
calves had been documented thus far in 2019. The current best estimate
of population abundance for the species is 411
[[Page 18352]]
individuals, based on data as of September 4, 2018 (Pettis et al.,
2018).
Elevated North Atlantic right whale mortalities have occurred since
June 7, 2017 along the United States and Canadian coast. A total of 20
confirmed dead stranded whales (12 in Canada; 8 in the United States)
have been documented, with 17 of those occurring in 2017. This event
has been declared an Unusual Mortality Event (UME), with human
interactions, including entanglement in fixed fishing gear and vessel
strikes, implicated in 10 of the 20 mortalities. There had been no
North Atlantic right whale standings reported in 2019 as of the
publication of this document. More information is available online at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-life-distress/2017-2019-north-atlantic-right-whale-unusual-mortality-event.
During the aerial surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project
area, the highest number of right whale sightings occurred in March (n
= 21), with sightings also occurring in December (n = 4), January (n =
7), February (n = 14), and April (n = 14), and no sightings in any
other months (Kraus et al., 2016). There was not significant
variability in sighting rate among years, indicating consistent annual
seasonal use of the area by right whales. North Atlantic right whales
were acoustically detected in 30 out of the 36 recorded months (Kraus
et al., 2016). However, right whales exhibited strong seasonality in
acoustic presence, with mean monthly acoustic presence highest in
January (mean = 74%), February (mean = 86%), and March (mean = 97%),
and the lowest in July (mean = 16%), August (mean = 2%), and September
(mean = 12%). Density data from Roberts et al. (2017) confirms that the
highest density of right whales in the project area occurs in March.
The proposed project area is part of an important migratory area for
North Atlantic right whales; this important migratory area is comprised
of the waters of the continental shelf offshore the East Coast of the
United States and extends from Florida through Massachusetts. Aerial
surveys conducted in and near the project area from 2011-2015
documented a total of six instances of feeding behavior by North
Atlantic right whales (Kraus et al., 2016), however the area has not
been identified as an important feeding area for right whales.
NMFS' regulations at 50 CFR 224.105 designated nearshore waters of
the Mid-Atlantic Bight as Mid-Atlantic U.S. Seasonal Management Areas
(SMA) for right whales in 2008. SMAs were developed to reduce the
threat of collisions between ships and right whales around their
migratory route and calving grounds. A portion of one SMA, which occurs
off Block Island, Rhode Island, occurs near the project area, but does
not overlap spatially with the project area (see Figure 7 in the IHA
application). The SMA that occurs off Block Island is active from
November 1 through April 30 of each year.
Humpback Whale
Humpback whales are found worldwide in all oceans. Humpback whales
were listed as endangered under the Endangered Species Conservation Act
(ESCA) in June 1970. In 1973, the ESA replaced the ESCA, and humpbacks
continued to be listed as endangered. NMFS recently evaluated the
status of the species, and on September 8, 2016, NMFS divided the
species into 14 distinct population segments (DPS), removed the current
species-level listing, and in its place listed four DPSs as endangered
and one DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259; September 8, 2016). The
remaining nine DPSs were not listed. The West Indies DPS, which is not
listed under the ESA, is the only DPS of humpback whale that is
expected to occur in the project area.
In New England waters, feeding is the principal activity of
humpback whales, and their distribution in this region has been largely
correlated to abundance of prey species, although behavior and
bathymetry are factors influencing foraging strategy (Payne et al.,
1986, 1990). Humpback whales are frequently piscivorous when in New
England waters, feeding on herring (Clupea harengus), sand lance
(Ammodytes spp.), and other small fishes, as well as euphausiids in the
northern Gulf of Maine (Paquet et al., 1997). During winter, the
majority of humpback whales from North Atlantic feeding areas
(including the Gulf of Maine) mate and calve in the West Indies, where
spatial and genetic mixing among feeding groups occurs, though
significant numbers of animals are found in mid- and high-latitude
regions at this time and some individuals have been sighted repeatedly
within the same winter season, indicating that not all humpback whales
migrate south every winter (Hayes et al., 2018).
In aerial surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project area,
sightings of humpback whales occurred during all seasons, however they
were primarily sighted in the spring and summer seasons, with the
greatest number of sightings during the month of April (n=33). Based on
the pattern of sightings during those years their presence in the area
seemed to start in March and end in July, though a few sightings also
occurred in October, December and January (Kraus et al., 2016).
Since January 2016, elevated humpback whale mortalities have
occurred along the Atlantic coast from Maine to Florida. Partial or
full necropsy examinations have been conducted on approximately half of
the 93 known cases. Of the whales examined, about 50 percent had
evidence of human interaction, either ship strike or entanglement.
While a portion of the whales have shown evidence of pre-mortem vessel
strike, this finding is not consistent across all whales examined and
more research is needed. NOAA is consulting with researchers that are
conducting studies on the humpback whale populations, and these efforts
may provide information on changes in whale distribution and habitat
use that could provide additional insight into how these vessel
interactions occurred. Three previous UMEs involving humpback whales
have occurred since 2000, in 2003, 2005, and 2006. More information is
available at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-life-distress/2016-2019-humpback-whale-unusual-mortality-event-along-atlantic-coast.
Fin Whale
Fin whales are common in waters of the U.S. Atlantic EEZ,
principally from Cape Hatteras northward (Hayes et al., 2018). Fin
whales are present north of 35-degree latitude in every season and are
broadly distributed throughout the western North Atlantic for most of
the year, though densities vary seasonally (Hayes et al., 2018). In
this region fin whales are the dominant large cetacean species during
all seasons, having the largest standing stock, the largest food
requirements, and therefore the largest influence on ecosystem
processes of any cetacean species (Hain et al., 1992; Kenney et al.,
1997). It is likely that fin whales occurring in the U.S. Atlantic EEZ
undergo migrations into Canadian waters, open-ocean areas, and perhaps
even subtropical or tropical regions (Edwards et al., 2015).
New England waters represent a major feeding ground for fin whales
and a biologically important feeding area for the species exists just
west of the proposed project area, stretching from just south of the
eastern tip of Long Island to south of the western tip of Martha's
Vineyard. In aerial surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project
area sightings occurred in every season with the greatest numbers of
sightings during the spring (n=35) and summer (n=49) months (Kraus et
al.,
[[Page 18353]]
2016). Despite much lower sighting rates during the winter, confirmed
acoustic detections of fin whales recorded on a hydrophone array in the
project area from 2011-2015 occurred throughout the year; however, due
to acoustic detection ranges in excess of 200 km, the detections do not
confirm that fin whales were present in the project area during that
time (Kraus et al., 2016).
Sei Whale
The Nova Scotia stock of sei whales can be found in deeper waters
of the continental shelf edge waters of the northeastern United States
and northeastward to south of Newfoundland. The southern portion of the
stock's range during spring and summer includes the Gulf of Maine and
Georges Bank. Spring is the period of greatest abundance in U.S.
waters, with sightings concentrated along the eastern margin of Georges
Bank and into the Northeast Channel area, and along the southwestern
edge of Georges Bank in the area of Hydrographer Canyon (Hayes et al.,
2018). Sei whales occur in shallower waters to feed. Sei whales were
only sighted during the spring and summer. In aerial surveys conducted
from 2011-2015 in the project area sightings of Sei whales occurred
between March and June, with the greatest number of sightings in May
(n=8) and June (n=13), and no sightings from July through January
(Kraus et al., 2016).
Minke Whale
Minke whales occur in temperate, tropical, and high-latitude
waters. The Canadian East Coast stock can be found in the area from the
western half of the Davis Strait (45[deg] W) to the Gulf of Mexico
(Hayes et al., 2018). This species generally occupies waters less than
100 m deep on the continental shelf. There appears to be a strong
seasonal component to minke whale distribution in which spring to fall
are times of relatively widespread and common occurrence, and when the
whales are most abundant in New England waters, while during winter the
species appears to be largely absent (Hayes et al., 2016). In aerial
surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project area sightings of minke
whales occurred between March and September, with the greatest number
of sightings occurring in May (n=38) and no sightings from October
through February (Kraus et al., 2016).
Since January 2017, elevated minke whale mortalities have occurred
along the Atlantic coast from Maine through South Carolina, with a
total of 59 strandings recorded when this document was written. This
event has been declared a UME. Full or partial necropsy examinations
were conducted on more than 60 percent of the whales. Preliminary
findings in several of the whales have shown evidence of human
interactions or infectious disease, but these findings are not
consistent across all of the whales examined, so more research is
needed. More information is available at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-life-distress/2017-2019-minke-whale-unusual-mortality-event-along-atlantic-coast.
Sperm Whale
The distribution of the sperm whale in the U.S. EEZ occurs on the
continental shelf edge, over the continental slope, and into mid-ocean
regions (Hayes et al., 2018). The basic social unit of the sperm whale
appears to be the mixed school of adult females plus their calves and
some juveniles of both sexes, normally numbering 20-40 animals in all.
There is evidence that some social bonds persist for many years
(Christal et al., 1998). In summer, the distribution of sperm whales
includes the area east and north of Georges Bank and into the Northeast
Channel region, as well as the continental shelf (inshore of the 100-m
isobath) south of New England. In the fall, sperm whale occurrence
south of New England on the continental shelf is at its highest level,
and there remains a continental shelf edge occurrence in the mid-
Atlantic bight. In winter, sperm whales are concentrated east and
northeast of Cape Hatteras. Sperm whales are not expected to be common
in the project area due to the relatively shallow depths in the project
area. In aerial surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project area
only four sightings of sperm whales occurred, three in summer and one
in autumn (Kraus et al., 2016).
Long-Finned Pilot Whale
Long-finned pilot whales are found from North Carolina and north to
Iceland, Greenland and the Barents Sea (Hayes et al., 2018). In U.S.
Atlantic waters the species is distributed principally along the
continental shelf edge off the northeastern U.S. coast in winter and
early spring and in late spring, pilot whales move onto Georges Bank
and into the Gulf of Maine and more northern waters and remain in these
areas through late autumn (Waring et al., 2016). In aerial surveys
conducted from 2011-2015 in the project area the majority of pilot
whale sightings were in spring (n=11); sightings were also documented
in summer, with no sightings in autumn or winter (Kraus et al., 2016).
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin
White-sided dolphins are found in temperate and sub-polar waters of
the North Atlantic, primarily in continental shelf waters to the 100-m
depth contour from central West Greenland to North Carolina (Hayes et
al., 2018). The Gulf of Maine stock is most common in continental shelf
waters from Hudson Canyon to Georges Bank, and in the Gulf of Maine and
lower Bay of Fundy. Sighting data indicate seasonal shifts in
distribution (Northridge et al., 1997). During January to May, low
numbers of white-sided dolphins are found from Georges Bank to Jeffreys
Ledge (off New Hampshire), with even lower numbers south of Georges
Bank, as documented by a few strandings collected on beaches of
Virginia to South Carolina. From June through September, large numbers
of white-sided dolphins are found from Georges Bank to the lower Bay of
Fundy. From October to December, white-sided dolphins occur at
intermediate densities from southern Georges Bank to southern Gulf of
Maine (Payne and Heinemann 1990). Sightings south of Georges Bank,
particularly around Hudson Canyon, occur year round but at low
densities. In aerial surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project
area there were sightings of white-sided dolphins in every season
except winter (Kraus et al., 2016).
Common Dolphin
The common dolphin is found world-wide in temperate to subtropical
seas. In the North Atlantic, common dolphins are found over the
continental shelf between the 100-m and 2,000-m isobaths and over
prominent underwater topography and east to the mid-Atlantic Ridge
(Hayes et al., 2018), but may be found in shallower shelf waters as
well. Common dolphins are expected to occur in the vicinity of the
project area in relatively high numbers. Common dolphins were the most
frequently observed dolphin species in aerial surveys conducted from
2011-2015 in the project area (Kraus et al., 2016). Sightings peaked in
the summer between June and August, though there were sightings
recorded in nearly every month of the year (Kraus et al., 2016).
Bottlenose Dolphin
There are two distinct bottlenose dolphin mophotypes in the western
North Atlantic: The coastal and offshore forms (Hayes et al., 2018).
The two mophotypes are genetically distinct based upon both
mitochondrial and nuclear markers (Hoelzel et al., 1998;
[[Page 18354]]
Rosel et al., 2009). The offshore form is distributed primarily along
the outer continental shelf and continental slope in the Northwest
Atlantic Ocean from Georges Bank to the Florida Keys and is the only
type that may be present in the project area as the northern extent of
the range of the Western North Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal
Stock occurs south of the project area. Bottlenose dolphins are
expected to occur in the project area in relatively high numbers. They
were the second most frequently observed species of dolphin in aerial
surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project area, and were observed
in every month of the year except January and March (Kraus et al.,
2016).
Risso's Dolphin
Risso's dolphins are distributed worldwide in tropical and
temperate seas and in the Northwest Atlantic occur from Florida to
eastern Newfoundland (Leatherwood et al., 1976; Baird and Stacey 1991).
Off the northeastern U.S. coast, Risso's dolphins are distributed along
the continental shelf edge from Cape Hatteras northward to Georges Bank
during spring, summer, and autumn (CETAP 1982; Payne et al., 1984) with
the range extending outward into oceanic waters in the winter (Payne et
al., 1984). Risso's dolphins are not expected to be common in the
project area due to the relatively shallow water depths. In aerial
surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project there were only two
confirmed sightings of Risso's dolphins, both of which occurred in the
spring (Kraus et al., 2016).
Harbor Porpoise
Harbor porpoises occur from the coastline to deep waters (>1800 m;
Westgate et al., 1998), although the majority of the population is
found over the continental shelf (Hayes et al., 2018). In the project
area, only the Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy stock of harbor porpoise may
be present. This stock is found in U.S. and Canadian Atlantic waters
and is concentrated in the northern Gulf of Maine and southern Bay of
Fundy region, generally in waters less than 150 m deep (Waring et al.,
2016). In aerial surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the project area,
sightings of harbor porpoise occurred from November through May, with
the highest number of detections occurring in April and almost none
during June-September (Kraus et al., 2016).
Harbor Seal
The harbor seal is found in all nearshore waters of the North
Atlantic and North Pacific Oceans and adjoining seas above about
30[deg] N (Burns, 2009). In the western North Atlantic, harbor seals
are distributed from the eastern Canadian Arctic and Greenland south to
southern New England and New York, and occasionally to the Carolinas
(Hayes et al., 2018). Haulout and pupping sites are located off
Manomet, MA and the Isles of Shoals, ME (Waring et al., 2016). Based on
harbor seal sightings reported at sea in shipboard surveys conducted by
the NMFS Northeast Fisheries Science Center from 1995-2011, harbor
seals would be expected to occur in the project area from September to
May (Hayes et al., 2018). Harbor seals are expected to be relatively
common in the project area. Since July 2018, elevated numbers of harbor
seal and gray seal mortalities have occurred across Maine, New
Hampshire and Massachusetts. This event has been declared a UME.
Additionally, stranded seals have shown clinical signs as far south as
Virginia, although not in elevated numbers, therefore the UME
investigation now encompasses all seal strandings from Maine to
Virginia. Lastly, ice seals (harp and hooded seals) have also started
stranding with clinical signs, again not in elevated numbers, and those
two seal species have also been added to the UME investigation. Full or
partial necropsy examinations have been conducted on some of the seals
and samples have been collected for testing. Based on tests conducted
thus far, the main pathogen found in the seals is phocine distemper
virus. NMFS is performing additional testing to identify any other
factors that may be involved in this UME. Information on this UME is
available online at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/new-england-mid-atlantic/marine-life-distress/2018-2019-pinniped-unusual-mortality-event-along.
Gray Seal
There are three major populations of gray seals found in the world;
eastern Canada (western North Atlantic stock), northwestern Europe and
the Baltic Sea. Gray seals in the project area belong to the western
North Atlantic stock. The range for this stock is from New Jersey to
Labrador. Current population trends show that gray seal abundance is
likely increasing in the U.S. Atlantic EEZ (Hayes et al., 2018).
Although the rate of increase is unknown, surveys conducted since their
arrival in the 1980s indicate a steady increase in abundance in both
Maine and Massachusetts (Hayes et al., 2018). It is believed that
recolonization by Canadian gray seals is the source of the U.S.
population (Hayes et al., 2018). Gray seals are expected to be
relatively common in the project area. As described above, elevated
seal mortalities, including gray seals, have occurred across Maine, New
Hampshire and Massachusetts, and as far south as Virginia, since July
2018. This event has been declared a UME, with phocine distemper virus
identified as the main pathogen found in the seals. NMFS is performing
additional testing to identify any other factors that may be involved
in this UME.
Harp Seal
Harp seals are highly migratory and occur throughout much of the
North Atlantic and Arctic Oceans (Hayes et al., 2018). Breeding occurs
between late-February and April and adults then assemble on suitable
pack ice to undergo the annual molt. The migration then continues north
to Arctic summer feeding grounds. Harp seal occurrence in the project
area is considered rare. However, since the early 1990s, numbers of
sightings and strandings have been increasing off the east coast of the
United States from Maine to New Jersey (Katona et al., 1993; Rubinstein
1994; Stevick and Fernald 1998; McAlpine 1999; Lacoste and Stenson
2000; Soulen et al., 2013). These extralimital appearances usually
occur in January-May (Harris et al., 2002), when the western North
Atlantic stock is at its most southern point of migration. Harp seals
are not expected to be common in the project area. As described above,
elevated seal mortalities, including harp seals, have occurred across
Maine, New Hampshire and Massachusetts, and as far south as Virginia,
since July 2018. This event has been declared a UME, with phocine
distemper virus identified as the main pathogen found in the seals.
NMFS is performing additional testing to identify any other factors
that may be involved in this UME.
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals
underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious
effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to
sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine
mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine
mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (e.g., Richardson et
al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008). To reflect
this, Southall et al. (2007, 2019) recommended that marine mammals be
divided into functional hearing groups based on directly measured or
estimated hearing ranges
[[Page 18355]]
on the basis of available behavioral response data, audiograms derived
using auditory evoked potential techniques, anatomical modeling, and
other data. Note that no direct measurements of hearing ability have
been successfully completed for mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency
cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2018) described generalized hearing
ranges for these marine mammal hearing groups. Generalized hearing
ranges were chosen based on the approximately 65 decibel (dB) threshold
from the normalized composite audiograms, with the exception for lower
limits for low-frequency cetaceans where the lower bound was deemed to
be biologically implausible and the lower bound from Southall et al.,
(2007) retained. Marine mammal hearing groups and their associated
hearing ranges are provided in Table 3.
Table 3--Marine Mammal Hearing Groups
[NMFS, 2018]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hearing group Generalized hearing range *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen whales)........... 7 Hz to 35 kHz.
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins, toothed whales, 150 Hz to 160 kHz.
beaked whales, bottlenose whales).
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true porpoises, Kogia, 275 Hz to 160 kHz.
river dolphins, cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus
cruciger & L. australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true seals)........ 50 Hz to 86 kHz.
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea lions and fur 60 Hz to 39 kHz.
seals).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a composite (i.e., all species within the
group), where individual species' hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized hearing range chosen
based on ~65 dB threshold from normalized composite audiogram, with the exception for lower limits for LF
cetaceans (Southall et al., 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).
The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall et
al., (2007) on the basis of data indicating that phocid species have
consistently demonstrated an extended frequency range of hearing
compared to otariids, especially in the higher frequency range
(Hemil[auml] et al., 2006; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth and Holt,
2013).
For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency
ranges, please see NMFS (2018) for a review of available information.
Fifteen marine mammal species (twelve cetacean and three pinniped (all
phocid species)) have the reasonable potential to co-occur with the
proposed activities. Please refer to Table 2. Of the cetacean species
that may be present, five are classified as low-frequency cetaceans
(i.e., all mysticete species), six are classified as mid-frequency
cetaceans (i.e., all delphinid species and the sperm whale), and one is
classified as a high-frequency cetacean (i.e., harbor porpoise).
Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their
Habitat
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that
components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and
their habitat. The Estimated Take section later in this document
includes a quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are
expected to be taken by this activity. The Negligible Impact Analysis
and Determination section considers the content of this section, the
Estimated Take section, and the Proposed Mitigation section, to draw
conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the
reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those
impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or
stocks.
Description of Sound Sources
This section contains a brief technical background on sound, on the
characteristics of certain sound types, and on metrics used in this
proposal inasmuch as the information is relevant to the specified
activity and to a discussion of the potential effects of the specified
activity on marine mammals found later in this document. For general
information on sound and its interaction with the marine environment,
please see, e.g., Au and Hastings (2008); Richardson et al. (1995);
Urick (1983).
Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are
frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number
of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and
is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is the
distance between two peaks or corresponding points of a sound wave
(length of one cycle). Higher frequency sounds have shorter wavelengths
than lower frequency sounds, and typically attenuate (decrease) more
rapidly, except in certain cases in shallower water. Amplitude is the
height of the sound pressure wave or the ``loudness'' of a sound and is
typically described using the relative unit of the decibel (dB). A
sound pressure level (SPL) in dB is described as the ratio between a
measured pressure and a reference pressure (for underwater sound, this
is 1 microPascal ([mu]Pa)), and is a logarithmic unit that accounts for
large variations in amplitude; therefore, a relatively small change in
dB corresponds to large changes in sound pressure. The source level
(SL) represents the SPL referenced at a distance of 1 m from the source
(referenced to 1 [mu]Pa), while the received level is the SPL at the
listener's position (referenced to 1 [mu]Pa).
Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over
the duration of an impulse. Root mean square is calculated by squaring
all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the
square root of the average (Urick, 1983). Root mean square accounts for
both positive and negative values; squaring the pressures makes all
values positive so that they may be accounted for in the summation of
pressure levels (Hastings and Popper, 2005). This measurement is often
used in the context of discussing behavioral effects, in part because
behavioral effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be
better expressed through averaged units than by peak pressures.
Sound exposure level (SEL; represented as dB re 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s)
represents the total energy in a stated frequency band over a stated
time interval or event, and considers both intensity and duration of
exposure. The per-pulse SEL is calculated over the time window
containing the entire pulse (i.e., 100 percent of the acoustic energy).
SEL is a cumulative metric; it can be accumulated over a single pulse,
or calculated over periods containing multiple pulses. Cumulative SEL
represents the total energy accumulated by a receiver over a defined
time window or during an event. Peak sound pressure (also referred to
as zero-to-peak sound pressure or 0-pk) is the maximum instantaneous
sound pressure
[[Page 18356]]
measurable in the water at a specified distance from the source, and is
represented in the same units as the rms sound pressure.
When underwater objects vibrate or activity occurs, sound-pressure
waves are created. These waves alternately compress and decompress the
water as the sound wave travels. Underwater sound waves radiate in a
manner similar to ripples on the surface of a pond and may be either
directed in a beam or beams or may radiate in all directions
(omnidirectional sources), as is the case for sound produced by the
pile driving activity considered here. The compressions and
decompressions associated with sound waves are detected as changes in
pressure by aquatic life and man-made sound receptors such as
hydrophones.
Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the
underwater environment is typically loud due to ambient sound, which is
defined as environmental background sound levels lacking a single
source or point (Richardson et al., 1995). The sound level of a region
is defined by the total acoustical energy being generated by known and
unknown sources. These sources may include physical (e.g., wind and
waves, earthquakes, ice, atmospheric sound), biological (e.g., sounds
produced by marine mammals, fish, and invertebrates), and anthropogenic
(e.g., vessels, dredging, construction) sound. A number of sources
contribute to ambient sound, including wind and waves, which are a main
source of naturally occurring ambient sound for frequencies between 200
hertz (Hz) and 50 kilohertz (kHz) (Mitson, 1995). In general, ambient
sound levels tend to increase with increasing wind speed and wave
height. Precipitation can become an important component of total sound
at frequencies above 500 Hz, and possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet
times. Marine mammals can contribute significantly to ambient sound
levels, as can some fish and snapping shrimp. The frequency band for
biological contributions is from approximately 12 Hz to over 100 kHz.
Sources of ambient sound related to human activity include
transportation (surface vessels), dredging and construction, oil and
gas drilling and production, geophysical surveys, sonar, and
explosions. Vessel noise typically dominates the total ambient sound
for frequencies between 20 and 300 Hz. In general, the frequencies of
anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz and, if higher frequency sound
levels are created, they attenuate rapidly.
The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources that
comprise ambient sound at any given location and time depends not only
on the source levels (as determined by current weather conditions and
levels of biological and human activity) but also on the ability of
sound to propagate through the environment. In turn, sound propagation
is dependent on the spatially and temporally varying properties of the
water column and sea floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a result of
the dependence on a large number of varying factors, ambient sound
levels can be expected to vary widely over both coarse and fine spatial
and temporal scales. Sound levels at a given frequency and location can
vary by 10-20 decibels (dB) from day to day (Richardson et al., 1995).
The result is that, depending on the source type and its intensity,
sound from the specified activity may be a negligible addition to the
local environment or could form a distinctive signal that may affect
marine mammals. Underwater ambient sound in the Atlantic Ocean south of
Massachusetts is comprised of sounds produced by a number of natural
and anthropogenic sources. Human-generated sound is a significant
contributor to the ambient acoustic environment in the project
location. Details of source types are described in the following text.
Sounds are often considered to fall into one of two general types:
Pulsed and non-pulsed (defined in the following). The distinction
between these two sound types is important because they have differing
potential to cause physical effects, particularly with regard to
hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in Southall et al., 2007). Please see
Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth discussion of these concepts.
The distinction between these two sound types is not always obvious, as
certain signals share properties of both pulsed and non-pulsed sounds.
A signal near a source could be categorized as a pulse, but due to
propagation effects as it moves farther from the source, the signal
duration becomes longer (e.g., Greene and Richardson, 1988).
Pulsed sound sources (e.g., airguns, explosions, gunshots, sonic
booms, impact pile driving) produce signals that are brief (typically
considered to be less than one second), broadband, atonal transients
(ANSI, 1986, 2005; Harris, 1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003) and occur
either as isolated events or repeated in some succession. Pulsed sounds
are all characterized by a relatively rapid rise from ambient pressure
to a maximal pressure value followed by a rapid decay period that may
include a period of diminishing, oscillating maximal and minimal
pressures, and generally have an increased capacity to induce physical
injury as compared with sounds that lack these features.
Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal, narrowband, or broadband, brief or
prolonged, and may be either continuous or intermittent (ANSI, 1995;
NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-pulsed sounds can be transient signals
of short duration but without the essential properties of pulses (e.g.,
rapid rise time). Examples of non-pulsed sounds include those produced
by vessels, aircraft, machinery operations such as drilling or
dredging, vibratory pile driving, and active sonar systems. The
duration of such sounds, as received at a distance, can be greatly
extended in a highly reverberant environment.
The impulsive sound generated by impact hammers is characterized by
rapid rise times and high peak levels. Vibratory hammers produce non-
impulsive, continuous noise at levels significantly lower than those
produced by impact hammers. Rise time is slower, reducing the
probability and severity of injury, and sound energy is distributed
over a greater amount of time (e.g., Nedwell and Edwards, 2002; Carlson
et al., 2005).
Acoustic Effects
We previously provided general background information on marine
mammal hearing (see ``Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the
Specified Activity''). Here, we discuss the potential effects of sound
on marine mammals.
Potential Effects of Underwater Sound--Note that, in the following
discussion, we refer in many cases to a review article concerning
studies of noise-induced hearing loss conducted from 1996-2015 (i.e.,
Finneran, 2015). For study-specific citations, please see that work.
Anthropogenic sounds cover a broad range of frequencies and sound
levels and can have a range of highly variable impacts on marine life,
from none or minor to potentially severe responses, depending on
received levels, duration of exposure, behavioral context, and various
other factors. The potential effects of underwater sound from active
acoustic sources can potentially result in one or more of the
following: temporary or permanent hearing impairment, non-auditory
physical or physiological effects, behavioral disturbance, stress, and
masking (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al.,
2007; Southall et al., 2007; G[ouml]tz et al., 2009). The degree of
effect is intrinsically related to the signal
[[Page 18357]]
characteristics, received level, distance from the source, and duration
of the sound exposure. In general, sudden, high level sounds can cause
hearing loss, as can longer exposures to lower level sounds. Temporary
or permanent loss of hearing will occur almost exclusively for noise
within an animal's hearing range. We first describe specific
manifestations of acoustic effects before providing discussion specific
to pile driving.
Richardson et al. (1995) described zones of increasing intensity of
effect that might be expected to occur, in relation to distance from a
source and assuming that the signal is within an animal's hearing
range. First is the area within which the acoustic signal would be
audible (potentially perceived) to the animal but not strong enough to
elicit any overt behavioral or physiological response. The next zone
corresponds with the area where the signal is audible to the animal and
of sufficient intensity to elicit behavioral or physiological
responsiveness. Third is a zone within which, for signals of high
intensity, the received level is sufficient to potentially cause
discomfort or tissue damage to auditory or other systems. Overlaying
these zones to a certain extent is the area within which masking (i.e.,
when a sound interferes with or masks the ability of an animal to
detect a signal of interest that is above the absolute hearing
threshold) may occur; the masking zone may be highly variable in size.
We describe the more severe effects (i.e., certain non-auditory
physical or physiological effects) only briefly as we do not expect
that there is a reasonable likelihood that pile driving may result in
such effects (see below for further discussion). Potential effects from
impulsive sound sources can range in severity from effects such as
behavioral disturbance or tactile perception to physical discomfort,
slight injury of the internal organs and the auditory system, or
mortality (Yelverton et al., 1973). Non-auditory physiological effects
or injuries that theoretically might occur in marine mammals exposed to
high level underwater sound or as a secondary effect of extreme
behavioral reactions (e.g., change in dive profile as a result of an
avoidance reaction) caused by exposure to sound include neurological
effects, bubble formation, resonance effects, and other types of organ
or tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall et al., 2007; Zimmer and
Tyack, 2007; Tal et al., 2015). The construction activities considered
here do not involve the use of devices such as explosives or mid-
frequency tactical sonar that are associated with these types of
effects.
Threshold Shift--Marine mammals exposed to high-intensity sound, or
to lower-intensity sound for prolonged periods, can experience hearing
threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of hearing sensitivity at
certain frequency ranges (Finneran, 2015). TS can be permanent (PTS),
in which case the loss of hearing sensitivity is not fully recoverable,
or temporary (TTS), in which case the animal's hearing threshold would
recover over time (Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound exposure that
leads to TTS could cause PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can be
total or partial deafness, while in most cases the animal has an
impaired ability to hear sounds in specific frequency ranges (Kryter,
1985).
When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in
the ear (i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS represents primarily tissue
fatigue and is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In addition, other
investigators have suggested that TTS is within the normal bounds of
physiological variability and tolerance and does not represent physical
injury (e.g., Ward, 1997). Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS to
constitute auditory injury.
Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied
in marine mammals, and there is no PTS data for cetaceans, but such
relationships are assumed to be similar to those in humans and other
terrestrial mammals. PTS typically occurs at exposure levels at least
several decibels above (a 40-dB threshold shift approximates PTS onset;
e.g., Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing mild TTS (a 6-dB
threshold shift approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall et al., 2007).
Based on data from terrestrial mammals, a precautionary assumption is
that the PTS thresholds for impulse sounds (such as impact pile driving
pulses as received close to the source) are at least 6 dB higher than
the TTS threshold on a peak-pressure basis and PTS cumulative sound
exposure level thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher than TTS cumulative
sound exposure level thresholds (Southall et al., 2007). Given the
higher level of sound or longer exposure duration necessary to cause
PTS as compared with TTS, it is considerably less likely that PTS could
occur.
TTS is the mildest form of hearing impairment that can occur during
exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While experiencing TTS, the hearing
threshold rises, and a sound must be at a higher level in order to be
heard. In terrestrial and marine mammals, TTS can last from minutes or
hours to days (in cases of strong TTS). In many cases, hearing
sensitivity recovers rapidly after exposure to the sound ends. Few data
on sound levels and durations necessary to elicit mild TTS have been
obtained for marine mammals.
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to
serious. For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily compensate
for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency
range that occurs during a time where ambient noise is lower and there
are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during time when
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could
have more serious impacts.
Currently, TTS data only exist for four species of cetaceans
(bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale (Delphinapterus leucas), harbor
porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise (Neophocoena asiaeorientalis))
and three species of pinnipeds (northern elephant seal (Mirounga
angustirostris), harbor seal, and California sea lion (Zalophus
californianus)) exposed to a limited number of sound sources (i.e.,
mostly tones and octave-band noise) in laboratory settings (Finneran,
2015). TTS was not observed in trained spotted (Phoca largha) and
ringed (Pusa hispida) seals exposed to impulsive noise at levels
matching previous predictions of TTS onset (Reichmuth et al., 2016). In
general, harbor seals and harbor porpoises have a lower TTS onset than
other measured pinniped or cetacean species (Finneran, 2015).
Additionally, the existing marine mammal TTS data come from a limited
number of individuals within these species. There are no data available
on noise-induced hearing loss for mysticetes. For summaries of data on
TTS in marine mammals or for further discussion of TTS onset
thresholds, please see Southall et al. (2007), Finneran and Jenkins
(2012), Finneran (2015), and NMFS (2018).
Behavioral Effects--Behavioral disturbance may include a variety of
effects, including subtle changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief
avoidance of an area or changes in vocalizations), more conspicuous
changes in similar
[[Page 18358]]
behavioral activities, and more sustained and/or potentially severe
reactions, such as displacement from or abandonment of high-quality
habitat. Behavioral responses to sound are highly variable and context-
specific and any reactions depend on numerous intrinsic and extrinsic
factors (e.g., species, state of maturity, experience, current
activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity, time of day), as
well as the interplay between factors (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995;
Wartzok et al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart, 2007; Archer et
al., 2010). Behavioral reactions can vary not only among individuals
but also within an individual, depending on previous experience with a
sound source, context, and numerous other factors (Ellison et al.,
2012), and can vary depending on characteristics associated with the
sound source (e.g., whether it is moving or stationary, number of
sources, distance from the source). Please see Appendices B-C of
Southall et al. (2007) for a review of studies involving marine mammal
behavioral responses to sound.
Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated
events (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most likely to habituate to
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor
beneficial,'' rather than as, more generally, moderation in response to
human disturbance (Bejder et al., 2009). The opposite process is
sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent
responses, often in the form of avoidance, at a lower level of
exposure. As noted, behavioral state may affect the type of response.
For example, animals that are resting may show greater behavioral
change in response to disturbing sound levels than animals that are
highly motivated to remain in an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003). Controlled experiments with
captive marine mammals have showed pronounced behavioral reactions,
including avoidance of loud sound sources (Ridgway et al., 1997;
Finneran et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild marine mammals to
loud pulsed sound sources (typically airguns or acoustic harassment
devices) have been varied but often consist of avoidance behavior or
other behavioral changes suggesting discomfort (Morton and Symonds,
2002; see also Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007). However,
many delphinids approach low-frequency airgun source vessels with no
apparent discomfort or obvious behavioral change (e.g., Barkaszi et
al., 2012), indicating the importance of frequency output in relation
to the species' hearing sensitivity.
Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving
the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater
sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts
of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let
alone the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces
marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a
prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be
significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,
2005). However, there are broad categories of potential response, which
we describe in greater detail here, that include alteration of dive
behavior, alteration of foraging behavior, effects to breathing,
interference with or alteration of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
Changes in dive behavior can vary widely and may consist of
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel
and Clark, 2000; Costa et al., 2003; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et
al., 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a, 2013b). Variations in dive behavior
may reflect interruptions in biologically significant activities (e.g.,
foraging) or they may be of little biological significance. The impact
of an alteration to dive behavior resulting from an acoustic exposure
depends on what the animal is doing at the time of the exposure and the
type and magnitude of the response.
Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with
anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed
displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al.,
2001; Nowacek et al., 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et al.,
2007). A determination of whether foraging disruptions incur fitness
consequences would require information on or estimates of the energetic
requirements of the affected individuals and the relationship between
prey availability, foraging effort and success, and the life history
stage of the animal.
Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute
stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may
either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and
signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in
understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise
when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic
sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005, 2006; Gailey et
al., 2007; Gailey et al., 2016).
Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased
vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of
potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have
been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller et al.,
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004), while right whales
have been observed to shift the frequency content of their calls upward
while reducing the rate of calling in areas of increased anthropogenic
noise (Parks et al., 2007). In some cases, animals may cease sound
production during production of aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or
migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other
stressors, and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance
in marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For example, gray whales
are known to change direction--deflecting from customary migratory
paths--in order to avoid noise from airgun surveys (Malme et al.,
1984). Avoidance may be short-term, with animals returning to the area
once the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Goold, 1996;
Stone et al., 2000;
[[Page 18359]]
Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et al., 2007). Longer-term
displacement is possible, however, which may lead to changes in
abundance or distribution patterns of the affected species in the
affected region if habituation to the presence of the sound does not
occur (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann et
al., 2006).
A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, rate of
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor and
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight response could range from
brief, temporary exertion and displacement from the area where the
signal provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine mammal strandings
(Evans and England, 2001). However, it should be noted that response to
a perceived predator does not necessarily invoke flight (Ford and
Reeves, 2008), and whether individuals are solitary or in groups may
influence the response.
Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more
subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to
diversion of focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of
increased vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to
other critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects
have generally not been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies
involving fish and terrestrial animals have shown that increased
vigilance may substantially reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp and
Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002; Purser and Radford, 2011). In
addition, chronic disturbance can cause population declines through
reduction of fitness (e.g., decline in body condition) and subsequent
reduction in reproductive success, survival, or both (e.g., Harrington
and Veitch, 1992; Daan et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However,
Ridgway et al. (2006) reported that increased vigilance in bottlenose
dolphins exposed to sound over a five-day period did not cause any
sleep deprivation or stress effects.
Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting,
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption
of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound
exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007).
Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than one day and not
recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly severe
unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival (Southall et
al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-day
substantive behavioral reactions and multi-day anthropogenic
activities. For example, just because an activity lasts for multiple
days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are either
exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or, further,
exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day substantive
behavioral responses.
Stress Responses--An animal's perception of a threat may be
sufficient to trigger stress responses consisting of some combination
of behavioral responses, autonomic nervous system responses,
neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an animal's first and sometimes most
economical (in terms of energetic costs) response is behavioral
avoidance of the potential stressor. Autonomic nervous system responses
to stress typically involve changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and
gastrointestinal activity. These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a significant long-term effect on an
animal's fitness.
Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-
pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that
are affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction,
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been
implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance (e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha,
2000). Increases in the circulation of glucocorticoids are also equated
with stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does
not normally place an animal at risk) and ``distress'' is the cost of
the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores
that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such
circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response,
energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of
distress will last until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves
sufficient to restore normal function.
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well studied through
controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003;
Krausman et al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress responses due to
exposure to anthropogenic sounds or other stressors and their effects
on marine mammals have also been reviewed (Fair and Becker, 2000;
Romano et al., 2002b) and, more rarely, studied in wild populations
(e.g., Romano et al., 2002a). For example, Rolland et al., (2012) found
that noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right whales. These
and other studies lead to a reasonable expectation that some marine
mammals will experience physiological stress responses upon exposure to
acoustic stressors and that it is possible that some of these would be
classified as ``distress.'' In addition, any animal experiencing TTS
would likely also experience stress responses (NRC, 2003).
Auditory Masking--Sound can disrupt behavior through masking, or
interfering with, an animal's ability to detect, recognize, or
discriminate between acoustic signals of interest (e.g., those used for
intraspecific communication and social interactions, prey detection,
predator avoidance, navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995; Erbe et al.,
2016). Masking occurs when the receipt of a sound is interfered with by
another coincident sound at similar frequencies and at similar or
higher intensity, and may occur whether the sound is natural (e.g.,
snapping shrimp, wind, waves, precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g.,
shipping, sonar, seismic exploration) in origin. The ability of a noise
source to mask biologically important sounds depends on the
characteristics of both the noise source and the signal of interest
(e.g., signal-to-noise ratio, temporal variability, direction), in
relation to each other and to an animal's hearing abilities (e.g.,
sensitivity, frequency range, critical ratios, frequency
discrimination, directional discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),
and existing ambient noise and propagation conditions.
Under certain circumstances, marine mammals experiencing
significant masking could also be impaired from maximizing their
performance fitness in survival and reproduction. Therefore,
[[Page 18360]]
when the coincident (masking) sound is man-made, it may be considered
harassment if disrupting behavioral patterns. It is important to
distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist after the sound exposure, from
masking, which occurs during the sound exposure. Because masking
(without resulting in TS) is not associated with abnormal physiological
function, it is not considered a physiological effect, but rather a
potential behavioral effect.
The frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important
in determining any potential behavioral impacts. For example, low-
frequency signals may have less effect on high-frequency echolocation
sounds produced by odontocetes but are more likely to affect detection
of mysticete communication calls and other potentially important
natural sounds such as those produced by surf and some prey species.
The masking of communication signals by anthropogenic noise may be
considered as a reduction in the communication space of animals (e.g.,
Clark et al., 2009) and may result in energetic or other costs as
animals change their vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al., 2000;
Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt
et al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in situations where the signal
and noise come from different directions (Richardson et al., 1995),
through amplitude modulation of the signal, or through other
compensatory behaviors (Houser and Moore, 2014). Masking can be tested
directly in captive species (e.g., Erbe, 2008), but in wild populations
it must be either modeled or inferred from evidence of masking
compensation. There are few studies addressing real-world masking
sounds likely to be experienced by marine mammals in the wild (e.g.,
Branstetter et al., 2013).
Masking affects both senders and receivers of acoustic signals and
can potentially have long-term chronic effects on marine mammals at the
population level as well as at the individual level. Low-frequency
ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than
three times in terms of SPL) in the world's ocean from pre-industrial
periods, with most of the increase from distant commercial shipping
(Hildebrand, 2009). All anthropogenic sound sources, but especially
chronic and lower-frequency signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),
contribute to elevated ambient sound levels, thus intensifying masking.
Potential Effects of the Specified Activity--As described
previously (see ``Description of Active Acoustic Sound Sources''),
Vineyard Wind proposes to conduct pile driving in the WDA. The effects
of pile driving on marine mammals are dependent on several factors,
including the size, type, and depth of the animal; the depth,
intensity, and duration of the pile driving sound; the depth of the
water column; the substrate of the habitat; the distance between the
pile and the animal; and the sound propagation properties of the
environment.
Noise generated by impact pile driving consists of regular, pulsed
sounds of short duration. These pulsed sounds are typically high energy
with fast rise times. Exposure to these sounds may result in harassment
depending on proximity to the sound source and a variety of
environmental and biological conditions (Dahl et al., 2015; Nedwell et
al., 2007). Illingworth & Rodkin (2007) measured an unattenuated sound
pressure within 10 m (33 ft) at a peak of 220 dB re 1 [mu]Pa for a 2.4
m (96 in) steel pile driven by an impact hammer, and Brandt et al.
(2011) found that for a pile driven in a Danish wind farm in the North
Sea, the peak pressure at 720 m (0.4 nm) from the source was 196 dB re
1 [mu]Pa. Studies of underwater sound from pile driving finds that most
of the acoustic energy is below one to two kHz, with broadband sound
energy near the source (40 Hz to >40 kHz) and only low-frequency energy
(<~400 Hz) at longer ranges (Bailey et al., 2010; Erbe, 2009;
Illingworth & Rodkin, 2007). There is typically a decrease in sound
pressure and an increase in pulse duration the greater the distance
from the noise source (Bailey et al., 2010). Maximum noise levels from
pile driving usually occur during the last stage of driving each pile
where the highest hammer energy levels are used (Betke, 2008).
Available information on impacts to marine mammals from pile
driving associated with offshore wind is limited to information on
harbor porpoises and seals, as the vast majority of this research has
occurred at European offshore wind projects where large whales are
uncommon. Harbor porpoises, one of the most behaviorally sensitive
cetaceans, have received particular attention in European waters due to
their protection under the European Union Habitats Directive (EU 1992,
Annex IV) and the threats they face as a result of fisheries bycatch.
Brandt et al. (2016) summarized the effects of the construction of
eight offshore wind projects within the German North Sea between 2009
and 2013 on harbor porpoises, combining PAM data from 2010-2013 and
aerial surveys from 2009-2013 with data on noise levels associated with
pile driving. Baseline analyses were conducted initially to identify
the seasonal distribution of porpoises in different geographic
subareas. Results of the analysis revealed significant declines in
porpoise detections during pile driving when compared to 25-48 hours
before pile driving began, with the magnitude of decline during pile
driving clearly decreasing with increasing distances to the
construction site. During the majority of projects significant declines
in detections (by at least 20 percent) were found within at least 5-10
km of the pile driving site, with declines at up to 20-30 km of the
pile driving site documented in some cases. Such differences between
responses at the different projects could not be explained by
differences in noise levels alone and may be associated instead with a
relatively high quality of feeding habitat and a lower motivation of
porpoises to leave the noise impacted area in certain locations, though
the authors were unable to determine exact reasons for the apparent
differences. There were no indications for a population decline of
harbor porpoises over the five year study period based on analyses of
daily PAM data and aerial survey data at a larger scale (Brandt et al.,
2016). Despite extensive construction activities over the study period
and an increase in these activities over time, there was no long-term
negative trend in acoustic porpoise detections or densities within any
of the subareas studied. In some areas, PAM data even detected a
positive trend from 2010 to 2013. Even though clear negative short-term
effects (1-2 days in duration) of offshore wind farm construction were
found (based on acoustic porpoise detections), the authors found no
indication that harbor porpoises within the German Bight were
negatively affected by wind farm construction at the population level
(Brandt et al., 2016).
Monitoring of harbor porpoises before and after construction at the
Egmond aan Zee offshore wind project in the Dutch North Sea showed that
more porpoises were found in the wind project area compared to two
reference areas post-construction, leading the authors to conclude that
this effect was linked to the presence of the wind project, likely due
to increased food availability as well as the exclusion of fisheries
and reduced vessel traffic in the wind project (Lindeboom et al.,
2013). The available literature indicates harbor porpoise avoidance of
pile driving at offshore wind projects has occurred during the
construction phase.
[[Page 18361]]
Where long term monitoring has been conducted, harbor porpoises have
re-populated the wind farm areas after construction ceased, with the
time it takes to re-populate the area varying somewhat, indicating that
while there are short-term impacts to porpoises during construction,
population-level or long-term impacts are unlikely.
Harbor seals are also a particularly behaviorally sensitive
species. A harbor seal telemetry study off the East coast of England
found that seal abundance was significantly reduced up to 25 km from
WTG pile driving during construction, but found no significant
displacement resulted from construction overall as the seals'
distribution was consistent with the non-piling scenario within two
hours of cessation of pile driving (Russell et al., 2016). Based on two
years of monitoring at the Egmond aan Zee offshore wind project in the
Dutch North Sea, satellite telemetry, while inconclusive, seemed to
show that harbor seals avoided an area up to 40 km from the
construction site during pile driving, though the seals were documented
inside the wind farm after construction ended, indicating any avoidance
was temporary (Lindeboom et al., 2013).
Taken as a whole, the available literature suggests harbor seals
and harbor porpoises have shown avoidance of pile driving at offshore
wind projects during the construction phase in some instances, with the
duration of avoidance varying greatly, and with re-population of the
area generally occurring post-construction. The literature suggests
that marine mammal responses to pile driving in the offshore
environment are not predictable and may be context-dependent. It should
also be noted that the only studies available on marine mammal
responses to offshore wind-related pile driving have focused on species
which are known to be more behaviorally sensitive to auditory stimuli
than the other species that occur in the project area. Therefore, the
documented behavioral responses of harbor porpoises and harbor seals to
pile driving in Europe should be considered as a worst case scenario in
terms of the potential responses among all marine mammals to offshore
pile driving, and these responses cannot reliably predict the responses
that will occur in other species.
The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic sound
depends on both external factors (characteristics of sound sources and
their paths) and the specific characteristics of the receiving animals
(hearing, motivation, experience, demography) and is difficult to
predict (Southall et al., 2007). It is possible that the onset of pile
driving could result in temporary, short-term changes in an animal's
typical behavioral patterns and/or temporary avoidance of the affected
area. These behavioral changes may include (Richardson et al., 1995):
Changing durations of surfacing and dives, number of blows per
surfacing, or moving direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal
activities; changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities (such
as socializing or feeding); visible startle response or aggressive
behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where sound sources are located; and/or flight responses. The
biological significance of many of these behavioral disturbances is
difficult to predict, especially if the detected disturbances appear
minor. However, the consequences of behavioral modification could be
expected to be biologically significant if the change affects growth,
survival, or reproduction. Significant behavioral modifications that
could lead to effects on growth, survival, or reproduction, such as
drastic changes in diving/surfacing patterns or significant habitat
abandonment are considered extremely unlikely in the case of the
proposed project, as it is expected that mitigation measures, including
clearance zones and soft start (described in detail below, see
``Proposed Mitigation Measures'') will minimize the potential for
marine mammals to be exposed to sound levels that would result in more
extreme behavioral responses. In addition, marine mammals in the
project area are expected to avoid any area that would be ensonified at
sound levels high enough for the potential to result in more severe
acute behavioral responses, as the offshore environment would allow
marine mammals the ability to freely move to other areas without
restriction.
In the case of pile driving, sound sources would be active for
relatively short durations, with relation to potential for masking. The
frequencies output by pile driving activity are lower than those used
by most species expected to be regularly present for communication or
foraging. Those species who would be more susceptible to masking at
these frequencies (LF cetaceans) use the area only seasonally. We
expect insignificant impacts from masking, and any masking event that
could possibly rise to Level B harassment under the MMPA would occur
concurrently within the zones of behavioral harassment already
estimated for impact pile driving, and which have already been taken
into account in the exposure analysis.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat
The proposed activities would result in the placement of permanent
structures (i.e., WTGs) in the marine environment. Based on the best
available information, the long-term presence of the WTGs is not
expected to have negative impacts on habitats used by marine mammals,
and may ultimately have beneficial impacts on those habitats as a
result of increased presence of prey species in the project area due to
the WTGs acting as artificial reefs (Russell et al., 2014). The
proposed activities may have potential short-term impacts to food
sources such as forage fish. The proposed activities could also affect
acoustic habitat (see masking discussion above), but meaningful impacts
are unlikely. There are no known foraging hotspots, or other ocean
bottom structures of significant biological importance to marine
mammals present in the project area. Therefore, the main impact issue
associated with the proposed activity would be temporarily elevated
sound levels and the associated direct effects on marine mammals, as
discussed previously. The most likely impact to marine mammal habitat
occurs from pile driving effects on likely marine mammal prey (e.g.,
fish). Impacts to the immediate substrate during installation of piles
are anticipated, but these would be limited to minor, temporary
suspension of sediments, which could impact water quality and
visibility for a short amount of time, but which would not be expected
to have any effects on individual marine mammals. Impacts to substrate
are therefore not discussed further.
Effects to Prey--Sound may affect marine mammals through impacts on
the abundance, behavior, or distribution of prey species (e.g.,
crustaceans, cephalopods, fish, zooplankton). Marine mammal prey varies
by species, season, and location and, for some, is not well documented.
Here, we describe studies regarding the effects of noise on known
marine mammal prey.
Fish utilize the soundscape and components of sound in their
environment to perform important functions such as foraging, predator
avoidance, mating, and spawning (e.g., Zelick et al., 1999; Fay, 2009).
Depending on their hearing anatomy and peripheral sensory structures,
which vary among species, fishes hear sounds using pressure and
particle motion sensitivity capabilities and
[[Page 18362]]
detect the motion of surrounding water (Fay et al., 2008). The
potential effects of noise on fishes depends on the overlapping
frequency range, distance from the sound source, water depth of
exposure, and species-specific hearing sensitivity, anatomy, and
physiology. Key impacts to fishes may include behavioral responses,
hearing damage, barotrauma (pressure-related injuries), and mortality.
Fish react to sounds which are especially strong and/or
intermittent low-frequency sounds, and behavioral responses such as
flight or avoidance are the most likely effects. Short duration, sharp
sounds can cause overt or subtle changes in fish behavior and local
distribution. The reaction of fish to noise depends on the
physiological state of the fish, past exposures, motivation (e.g.,
feeding, spawning, migration), and other environmental factors.
Hastings and Popper (2005) identified several studies that suggest fish
may relocate to avoid certain areas of sound energy. Additional studies
have documented effects of pile driving on fish, although several are
based on studies in support of large, multiyear bridge construction
projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan, 2001, 2002; Popper and Hastings,
2009). Several studies have demonstrated that impulse sounds might
affect the distribution and behavior of some fishes, potentially
impacting foraging opportunities or increasing energetic costs (e.g.,
Fewtrell and McCauley, 2012; Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al.,
1992; Santulli et al., 1999; Paxton et al., 2017). However, some
studies have shown no or slight reaction to impulse sounds (e.g., Pena
et al., 2013; Wardle et al., 2001; Jorgenson and Gyselman, 2009; Cott
et al., 2012). More commonly, though, the impacts of noise on fish are
temporary.
SPLs of sufficient strength have been known to cause injury to fish
and fish mortality. However, in most fish species, hair cells in the
ear continuously regenerate and loss of auditory function likely is
restored when damaged cells are replaced with new cells. Halvorsen et
al., (2012a) showed that a TTS of 4-6 dB was recoverable within 24
hours for one species. Impacts would be most severe when the individual
fish is close to the source and when the duration of exposure is long.
Injury caused by barotrauma can range from slight to severe and can
cause death, and is most likely for fish with swim bladders. Barotrauma
injuries have been documented during controlled exposure to impact pile
driving (Halvorsen et al., 2012b; Casper et al., 2013).
The most likely impact to fish from pile driving activities at the
project areas would be temporary behavioral avoidance of the area. The
duration of fish avoidance of an area after pile driving stops is
unknown, but a rapid return to normal recruitment, distribution and
behavior is anticipated. In general, impacts to marine mammal prey
species are expected to be minor and temporary due to the expected
short daily duration of individual pile driving events and the
relatively small areas being affected.
The area likely impacted by the activities is relatively small
compared to the available habitat in shelf waters in the region. Any
behavioral avoidance by fish of the disturbed area would still leave
significantly large areas of fish and marine mammal foraging habitat in
the nearby vicinity. Based on the information discussed herein, we
conclude that impacts of the specified activity are not likely to have
more than short-term adverse effects on any prey habitat or populations
of prey species. Further, any impacts to marine mammal habitat are not
expected to result in significant or long-term consequences for
individual marine mammals, or to contribute to adverse impacts on their
populations.
Estimated Take
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes
proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both
NMFS' consideration of ``small numbers'' and the negligible impact
determination.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent
here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance, which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns,
including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would primarily be by Level B harassment, as noise
from pile driving has the potential to result in disruption of
behavioral patterns for individual marine mammals. There is also some
potential for auditory injury (Level A harassment) to result. The
proposed mitigation and monitoring measures are expected to minimize
the severity of such taking to the extent practicable.
As described previously, no mortality is anticipated or proposed to
be authorized for this activity. Below we describe how the take is
estimated.
Generally speaking, we estimate take by considering: (1) Acoustic
thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available science
indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur some
degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of water
that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the density or
occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; and, (4)
and the number of days of activities. We note that while these basic
factors can contribute to a basic calculation to provide an initial
prediction of takes, additional information that can qualitatively
inform take estimates is also sometimes available (e.g., previous
monitoring results or average group size). Below, we describe the
factors considered here in more detail and present the proposed take
estimate.
Acoustic Thresholds
Using the best available science, NMFS has developed acoustic
thresholds that identify the received level of underwater sound above
which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably expected to be
behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or to incur PTS
of some degree (equated to Level A harassment).
Level B Harassment--Though significantly driven by received level,
the onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise exposure
is also informed to varying degrees by other factors related to the
source (e.g., frequency, predictability, duty cycle), the environment
(e.g., bathymetry), and the receiving animals (hearing, motivation,
experience, demography, behavioral context) and can be difficult to
predict (Southall et al., 2007, Ellison et al., 2012). Based on what
the available science indicates and the practical need to use a
threshold based on a factor that is both predictable and measurable for
most activities, NMFS uses a generalized acoustic threshold based on
received level to estimate the onset of behavioral harassment. NMFS
predicts that marine mammals are likely to be behaviorally harassed in
a manner we consider Level B harassment when exposed to underwater
anthropogenic noise above received levels of 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms)
for impulsive and/or intermittent sources (e.g., impact pile driving).
Level A harassment--NMFS' Technical Guidance for Assessing the
Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on
[[Page 18363]]
Marine Mammal Hearing (Version 2.0) (Technical Guidance, 2018)
identifies dual criteria to assess auditory injury (Level A harassment)
to five different marine mammal groups (based on hearing sensitivity)
as a result of exposure to noise from two different types of sources
(impulsive or non-impulsive). The components of Vineyard Wind's
proposed activity that may result in the take of marine mammals include
the use of impulsive sources.
These thresholds are provided in Table 4. The references, analysis,
and methodology used in the development of the thresholds are described
in NMFS 2018 Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at:
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-acoustic-technical-guidance.
Table 4--Thresholds Identifying the Onset of Permanent Threshold Shift
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PTS onset acoustic thresholds \*\ (received level)
Hearing group ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impulsive Non-impulsive
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans........... Cell 1: Lpk,flat: 219 dB; Cell 2: LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB.
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans........... Cell 3: Lpk,flat: 230 dB; Cell 4: LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB.
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans.......... Cell 5: Lpk,flat: 202 dB; Cell 6: LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB.
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater)..... Cell 7: Lpk,flat: 218 dB; Cell 8: LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB.
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater).... Cell 9: Lpk,flat: 232 dB; Cell 10: LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for
calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level
thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 [micro]Pa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE)
has a reference value of 1[micro]Pa\2\s. In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American
National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure is defined by ANSI as
incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript
``flat'' is being included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the
generalized hearing range. The subscript associated with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates
the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds)
and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level thresholds could
be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible,
it is valuable for action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be
exceeded.
Ensonified Area
Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the
activity that will feed into identifying the area ensonified above the
acoustic thresholds, which include source levels and transmission loss
coefficient.
As described above, Vineyard Wind is proposing to install up to 100
WTGs and up to two ESPs in the WDA (i.e., a maximum of 102
foundations). Two types of foundations may be used in the construction
of the project and were therefore considered in the acoustic modeling
study conducted to estimate the potential number of marine mammal
exposures above relevant harassment thresholds: Monopile foundations
varying in size with a maximum of 10.3 m (33.8 ft) diameter piles and
jacket-style foundations using three or four 3 m (9.8 ft) diameter
(pin) piles per foundation.
As described above, Vineyard Wind has incorporated more than one
design scenario in their planning of the project. This approach, called
the ``design envelope'' concept, allows for flexibility on the part of
the developer, in recognition of the fact that offshore wind technology
and installation techniques are constantly evolving and exact
specifications of the project are not yet certain as of the publishing
of this document. Variables that are not yet certain include the
number, size, and configuration of WTGs and ESPs and their foundations,
and the number of foundations that may be installed per day (a maximum
of two foundations would be installed per day).
In recognition of the need to ensure that the range of potential
impacts to marine mammals from the various potential scenarios within
the design envelope are accounted for, potential design scenarios were
modeled separately in order to conservatively assess the impacts of
each scenario. The two installation scenarios modeled are shown in
Table 5 and consist of:
(1) The ``maximum design'' consisting of ninety 10.3 m (33.8 ft)
WTG monopile foundations, 10 jacket foundations (i.e., 40 jacket
piles), and two jacket foundations for ESPs (i.e., eight jacket piles),
and
(2) The ``most likely design'' consisting of one hundred 10.3 m
(33.8 ft) WTG monopile foundations and two jacket foundations for ESPs
(i.e., eight jacket piles).
Table 5--Potential Construction Scenarios Modeled
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WTG monopiles WTG jacket ESP jacket
(pile size: foundations foundations Total number of Total number of
Design scenario 10.3 m (33.8 (pile size: 3 m (pile size: 3 m piles installation
ft)) (9.8 ft)) (9.8 ft)) locations
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum design..................................................... 90 10 2 138 102
Most likely design................................................. 100 0 2 108 102
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As Vineyard Wind may install either one or two monopiles per day,
both the ``maximum design'' and ``most likely design'' scenarios were
modeled assuming the installation of one foundation per day and two
foundations per day distributed across the same calendar period. No
more than one jacket would be installed per day thus one jacket
foundation per day (four piles) was assumed for both scenarios. No
concurrent pile driving (i.e., driving of more than one pile at a time)
would occur and therefore concurrent driving was not modeled. The pile-
driving
[[Page 18364]]
schedules for modeling were created based on the number of expected
suitable weather days available per month (based on weather criteria
determined by Vineyard Wind) in which pile driving may occur to better
understand when the majority of pile driving is likely to occur
throughout the year. The number of suitable weather days per month was
obtained from historical weather data. The modeled pile-driving
schedule for the Maximum Design scenario is shown in Table 2 of the IHA
application.
Piles for monopile foundations would be constructed for specific
locations with maximum diameters ranging from ~8 m (26.2 ft) up to
~10.3 m (33.8 ft) and an expected median diameter of ~9 m (29.5 ft).
The 10.3 m (33.8 ft) monopile foundation is the largest potential pile
diameter proposed for the project; while a smaller diameter pile may
ultimately end up being installed, 10.3 m represents the largest
potential diameter and was therefore used in modeling of monopile
installation to be conservative. Jacket foundations each require the
installation of three to four jacket securing piles, known as jacket
piles, of ~3 m (9.8 ft) diameter. All modeling assumed 10.3 m piles
would be used for monopiles and 3 m piles would be used for jacket
foundations (other specifications associated with monopiles and jacket
piles are shown in Table 1 above and Figures 2 and 3 in the IHA
application).
Representative hammering schedules of increasing hammer energy with
increasing penetration depth were modeled, resulting in, generally,
higher intensity sound fields as the hammer energy and penetration
increases. For both monopile and jacket structure models, the piles
were assumed to be vertical and driven to a penetration depth of 30 m
and 45 m, respectively. While pile penetrations across the site would
vary, these values were chosen as reasonable penetration depths. The
estimated number of strikes required to drive piles to completion were
obtained from drivability studies provided by Vineyard Wind. All
acoustic modeling was performed assuming that only one pile is driven
at a time.
Additional modeling assumptions for the monopiles were as follows:
1,030 cm steel cylindrical piling with wall thickness of
10 cm.
Impact pile driver: IHC S-4000 (4000 kJ rated energy; 1977
kN ram weight).
Helmet weight: 3234 kN.
Additional modeling assumptions for the jacket pile are as follows:
300 cm steel cylindrical pilings with wall thickness of 5
cm.
Impact pile driver: IHC S-2500 (2500 kJ rated energy; 1227
kN ram weight).
Helmet weight: 2401 kN.
Up to four jacket piles installed per day.
Sound fields produced during pile driving were modeled by first
characterizing the sound signal produced during pile driving using the
industry-standard GRLWEAP (wave equation analysis of pile driving)
model and JASCO Applied Sciences' (JASCO) Pile Driving Source Model
(PDSM).
Underwater sound propagation (i.e., transmission loss) as a
function of range from each source was modeled using JASCO's Marine
Operations Noise Model (MONM) for multiple propagation radials centered
at the source to yield 3D transmission loss fields in the surrounding
area. The MONM computes received per-pulse SEL for directional sources
at specified depths. MONM uses two separate models to estimate
transmission loss.
At frequencies less than 2 kHz, MONM computes acoustic propagation
via a wide-angle parabolic equation (PE) solution to the acoustic wave
equation based on a version of the U.S. Naval Research Laboratory's
Range-dependent Acoustic Model (RAM) modified to account for an elastic
seabed. MONM-RAM incorporates bathymetry, underwater sound speed as a
function of depth, and a geoacoustic profile based on seafloor
composition, and accounts for source horizontal directivity. The PE
method has been extensively benchmarked and is widely employed in the
underwater acoustics community, and MONM-RAM's predictions have been
validated against experimental data in several underwater acoustic
measurement programs conducted by JASCO. At frequencies greater than 2
kHz, MONM accounts for increased sound attenuation due to volume
absorption at higher frequencies with the widely used BELLHOP Gaussian
beam ray-trace propagation model. This component incorporates
bathymetry and underwater sound speed as a function of depth with a
simplified representation of the sea bottom, as subbottom layers have a
negligible influence on the propagation of acoustic waves with
frequencies above 1 kHz. MONM-BELLHOP accounts for horizontal
directivity of the source and vertical variation of the source beam
pattern. Both propagation models account for full exposure from a
direct acoustic wave, as well as exposure from acoustic wave
reflections and refractions (i.e., multi-path arrivals at the
receiver).
The sound field radiating from the pile was simulated using a
vertical array of point sources. Because sound itself is an oscillation
(vibration) of water particles, acoustic modeling of sound in the water
column is inherently an evaluation of vibration. For this study,
synthetic pressure waveforms were computed using FWRAM, which is
JASCO's acoustic propagation model capable of producing time-domain
waveforms.
Models are more efficient at estimating SEL than rms SPL.
Therefore, conversions may be necessary to derive the corresponding rms
SPL. Propagation was modeled for a subset of sites using a full-wave
RAM PE model (FWRAM), from which broadband SEL to SPL conversion
factors were calculated. The FWRAM required intensive calculation for
each site, thus a representative subset of modeling sites were used to
develop azimuth-, range-, and depth-dependent conversion factors. These
conversion factors were used to calculate the broadband rms SPL from
the broadband SEL prediction.
Two locations within the WDA were selected to provide
representative propagation and sound fields for the project area (see
Table 6). The two locations were selected to span the region from
shallow to deep water and varying distances to dominant bathymetric
features (i.e., slope and shelf break). Water depth and environmental
characteristics (e.g., bottom-type) are similar throughout the WDA
(Vineyard Wind, 2016), and therefore minimal difference was found in
sound propagation results for the two sites (see Appendix A of the IHA
application for further detail).
Table 6--Locations Used in Propagation Modeling
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location (UTM zone 19N)
Site -------------------------------- Water depth Sound sources modeled
Easting Northing (m)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P1............................................. 382452 4548026 38 Monopile, Jacketed pile.
[[Page 18365]]
P2............................................. 365240 4542200 46 Monopile, Jacketed pile.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated pile driving schedules were used to calculate the SEL
sound fields at different points in time during pile driving. The pile
driving schedule for monopiles is shown in Tables A-3 and A-4 in the
IHA application. For each hammer energy level, the pile penetration is
expected to be 20% of the total depth.
The sound propagation modeling incorporated site-specific
environmental data that describes the bathymetry, sound speed in the
water column, and seabed geoacoustics in the construction area. Sound
level estimates are calculated from three-dimensional sound fields and
then collapsed over depth to find the ranges to predetermined threshold
levels (see the IHA application; Appendix A.3.2). Contour maps (see the
IHA application; Appendix A.14) show the planar distribution of the
limits of the areas affected by levels that are higher than the
specific sound level thresholds.
The modeled source spectra are provided in Figures 11 and 12 of the
IHA application. For both pile diameters, the dominant energy is below
100 Hz. The source spectra of the 10.3 m (33.8 ft) pile installation
contain more energy at lower frequencies than for the smaller 3 m (9.8
ft) piles. Please see Appendix A of the IHA application for further
details on the modeling methodology.
Noise attenuation systems, such as bubble curtains, are sometimes
used to decrease the sound levels radiated from a source. Bubbles
create a local impedance change that acts as a barrier to sound
transmission. The size of the bubbles determines their effective
frequency band, with larger bubbles needed for lower frequencies. There
are a variety of bubble curtain systems, confined or unconfined
bubbles, and some with encapsulated bubbles or panels. Attenuation
levels also vary by type of system, frequency band, and location. Small
bubble curtains have been measured to reduce sound levels but effective
attenuation is highly dependent on depth of water, current, and
configuration and operation of the curtain (Austin, Denes, MacDonnell,
& Warner, 2016; Koschinski & L[uuml]demann, 2013). Bubble curtains vary
in terms of the sizes of the bubbles and those with larger bubbles tend
to perform a bit better and more reliably, particularly when deployed
with two separate rings (Bellmann, 2014; Koschinski & L[uuml]demann,
2013; Nehls, Rose, Diederichs, Bellmann, & Pehlke, 2016).
Encapsulated bubble systems (e.g., Hydro Sound Dampers (HSDs)), can
be effective within their targeted frequency ranges, e.g., 100-800 Hz,
and when used in conjunction with a bubble curtain appear to create the
greatest attenuation. The literature presents a wide array of observed
attenuation results for bubble curtains. The variability in attenuation
levels is the result of variation in design, as well as differences in
site conditions and difficulty in properly installing and operating in-
water attenuation devices. A California Department of Transportation
(CalTrans) study tested several systems and found that the best
attenuation systems resulted in 10-15 dB of attenuation (Buehler et
al., 2015). Similarly, D[auml]hne, Tougaard, Carstensen, Rose, and
Nabe-Nielsen (2017) found that single bubble curtains that reduced
sound levels by 7 to 10 dB reduced the overall sound level by ~12 dB
when combined as a double bubble curtain for 6 m steel monopiles in the
North Sea. In modeling the sound fields for the proposed project,
hypothetical broadband attenuation levels of 6 dB and 12 dB were
modeled to gauge the effects on the ranges to thresholds given these
levels of attenuation.
The updated acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds (such as pile
driving) contained in the Technical Guidance (NMFS, 2018) were
presented as dual metric acoustic thresholds using both
SELcum and peak sound pressure level metrics. As dual
metrics, NMFS considers onset of PTS (Level A harassment) to have
occurred when either one of the two metrics is exceeded (i.e., metric
resulting in the largest isopleth). The SELcum metric
considers both level and duration of exposure, as well as auditory
weighting functions by marine mammal hearing group.
Table 7 shows the modeled radial distances to the dual Level A
harassment thresholds using NMFS (2018) frequency weighting for marine
mammals, with 0, 6, and 12 dB sound attenuation incorporated. For the
peak level, the greatest distances expected are shown, typically
occurring at the highest hammer energies. The distances to SEL
thresholds were calculated using the hammer energy schedules for
driving one monopile or four jacket piles, as shown. The radial
distances shown in Table 7 are the maximum distances from the piles,
averaged between the two modeled locations.
Table 7--Radial Distances (m) to Level A Harassment Thresholds for Each Foundation Type With 0, 6, and 12 dB Sound Attenuation Incorporated
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A harassment (peak) Level A harassment (SEL)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Foundation type Hearing group 6 dB 12 dB 6 dB 12 dB
No attenuation attenuation attenuation No attenuation attenuation attenuation
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.3 m (33.8 ft) monopile......... LFC 34 17 8.5 5,443 3,191 1,599
MFC 10 5 2.5 56 43 0
HFC 235 119 49 101 71 71
PPW 38 19 10 450 153 71
Four, 3 m (9.8 ft) jacket piles... LFC 7.5 4 2.5 12,975 7,253 3,796
MFC 2.5 1 0.5 71 71 56
HFC 51 26 13.5 1,389 564 121
[[Page 18366]]
PPW 9 5 2.5 2,423 977 269
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Radial distances were modeled at two different representative modeling locations as described above. Distances shown represent the average of the two
modeled locations.
Table 8 shows the modeled radial distances to the Level B
harassment threshold with no attenuation, 6 dB and 12 dB sound
attenuation incorporated. Acoustic propagation was modeled at two
representative sites in the WDA as described above. The radial
distances shown in Table 8 are the maximum distance to the Level B
harassment threshold from the piles, averaged between the two modeled
locations, using the maximum hammer energy.
Table 8--Radial Distances (m) to the Level B Harassment Threshold
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 dB 12 dB
Foundation type No attenuation attenuation attenuation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.3 m (33.8 ft) monopile....................................... 6,316 4,121 2,739
Four, 3 m (9.8 ft) jacket piles................................. 4,104 3,220 2,177
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Please see Appendix A of the IHA application for further detail on
the acoustic modeling methodology.
Marine Mammal Occurrence
In this section we provide the information about the presence,
density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take
calculations.
The best available information regarding marine mammal densities in
the project area is provided by habitat-based density models produced
by the Duke University Marine Geospatial Ecology Laboratory (Roberts et
al., 2016, 2017, 2018). Density models were originally developed for
all cetacean taxa in the U.S. Atlantic (Roberts et al., 2016); more
information, including the model results and supplementary information
for each model, is available at seamap.env.duke.edu/models/Duke-EC-GOM-2015/. In subsequent years, certain models have been updated on the
basis of additional data as well as certain methodological
improvements. Although these updated models (and a newly developed seal
density model) are not currently publicly available, our evaluation of
the changes leads to a conclusion that these represent the best
scientific evidence available. Marine mammal density estimates in the
WDA (animals/km\2\) were obtained using these model results (Roberts et
al., 2016, 2017, 2018). As noted, the updated models incorporate
additional sighting data, including sightings from the NOAA Atlantic
Marine Assessment Program for Protected Species (AMAPPS) surveys from
2010-2014, which included some aerial surveys over the RI/MA & MA WEAs
(NEFSC & SEFSC, 2011b, 2012, 2014a, 2014b, 2015, 2016).
Mean monthly densities for all animals were calculated using a 13
km (8 mi) buffered polygon around the WDA perimeter and overlaying it
on the density maps from Roberts et al. (2016, 2017, 2018). Please see
Figure 13 in the IHA application for an example of a density map
showing Roberts et al. (2016, 2017, 2018) density grid cells with a 13
km buffer overlaid on a map of the WDA. The 13 km (8 mi) buffer is
conservative as it encompasses and extends beyond the estimated
distances to the isopleth corresponding to the Level B harassment (with
no attenuation, as well as with 6 dB and 12 dB sound attenuation) for
all hearing groups using the unweighted threshold of 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa
(rms) (Table 8). The 13 km buffer incorporates the maximum area around
the WDA with the potential to result in behavioral disturbance for the
10.3 m (33.8 ft) monopile installation using (Wood, Southall, & Tollit,
2012) threshold criteria.
The mean density for each month was determined by calculating the
unweighted mean of all 10 x 10 km (6.2 x 6.2 mi) grid cells partially
or fully within the buffer zone polygon. Densities were computed for
the months of May to December to coincide with planned pile driving
activities (as described above, no pile driving would occur from
January through April). In cases where monthly densities were
unavailable, annual mean densities (e.g., pilot whales) and seasonal
mean densities (e.g., all seals) were used instead. Table 9 shows the
monthly marine mammal density estimates for each species incorporated
in the exposure modeling analysis.
Table 9--Monthly Marine Mammal Density Estimates for Each Species Used in the Exposure Modeling Analysis
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Monthly densities (animals/100 km2) \1\ Annual May to
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dec
Species --------
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Mean Mean
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale......................................................... 0.151 0.115 0.122 0.234 0.268 0.276 0.26 0.248 0.197 0.121 0.12 0.131 0.187 0.203
Humpback whale.................................................... 0.033 0.018 0.034 0.204 0.138 0.139 0.199 0.109 0.333 0.237 0.078 0.049 0.131 0.16
Minke whale....................................................... 0.052 0.064 0.063 0.136 0.191 0.171 0.064 0.051 0.048 0.045 0.026 0.037 0.079 0.079
North Atlantic right whale........................................ 0.205 0.309 0.543 0.582 0.287 0.308 0.002 0.002 0.006 0.001 0.001 0.267 0.209 0.109
Sei whale......................................................... 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.033 0.029 0.012 0.003 0.002 0.003 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.007 0.007
Atlantic white sided dolphin...................................... 1.935 0.972 1.077 2.088 4.059 3.742 2.801 1.892 1.558 1.95 2.208 3.281 2.297 2.686
[[Page 18367]]
Bottlenose dolphin................................................ 0.382 0.011 0.007 0.497 0.726 2.199 5.072 3.603 4.417 4.46 2.136 1.216 2.061 2.979
Pilot whales...................................................... 0.555 0.555 0.555 0.555 0.555 0.555 0.555 0.555 0.555 0.555 0.555 0.555 0.555 0.555
Risso's dolphin................................................... 0.006 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.005 0.005 0.01 0.02 0.016 0.006 0.013 0.018 0.009 0.012
Short beaked dolphin.............................................. 7.734 1.26 0.591 1.613 3.093 3.153 3.569 6.958 12.2 12.727 9.321 16.831 6.588 8.482
Sperm whale *..................................................... 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.003 0.006 0.029 0.033 0.012 0.012 0.008 0.001 0.009 0.013
Harbor porpoise................................................... 3.939 6.025 12.302 6.959 3.904 1.332 0.91 0.784 0.717 0.968 2.609 2.686 3.595 1.739
Gray seal \2\..................................................... 6.844 8.291 8.621 15.17 19.123 3.072 0.645 0.372 0.482 0.687 0.778 3.506 5.633 3.583
Harbor seal \2\................................................... 6.844 8.291 8.621 15.17 19.123 3.072 0.645 0.372 0.482 0.687 0.778 3.506 5.633 3.583
Harp seal \2\..................................................... 6.844 8.291 8.621 15.17 19.123 3.072 0.645 0.372 0.482 0.687 0.778 3.506 5.633 3.583
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Density estimates are from habitat-based density modeling of the entire Atlantic EEZ from Roberts et al. (2016, 2017, 2018).
2 All seal species are grouped together in the density models presented by Roberts et al. (2018).
JASCO's Animal Simulation Model Including Noise Exposure (JASMINE)
animal movement model was used to predict the probability of marine
mammal exposure to project-related sound. Sound exposure models like
JASMINE use simulated animals (also known as ``animats'') to forecast
behaviors of animals in new situations and locations based on
previously documented behaviors of those animals. The predicted 3D
sound fields (i.e., the output of the acoustic modeling process
described earlier) are sampled by animats using movement rules derived
from animal observations. The output of the simulation is the exposure
history for each animat within the simulation.
The precise location of animals (and their pathways) are not known
prior to a project, therefore a repeated random sampling technique
(Monte Carlo) is used to estimate exposure probability with many
animats and randomized starting positions. The probability of an animat
starting out in or transitioning into a given behavioral state can be
defined in terms of the animat's current behavioral state, depth, and
the time of day. In addition, each travel parameter and behavioral
state has a termination function that governs how long the parameter
value or overall behavioral state persists in the simulation.
The output of the simulation is the exposure history for each
animat within the simulation, and the combined history of all animats
gives a probability density function of exposure during the project.
Scaling the probability density function by the real-world density of
animals (Table 9) results in the mean number of animals expected to be
exposed over the duration of the project. Due to the probabilistic
nature of the process, fractions of animals may be predicted to exceed
threshold. If, for example, 0.1 animals are predicted to exceed
threshold in the model, that is interpreted as a 10% chance that one
animal will exceed a relevant threshold during the project, or
equivalently, if the simulation were re-run ten times, one of the ten
simulations would result in an animal exceeding the threshold.
Similarly, a mean number prediction of 33.11 animals can be interpreted
as re-running the simulation where the number of animals exceeding the
threshold may differ in each simulation but the mean number of animals
over all of the simulations is 33.11. A portion of an animal cannot be
taken during a project, so it is common practice to round mean number
animal exposure values to integers using standard rounding methods.
However, for low-probability events it is more precise to provide the
actual values. For this reason mean number values are not rounded.
Sound fields were input into the JASMINE model and animats were
programmed based on the best available information to ``behave'' in
ways that reflect the behaviors of the 15 marine mammal species
expected to occur in the project area during the proposed activity. The
various parameters for forecasting realistic marine mammal behaviors
(e.g., diving, foraging, surface times, etc.) are determined based on
the available literature (e.g., tagging studies); when literature on
these behaviors was not available for a particular species, it was
extrapolated from a similar species for which behaviors would be
expected to be similar to the species of interest. See Appendix B of
the IHA application for a description of the species that were used as
proxies when data on a particular species was not available. The
parameters used in JASMINE describe animal movement in both the
vertical and horizontal planes. The parameters relating to travel in
these two planes are briefly described below:
Travel Sub-Models
Direction--determines an animat's choice of direction in
the horizontal plane. Sub-models are available for determining the
heading of animats, allowing for movement to range from strongly biased
to undirected. A random walk model can be used for behaviors with no
directional preference, such as feeding and playing. A directional bias
can also be incorporated in the random walk for use in situations where
animals have a preferred absolute direction, such as migration.
Travel rate--defines an animat's rate of travel in the
horizontal plane. When combined with vertical speed and dive depth, the
dive profile of the animat is produced.
Dive Sub-Models
Ascent rate--defines an animat's rate of travel in the
vertical plane during the ascent portion of a dive.
Descent rate--defines an animat's rate of travel in the
vertical plane during the descent portion of a dive.
Depth--defines an animat's maximum dive depth.
Bottom following--determines whether an animat returns to
the surface once reaching the ocean floor, or whether it follows the
contours of the bathymetry.
Reversals--determines whether multiple vertical excursions
occur once an animat reaches the maximum dive depth. This behavior is
used to emulate the foraging behavior of some marine mammal species at
depth. Reversal-specific ascent and descent rates may be specified.
Surface interval--determines the duration an animat spends
at, or near, the surface before diving again.
An individual animat's received sound exposure levels are summed
over a specified duration, such as 24 hours, to determine its total
received energy, and then compared to the threshold criteria described
above. As JASMINE modeling includes the movement of animats both within
as well as in and out of the modeled ensonified area,
[[Page 18368]]
some animats enter and depart the modeled ensonified area within a
modeled 24 hour period; however, it is important to note that the model
accounts for the acoustic energy that an animat accumulates even if
that animat departs the ensonified area prior to the full 24 hours
(i.e., even if the animat departs prior to a full 24 hour modeled
period, if that animat accumulated enough acoustic energy to be taken,
it is accounted for in the take estimate). Also note that animal
aversion was not incorporated into the Jasmine model runs that were the
basis for the take estimate for any species. See Figure 14 in the IHA
application for a depiction of animats in an environment with a moving
sound field. See Appendix B of the IHA application for more details on
the JASMINE modeling methodology, including the literature sources used
for the parameters that were input in JASMINE to describe animal
movement for each species that is expected to occur in the project
area.
Take Calculation and Estimation
Here we describe how the information provided above is brought
together to produce a quantitative take estimate. The following steps
were performed to estimate the potential numbers of marine mammal
exposures above Level A and Level B harassment thresholds as a result
of the proposed activity:
(1) The characteristics of the sound output from the proposed pile-
driving activities were modeled using the GRLWEAP (wave equation
analysis of pile driving) model and JASCO's PDSM;
(2) Acoustic propagation modeling was performed using JASCO's MONM
and FWRAM that combined the outputs of the source model with the
spatial and temporal environmental context (e.g., location,
oceanographic conditions, seabed type) to estimate sound fields;
(3) Animal movement modeling integrated the estimated sound fields
with species-typical behavioral parameters in the JASMINE model to
estimate received sound levels for the animals that may occur in the
operational area; and
(4) The number of potential exposures above Level A and Level B
harassment thresholds was calculated for each potential scenario within
the project design envelope.
As described above, two project design scenarios were modeled: The
``maximum design'' consisting of ninety 10.3 m (33.8 ft) WTG monopile
foundations, 10 jacket foundations, and two jacket foundations for
ESPs, and the ``most likely design'' consisting of one hundred 10.3 m
(33.8 ft) WTG monopile foundations and two jacket foundations for ESPs
(Table 5). Both of these design scenarios were also modeled with either
one or two monopile foundations installed per day. All scenarios were
modeled with both 6 dB sound attenuation and 12 dB sound attenuation
incorporated. Results of marine mammal exposure modeling of these
scenarios is shown in Tables 10-13. Note that while fractions of an
animal cannot be taken, these tables are meant simply to show the
modeled exposure numbers, versus the actual proposed take estimate.
Requested and proposed take numbers are shown below in Tables 14 and
15.
Table 10--Mean Numbers of Marine Mammals Estimated To Be Exposed Above Level A and Level B Harassment Thresholds During the Proposed Project Using the
Maximum Design Scenario and One Foundation Installed per Day
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 dB attenuation 12 dB attenuation
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species Level A Level A Level A Level A
harassment harassment Level B harassment harassment Level B
(peak) (SEL) harassment (peak) (SEL) harassment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin Whale.............................................. 0.1 4.13 33.11 0.02 0.29 21.78
Humpback Whale......................................... 0.03 9.01 30.1 0.01 1 19.66
Minke Whale............................................ 0.04 0.22 12.21 0 0.07 7.9
North Atlantic Right Whale............................. 0.03 1.36 13.25 0 0.09 8.74
Sei Whale.............................................. 0 0.14 1.09 0 0.01 0.74
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin........................... 0 0 449.2 0 0 277.82
Bottlenose Dolphin..................................... 0 0 96.21 0 0 62.21
Pilot Whales........................................... 0 0 0 0 0 0
Risso's Dolphin........................................ 0 0 1.61 0 0 1.04
Common Dolphin......................................... 0.1 0 1059.97 0.1 0 703.81
Sperm Whale............................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
Harbor Porpoise........................................ 4.23 0.17 150.13 1.54 0 91.96
Gray Seal.............................................. 0.11 0.3 196.4 0.04 0.07 118.06
Harbor Seal............................................ 0.36 0.21 214.04 0.33 0.07 136.33
Harp Seal.............................................. 0.73 0.87 217.35 0 0.04 132.91
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 11--Mean Numbers of Marine Mammals Estimated To Be Exposed Above Level A and Level B Harassment Thresholds During the Proposed Project Using the
Maximum Design Scenario and Two Foundations Installed per Day
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 dB attenuation 12 dB attenuation
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species Level A Level A Level A Level A
harassment harassment Level B harassment harassment Level B
(peak) (SEL) harassment (peak) (SEL) harassment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin Whale.............................................. 0.1 4.49 29.71 0 0.41 20.57
Humpback Whale......................................... 0.03 9.59 27.23 0 1.09 18.48
Minke Whale............................................ 0.03 0.23 11.52 0 0.05 7.76
North Atlantic Right Whale............................. 0.02 1.39 11.75 0.01 0.1 7.96
Sei Whale.............................................. 0 0.14 0.93 0 0.01 0.65
[[Page 18369]]
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin........................... 0.13 0 428.23 0 0 272.67
Bottlenose Dolphin..................................... 0 0 67.71 0 0 43.87
Pilot Whales........................................... 0 0 0 0 0 0
Risso's Dolphin........................................ 0 0 1.38 0 0 0.95
Common Dolphin......................................... 0.44 0 897.91 0.1 0 622.78
Sperm Whale............................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
Harbor Porpoise........................................ 4.23 0.17 125.23 1.85 0.06 82.28
Gray Seal.............................................. 0.29 0.47 145.2 0.04 0.25 96.41
Harbor Seal............................................ 1.01 0.86 164.48 0.16 0.39 110.25
Harp Seal.............................................. 0.38 0.53 162.03 0.17 0.04 108.19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 12--Mean Numbers of Marine Mammals Estimated To Be Exposed Above Level A and Level B Harassment Thresholds During the Proposed Project Using the
Most Likely Scenario and One Foundation Installed per Day
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 dB attenuation 12 dB attenuation
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species Level A Level A Level A Level A
harassment harassment Level B harassment harassment Level B
(peak) (SEL) harassment (peak) (SEL) harassment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin Whale.............................................. 0.11 2.84 29.85 0.02 0.23 19.43
Humpback Whale......................................... 0.04 6.54 26.27 0.01 0.83 17.08
Minke Whale............................................ 0.04 0.13 10.28 0 0.06 6.77
North Atlantic Right Whale............................. 0.04 0.72 10.82 0 0.04 7.09
Sei Whale.............................................. 0 0.09 0.95 0 0.01 0.65
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin........................... 0 0 380.82 0 0 236.77
Bottlenose Dolphin..................................... 0 0 98.56 0 0 64.19
Pilot Whales........................................... 0 0 0 0 0 0
Risso's Dolphin........................................ 0 0 1.48 0 0 0.94
Common Dolphin......................................... 0.01 0 941.41 0.01 0 617.01
Sperm Whale............................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
Harbor Porpoise........................................ 3.86 0.14 134.88 1.38 0 80.89
Gray Seal.............................................. 0 0.01 176.92 0 0 104.6
Harbor Seal............................................ 0.34 0.01 191.06 0.34 0 120.64
Harp Seal.............................................. 0.72 0.72 193.65 0 0 116.13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 13--Mean Numbers of Marine Mammals Estimated To Be Exposed Above Level A and Level B Harassment Thresholds During the Proposed Project Using the
Most Likely Scenario and Two Foundations Installed per Day
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 dB attenuation 12 dB attenuation
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Species Level A Level A Level A Level A
harassment harassment Level B harassment harassment Level B
(peak) (SEL) harassment (peak) (SEL) harassment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin Whale.............................................. 0.11 3.24 26.07 0 0.36 18.08
Humpback Whale......................................... 0.04 7.18 23.09 0 0.93 15.77
Minke Whale............................................ 0.03 0.15 9.53 0 0.04 6.62
North Atlantic Right Whale............................. 0.02 0.76 9.21 0.01 0.06 6.25
Sei Whale.............................................. 0 0.09 0.78 0 0.01 0.55
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin........................... 0.14 0 357.71 0 0 231.09
Bottlenose Dolphin..................................... 0 0 66.75 0 0 43.72
Pilot Whales........................................... 0 0 0 0 0 0
Risso's Dolphin........................................ 0 0 1.22 0 0 0.84
Common Dolphin......................................... 0.39 0 761.48 0.01 0 527.04
Sperm whale............................................ 0 0 0 0 0 0
Harbor Porpoise........................................ 3.86 0.14 107.61 1.72 0.07 70.29
Gray Seal.............................................. 0.19 0.19 123.97 0 0.18 82.23
Harbor Seal............................................ 1.01 0.68 139.82 0.17 0.34 93.67
Harp Seal.............................................. 0.36 0.36 136.45 0.18 0 90.56
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 18370]]
As shown in Tables 10-13, the greatest potential number of marine
mammal exposures above the Level B harassment threshold occurs under
the Maximum Design scenario with one monopile foundation installed per
day (Table 10) while the greatest potential number of marine mammal
exposures above the Level A harassment thresholds occurs under the
Maximum Design scenario with one monopile foundation installed per day.
With the inclusion of more jacket foundations, which would require more
piles and more overall pile driving, marine mammal exposure estimates
for the Maximum Design scenario (Tables 10 and 11) are higher than
under the Most Likely scenario (Tables 12 and 13). In all scenarios,
the maximum number of jacket foundations modeled per day was one (four
jacket piles). Modeling indicates that whether one monopile foundation
is installed per day or two makes little difference with respect to
estimated Level A harassment exposures; total exposures above the Level
A harassment threshold differed by less than one exposure over the
duration of the project, for each species. For exposures above the
Level B harassment threshold, exposure estimates for one monopile
foundation per day are somewhat higher than for two monopile
foundations per day. With two monopile foundations per day, there are
half as many days of pile driving so there is likewise a reduced number
of overall predicted Level B harassment exposures over the duration of
the project.
To be conservative, Vineyard Wind based their take request on the
Maximum Design scenario with one monopile installed per day. Vineyard
Wind also assumed that 12 dB sound attenuation can be achieved
consistently during the proposed activity, thus their take request was
based on modeled exposure numbers incorporating 12 dB effective
attenuation.
Although the exposure modeling indicated that no Level A harassment
takes are expected for several species (i.e., minke whale, sei whale,
and all small cetaceans and pinnipeds), Vineyard Wind requested Level A
harassment takes for most species as a precautionary measure, based on
the fact that shutdown of pile driving may not be technically feasible
once pile driving has begun, thus if a marine mammal were to enter the
Level A harassment zone after pile driving has commenced Vineyard Wind
may not be able to avoid that animal(s) being taken by Level A
harassment. Vineyard Wind requested Level A harassment takes for these
species based on mean group size for each respective species, based on
an assumption that if one group member were to be exposed, it is likely
that all animals in the same group would receive a similar exposure
level. Thus, for the species for which exposure modeling indicated less
than a group size would be taken (by either Level A or Level B
harassment), Vineyard Wind increased the value from the exposure
modeling results to equal one mean group size, rounded up to the
nearest integer, for species with predicted exposures of less than one
mean group size (with the exception of North Atlantic right whales, as
described below). Mean group sizes for species were derived from Kraus
et al. (2016), where available, as the best representation of expected
group sizes within the RI/MA & MA WEAs. These were calculated as the
number of individuals sighted, divided by the number of sightings
summed over the four seasons (from Tables 5 and 19 in Kraus et al.,
2016). Sightings for which species identification was considered either
definite or probable were used in the Kraus et al. (2016) data. For
species that were observed very rarely during the Kraus et al. (2016)
study (i.e., sperm whales and Risso's dolphins) or observed but not
analyzed (i.e., pinnipeds), data derived from AMAPPS surveys (Palka et
al., 2017) were used to evaluate mean group size. For sperm whales and
Risso's dolphins, the number of individuals divided by the number of
groups observed during 2010-2013 AMAPPS NE summer shipboard surveys and
NE aerial surveys during all seasons was used (Appendix I of Palka et
al., 2017). Though pinnipeds congregate in large numbers on land, at
sea they are generally foraging alone or in small groups. For harbor
and gray seals, Palka et al. (2017) report sightings of seals at sea
during 2010-2013 spring, summer, and fall NE AMAPPS aerial surveys.
Those sightings include both harbor seals and gray seals, as well as
unknown seals, and thus a single group size estimate was calculated for
these two species. Harp seals are occasionally recorded south of the
RI/MA & MA WEAs on Long Island, New York, and in the nearshore waters,
usually in groups of one or two individuals. During 2002-2018, the
Coastal Research and Education Society of Long Island (CRESLI) reported
seven sightings of harp seals (CRESLI, 2018). Five of these were of
single individuals and two were of two animals. Calculated group sizes
for all species are shown in Table 14.
Table 14--Mean Group Sizes of Marine Mammal Species Used To Estimate
Takes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mean
Species group
size
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin Whale...................................................... 1.8
Humpback Whale................................................. 2
Minke Whale.................................................... 1.2
North Atlantic Right Whale..................................... 2.4
Sei Whale...................................................... 1.6
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin................................... 27.9
Common Bottlenose Dolphin...................................... 7.8
Pilot whale.................................................... 8.4
Risso's Dolphin................................................ 5.3
Short-Beaked Common Dolphin.................................... 34.9
Sperm Whale.................................................... 1.5
Harbor Porpoise................................................ 2.7
Gray Seal...................................................... 1.4
Harbor Seal.................................................... 1.4
Harp Seal...................................................... 1.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vineyard Wind also requested Level B take numbers that differ from
the numbers modeled and were instead based on monitoring data from site
characterization surveys conducted at the same location. Vineyard Wind
reviewed monitoring data recorded during site characterization surveys
in the WDA from 2016-2018 and calculated a daily sighting rate
(individuals per day) for each species in each year, then multiplied
the maximum sighting rate from the three years by the number of pile
driving days under the Maximum Design scenario (i.e., 102 days). This
method assumes that the largest average group size for each species
observed during the three years of surveys may be present during piling
on each day. Vineyard Wind used this method for all species that were
documented by protected species observers (PSOs) during the 2016-2018
surveys. For sei whales, this approach resulted in the same number of
estimated Level B harassment takes as Level A harassment takes (two),
so to be conservative Vineyard Wind doubled the Level A harassment
value to arrive at the requested number of Level B harassment takes.
Risso's dolphins and harp seals were not documented by PSOs during
those surveys, so Vineyard Wind requested take based on two average
group sizes for those species. The Level B harassment take calculation
methodology described here resulted in higher take numbers than those
modeled (Table 10) for 10 out of 15 species expected to be taken.
We reviewed Vineyard Wind's take request and propose to authorize
take numbers that are slightly different than the numbers requested for
some species. Vineyard Wind's requested take numbers for Level A
harassment authorization are based on an
[[Page 18371]]
expectation that 12 dB sound attenuation will be effective during the
proposed activity. NMFS reviewed the CalTrans bubble curtain ``on and
off'' studies conducted in San Francisco Bay in 2003 and 2004. Based on
74 measurements (37 with the bubble curtain on and 37 with the bubble
curtain off) at both near (<100 m) and far (>100 m) distances, the
linear averaged received level reduction is 6 dB (CalTrans, 2015).
Nehls et al. (2016) reported that attenuation from use of a bubble
curtain during pile driving at the Borkum West II offshore wind farm in
the North Sea was between 10 dB and 17 dB (mean 14 dB) (peak).
Based on the best available information, we believe it reasonable
to assume some level of effective attenuation due to implementation of
noise attenuation during impact pile driving. Vineyard Wind has not
provided information regarding the attenuation system that will
ultimately be used during the proposed activity (e.g., what size
bubbles and in what configuration a bubble curtain would be used,
whether a double curtain will be employed, whether hydro-sound dampers,
noise abatement system, or some other alternate attenuation device will
be used, etc.) to support their conclusion that 12 dB effective
attenuation can be expected. In the absence of this information
regarding the attenuation system that will be used, and in
consideration of the available information on attenuation that has been
achieved during impact pile driving, we conservatively assume that 6 dB
sound attenuation will be achieved (although we do encourage Vineyard
Wind to target 12 dB noise attenuation). Therefore, where Vineyard
Wind's requested Level A take numbers were less than the Level A take
numbers modeled based on 6 dB noise attenuation (i.e., fin whale,
humpback whale and harbor porpoise) we propose to authorize higher
Level A take numbers than those requested. Vineyard Wind also requested
all take numbers based on the Maximum Design scenario with one pile
driven per day (Table 10); however, the Maximum Design scenario with
two piles driven per day resulted in slightly higher modeled takes by
Level A harassment (Table 11). We therefore propose to authorize takes
by Level A harassment based on the higher modeled take numbers.
Vineyard Wind's requested take numbers for Level B harassment
authorization are based on visual observation data recorded during the
company's site characterization surveys, as described above. In some
cases these numbers are lower than the Level B harassment exposure
numbers modeled based on marine mammal densities reported by Roberts et
al. (2016, 2017, 2018) with 6 dB sound attenuation applied (Table 10).
While we agree that Vineyard Wind's use of visual observation data as
the basis for Level B harassment take requests is generally sound, we
believe that, to be conservative, the higher of the two calculated take
numbers (i.e., take numbers based on available visual observation data,
or, based on modeled exposures above threshold) should be used to
estimate Level B exposures. Therefore, for species for which the Level
B harassment exposure numbers modeled based on marine mammal densities
reported by Roberts et al. (2016, 2017, 2018) with 6 dB sound
attenuation applied (Table 10) were higher than the take numbers based
on visual observation data (i.e., fin whale, bottlenose dolphin, harbor
porpoise, harbor seal and harp seal) we propose to authorize take
numbers based on those modeled using densities derived from Roberts et
al. (2016, 2017, 2018) with 6 dB sound attenuation applied.
For North Atlantic right whales, one exposure above the Level A
harassment threshold was modeled over the duration of the proposed
project based on the Maximum Design scenario and 6 dB effective
attenuation (Tables 10 and 11). However, Vineyard Wind has requested no
authorization for Level A harassment takes of North Atlantic right
whales, based on an expectation that any potential exposures above the
Level A harassment threshold will be avoided through enhanced
mitigation and monitoring measures proposed specifically to minimize
potential right whale exposures. We believe that, based on the enhanced
mitigation and monitoring measures proposed specifically for North
Atlantic right whales (described below, see ``Proposed Mitigation''),
including the proposed seasonal moratorium on construction from January
through April and enhanced clearance measures from November through
December and May 1 through May 14, any potential take of right whales
by Level A harassment will be avoided. Therefore, we do not propose to
authorize any takes of North Atlantic right whales by Level A
harassment.
Take numbers proposed for authorization are shown in Table 15.
Table 15--Total Numbers of Potential Incidental Take of Marine Mammals Proposed for Authorization and Proposed
Takes as a Percentage of Population
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total takes
Takes by Takes by Total takes as a
Species Level A Level B proposed for percentage of
harassment harassment authorization stock taken *
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fin whale....................................... 4 33 37 0.8
Humpback Whale.................................. 10 56 65 4.0
Minke Whale..................................... 2 98 100 4.7
North Atlantic Right Whale...................... 0 20 20 4.9
Sei Whale....................................... 2 4 6 0.8
Sperm whale..................................... 2 5 7 0.1
Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin.................... 28 1,107 1,135 3.1
Bottlenose Dolphin.............................. 8 96 104 0.1
Long-finned Pilot Whale......................... 9 91 100 0.5
Risso's Dolphin................................. 6 12 18 0.2
Common Dolphin.................................. 35 4,646 4,681 5.4
Harbor porpoise................................. 4 150 154 0.3
Gray seal....................................... 2 414 416 1.5
Harbor seal..................................... 2 214 216 0.3
[[Page 18372]]
Harp seal....................................... 2 217 219 0.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Calculations of percentage of stock taken are based on the best available abundance estimate as shown in Table
1. For North Atlantic right whales the best available abundance estimate is derived from the 2018 North
Atlantic Right Whale Consortium 2018 Annual Report Card (Pettis et al., 2018). For the pinniped species the
best available abundance estimates are derived from the most recent NMFS Stock Assessment Reports. For all
other species, the best available abundance estimates are derived from Roberts et al. (2016, 2017, 2018).
The take numbers we propose for authorization (Table 15) are
considered conservative for the following reasons:
Proposed take numbers are based on an assumption that all
installed monopiles would be 10.3 m in diameter, when some or all
monopiles ultimately installed may be smaller;
Proposed take numbers are based on an assumption that 102
foundations would be installed, when ultimately the total number
installed may be lower;
Proposed take numbers are based on a construction scenario
that includes up to 10 jacket foundations, when it is possible no more
than two jacket foundations may be installed;
Proposed Level A take numbers do not account for the
likelihood that marine mammals will avoid a stimulus when possible
before that stimulus reaches a level that would have the potential to
result in injury;
Proposed take numbers do not account for the effectiveness
of proposed mitigation and monitoring measures in reducing the number
of takes (with the exception of North Atlantic right whales, for which
proposed mitigation and monitoring measures are factored into the
proposed Level A harassment take number);
For 11 of 15 species, no Level A takes were predicted
based on modeling, however proposed Level A take numbers have been
conservatively increased from zero to mean group size for these
species.
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such
activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on
such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain
subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS
regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to
include information about the availability and feasibility (economic
and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such
activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we
carefully consider two primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat.
This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being
mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented
(probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as
planned), the likelihood of effective implementation (probability
implemented as planned), and;
(2) the practicability of the measures for applicant
implementation, which may consider such things as cost and impact on
operations.
The mitigation strategies described below are consistent with those
required and successfully implemented under previous incidental take
authorizations issued in association with in-water construction
activities. Additional measures have also been incorporated to account
for the fact that the proposed construction activities would occur
offshore. Modeling was performed to estimate zones of influence (ZOI;
see ``Estimated Take''); these ZOI values were used to inform
mitigation measures for pile driving activities to minimize Level A
harassment and Level B harassment to the extent possible, while
providing estimates of the areas within which Level B harassment might
occur.
In addition to the specific measures described later in this
section, Vineyard Wind would conduct briefings for construction
supervisors and crews, the marine mammal and acoustic monitoring teams,
and Vineyard Wind staff prior to the start of all pile driving
activity, and when new personnel join the work, in order to explain
responsibilities, communication procedures, the marine mammal
monitoring protocol, and operational procedures.
Seasonal Restriction on Pile Driving
No pile driving activities would occur between January 1 through
April 30. This seasonal restriction would be established to minimize
the potential for North Atlantic right whales to be exposed to pile
driving noise. Based on the best available information (Kraus et al.,
2016; Roberts et al., 2017), the highest densities of right whales in
the project area are expected during the months of January through
April. This restriction would greatly reduce the potential for right
whale exposure to pile driving noise associated with the proposed
project.
Clearance Zones
Vineyard Wind would use PSOs to establish clearance zones around
the pile driving equipment to ensure these zones are clear of marine
mammals prior to the start of pile driving. The purpose of
``clearance'' of a particular zone is to prevent potential instances of
auditory injury and potential instances of more severe behavioral
disturbance as a result of exposure to pile driving noise (serious
injury or death are unlikely outcomes even in the absence of mitigation
measures) by delaying the activity before it begins if marine mammals
are detected within certain pre-defined distances of the pile driving
equipment. The primary goal in this case is to prevent auditory injury
(Level A harassment), and the proposed clearance zones are larger than
the modeled distances to the isopleths corresponding to Level A
harassment (based on peak SPL) for all marine
[[Page 18373]]
mammal functional hearing groups, assuming an effective 6 dB
attenuation of pile driving noise. Proposed clearance zones would apply
to both monopile and jacket installation. These zones vary depending on
species and are shown in Table 16. All distances to clearance zones are
the radius from the center of the pile.
Table 16--Proposed Clearance Zones During Vineyard Wind Pile Driving
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Clearance
Species zone
------------------------------------------------------------------------
North Atlantic right whale.................................. * 1,000 m
All other mysticete whales (including humpback, sei, fin and 500 m
minke whale)...............................................
Harbor porpoise............................................. 120 m
All other marine mammals (including dolphins and pinnipeds). 50 m
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* An extended clearance zone of 10 km for North Atlantic right whales is
proposed from May 1-14 and November 1-December 31, as described below.
If a marine mammal is observed approaching or entering the relevant
clearance zones prior to the start of pile driving operations, pile
driving activity will be delayed until either the marine mammal has
voluntarily left the respective clearance zone and been visually
confirmed beyond that clearance zone, or, 30 minutes have elapsed
without re-detection of the animal in the case of mysticetes, sperm
whales, Risso's dolphins and pilot whales, or 15 minutes have elapsed
without re-detection of the animal in the case of all other marine
mammals.
Prior to the start of pile driving activity, the clearance zones
will be monitored for 60 minutes to ensure that they are clear of the
relevant species of marine mammals. Pile driving would only commence
once PSOs have declared the respective clearance zones clear of marine
mammals. Marine mammals observed within a clearance zone will be
allowed to remain in the clearance zone (i.e., must leave of their own
volition), and their behavior will be monitored and documented. The
clearance zones may only be declared clear, and pile driving started,
when the entire clearance zones are visible (i.e., when not obscured by
dark, rain, fog, etc.) for a full 30 minutes prior to pile driving.
Extended Clearance Zones for North Atlantic Right Whales
In addition to the clearance zones described in Table 16, Vineyard
Wind has proposed extended clearance zones for North Atlantic right
whales during certain times of year. These extended zones are designed
to further minimize the potential for right whales to be exposed to
pile driving noise, and are proposed during times of year that are
considered to be ``shoulder seasons'' in terms of right whale presence
in the project area: November 1 through December 31, and May 1 through
May 14. While North Atlantic right whale presence during these times of
year is considered less likely than during the proposed seasonal
closure (January through April), based on the best available
information right whales may occur in the project area during these
times of year (Roberts et al., 2017; Kraus et al., 2016). Extended
clearance zones would be maintained through passive acoustic monitoring
(PAM) as well as by visual observation conducted on aerial or vessel-
based surveys as described below. Extended clearance zones for North
Atlantic right whales are as follows:
May 1 through May 14: An extended clearance zone of 10 km
would be established based on real-time PAM. Real-time PAM would begin
at least 60 minutes prior to pile driving. In addition, an aerial or
vessel-based survey would be conducted across the extended 10 km
extended clearance zone, using visual PSOs to monitor for right whales.
November 1 through December 31: An extended clearance zone
of 10 km would be established based on real-time PAM. In addition, an
aerial survey may be conducted across the extended 10 km extended
clearance zone, using visual PSOs to monitor for right whales.
During these periods (May 1 through May 14 and November 1 through
December 31), if a right whale were detected either via real-time PAM
or vessel-based or aerial surveys within 10 km of the pile driving
location, pile driving would be postponed and would not commence until
the following day, or, until a follow-up aerial or vessel-based survey
could confirm the extended clearance zone is clear of right whales, as
determined by the lead PSO. Aerial surveys would not begin until the
lead PSO on duty determines adequate visibility and at least one hour
after sunrise (on days with sun glare). Vessel-based surveys would not
begin until the lead PSO on duty determines there is adequate
visibility.
Real-time acoustic monitoring would begin at least 60 minutes prior
to pile driving. The real-time PAM system would be designed and
established such that detection capability extends to 10 km from the
pile driving location. The real-time PAM system must ensure that
acoustic detections can be classified (i.e., potentially originating
from a North Atlantic right whale) within 30 minutes of the original
detection. The PAM operator must be trained in identification of
mysticete vocalizations. The PAM operator responsible for determining
if the acoustic detection originated from a North Atlantic right whale
within the 10 km PAM monitoring zone would be required to make such a
determination if they had at least 75 percent confidence that the
vocalization within 10 km of the pile driving location originated from
a North Atlantic right whale. A record of the PAM operator's review of
any acoustic detections would be reported to NMFS.
We note that these proposed extended clearance zones would exceed
the distance to the isopleth that corresponds to the estimated Level B
harassment threshold (4,121 m for a 10.3 m monopile foundation and
3,220 m for a jacket foundation with four piles, based on 6 dB
attenuation), minimizing the potential for exposures above the Level A
harassment threshold as well as the potential for exposures above the
Level B harassment threshold during the times of year when right whales
are most likely to be present in the project area.
Soft Start
The use of a soft start procedure is believed to provide additional
protection to marine mammals by warning marine mammals or providing
them with a chance to leave the area prior to the hammer operating at
full capacity, and typically involves a requirement to initiate sound
from the hammer at reduced energy followed by a waiting period.
Vineyard Wind will utilize soft start techniques for impact pile
driving by performing an initial set of three strikes from the impact
hammer at a reduced energy level followed by a one minute waiting
period. We note that it is difficult to specify the reduction in energy
for any given hammer because of variation across drivers and, for
impact hammers, the actual number of strikes at reduced energy will
vary because operating the hammer at less than full power results in
``bouncing'' of the hammer as it strikes the pile, resulting in
multiple ``strikes''; however, Vineyard Wind has proposed that they
will target less than 40 percent of total hammer energy for the initial
hammer strikes during soft start. The soft start process would be
conducted a total of three times prior to driving each pile (e.g.,
three single strikes followed by a one minute delay, then three
additional single strikes followed by a one minute delay, then a final
set of three single strikes followed by an additional one
[[Page 18374]]
minute delay). Soft start would be required at the beginning of each
day's impact pile driving work and at any time following a cessation of
impact pile driving of thirty minutes or longer.
Shutdown
The purpose of a shutdown is to prevent some undesirable outcome,
such as auditory injury or behavioral disturbance of sensitive species,
by halting the activity. If a marine mammal is observed entering or
within the respective clearance zones (Table 16) after pile driving has
begun, the PSO will request a temporary cessation of pile driving.
Vineyard Wind has proposed that, when called for by a PSO, shutdown of
pile driving would be implemented when feasible but that shutdown would
not always be technically practicable once driving of a pile has
commenced as it has the potential to result in pile instability. We
therefore propose that shutdown would be implemented when feasible,
with a focus on other proposed mitigation measures as the primary means
of minimizing potential impacts on marine mammals from noise related to
pile driving. If shutdown is called for by a PSO, and Vineyard Wind
determines a shutdown to be technically feasible, pile driving would be
halted immediately.
In situations when shutdown is called for but Vineyard Wind
determines shutdown is not practicable due to human safety or
operational concerns, reduced hammer energy would be implemented when
practicable. After shutdown, pile driving may be initiated once all
clearance zones are clear of marine mammals for the minimum species-
specific time periods, or, if required to maintain installation
feasibility. Installation feasibility refers to ensuring that the pile
installation results in a usable foundation for the WTG (e.g.,
installed to the target penetration depth without refusal and with a
horizontal foundation/tower interface flange). In cases where pile
driving is already started and a PSO calls for shutdown, the lead
engineer on duty will evaluate the following to determine whether
shutdown is feasible: (1) Use the site-specific soil data and the real-
time hammer log information to judge whether a stoppage would risk
causing piling refusal at re-start of piling; and (2) Check that the
pile penetration is deep enough to secure pile stability in the interim
situation, taking into account weather statistics for the relevant
season and the current weather forecast. Determinations by the lead
engineer on duty will be made for each pile as the installation
progresses and not for the site as a whole.
Visibility Requirements
Pile driving would not be initiated at night, or, when the full
extent of all relevant clearance zones cannot be confirmed to be clear
of marine mammals, as determined by the lead PSO on duty. The clearance
zones may only be declared clear, and pile driving started, when the
full extent of all clearance zones are visible (i.e., when not obscured
by dark, rain, fog, etc.) for a full 30 minutes prior to pile driving.
Pile driving may continue after dark only when the driving of the same
pile began during the day when clearance zones were fully visible and
must proceed for human safety or installation feasibility reasons.
Sound Attenuation Devices
Vineyard Wind would implement sound attenuation technology that
would target at least a 12 dB reduction in pile driving noise, and that
must achieve at least a 6 dB reduction in pile driving noise, as
described above. The attenuation system may include one of the
following or some combination of the following: A Noise Mitigation
System, Hydro-sound Damper, Noise Abatement System, and/or bubble
curtain. Vineyard Wind would also have a second back-up attenuation
device (e.g., bubble curtain or similar) available, if needed, to
achieve the targeted reduction in noise levels, pending results of
sound field verification testing.
If Vineyard Wind uses a bubble curtain, the bubble curtain must
distribute air bubbles around 100 percent of the piling perimeter for
the full depth of the water column. The lowest bubble ring shall be in
contact with the mudline for the full circumference of the ring, and
the weights attached to the bottom ring shall ensure 100 percent
mudline contact. No parts of the ring or other objects shall prevent
full mudline contact. Vineyard Wind would require that construction
contractors train personnel in the proper balancing of airflow to the
bubblers, and would require that construction contractors submit an
inspection/performance report for approval by Vineyard Wind within 72
hours following the performance test. Corrections to the attenuation
device to meet the performance standards would occur prior to impact
driving.
Monitoring Protocols
Monitoring would be conducted before, during, and after pile
driving activities. In addition, observers will record all incidents of
marine mammal occurrence, regardless of distance from the construction
activity, and monitors will document any behavioral reactions in
concert with distance from piles being driven. Observations made
outside the clearance zones will not result in delay of pile driving;
that pile segment may be completed without cessation, unless the marine
mammal approaches or enters the clearance zone, at which point pile
driving activities would be halted when practicable, as described
above. Pile driving activities include the time to install a single
pile or series of piles, as long as the time elapsed between uses of
the pile driving equipment is no more than 30 minutes.
The following additional measures apply to visual monitoring:
(1) Monitoring will be conducted by qualified, trained PSOs, who
will be placed on the installation vessel, which represents the best
vantage point to monitor for marine mammals and implement shutdown
procedures when applicable;
(2) A minimum of two PSOs will be on duty at all times during pile
driving activity. A minimum of four PSOs will be stationed at the pile
driving site at all times during pile driving activity;
(3) PSOs may not exceed four consecutive watch hours; must have a
minimum two hour break between watches; and may not exceed a combined
watch schedule of more than 12 hours in a 24- hour period;
(4) Monitoring will be conducted from 60 minutes prior to
commencement of pile driving, throughout the time required to drive a
pile, and for 30 minutes following the conclusion of pile driving;
(5) PSOs will have no other construction-related tasks while
conducting monitoring;
(6) PSOs should have the following minimum qualifications:
Visual acuity in both eyes (correction is permissible)
sufficient for discernment of moving targets at the water's surface
with ability to estimate target size and distance; use of binoculars
may be necessary to correctly identify the target;
Ability to conduct field observations and collect data
according to assigned protocols;
Experience or training in the field identification of
marine mammals, including the identification of behaviors;
Sufficient training, orientation, or experience with the
construction operation to provide for personal safety during
observations;
[[Page 18375]]
Writing skills sufficient to document observations
including, but not limited to: The number and species of marine mammals
observed; dates and times when in-water construction activities were
conducted; dates and times when in-water construction activities were
suspended to avoid potential incidental injury of marine mammals from
construction noise within a defined shutdown zone; and marine mammal
behavior; and
Ability to communicate orally, by radio or in person, with
project personnel to provide real-time information on marine mammals
observed in the area as necessary.
Observer teams employed by Vineyard Wind in satisfaction of the
mitigation and monitoring requirements described herein must meet the
following additional requirements:
Independent observers (i.e., not construction personnel)
are required;
At least one observer must have prior experience working
as an observer;
Other observers may substitute education (degree in
biological science or related field) or training for experience;
One observer will be designated as lead observer or
monitoring coordinator. The lead observer must have prior experience
working as an observer; and
NMFS will require submission and approval of observer CVs.
Vessel Strike Avoidance
Vessel strike avoidance measures will include, but are not limited
to, the following, except under circumstances when complying with these
measures would put the safety of the vessel or crew at risk:
All vessel operators and crew must maintain vigilant watch
for cetaceans and pinnipeds, and slow down or stop their vessel to
avoid striking these protected species;
All vessels transiting to and from the WDA and traveling
over 10 knots would have a visual observer who has undergone marine
mammal training stationed on the vessel. Visual observers monitoring
the vessel strike avoidance zone may be third-party observers (i.e.,
PSOs) or crew members, but crew members responsible for these duties
must be provided sufficient training to distinguish marine mammals from
other phenomena and broadly to identify a marine mammal as a right
whale, other whale (defined in this context as sperm whales or baleen
whales other than right whales), or other marine mammal;
From November 1 through May 14, all vessels must travel at
less than 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) within the WDA;
From November 1 through May 14, when transiting to or from
the WDA, vessels must either travel at less than 10 knots, or, must
implement visual surveys with at least one visual observer to monitor
for North Atlantic right whales (with the exception of vessel transit
within Nantucket Sound);
All vessels must travel at 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or less
within any designated Dynamic Management Area (DMA), with the exception
of crew transfer vessels;
Crew transfer vessels traveling within any designated DMA
must travel at 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or less, unless North Atlantic
right whales are clear of the transit route and WDA for two consecutive
days, as confirmed by vessel based surveys conducted during daylight
hours and real-time PAM, or, by an aerial survey, conducted once the
lead aerial observer determines adequate visibility. If confirmed clear
by one of the measures above, vessels transiting within a DMA must
employ at least two visual observers to monitor for North Atlantic
right whales. If a North Atlantic right whale is observed within or
approaching the transit route, vessels must operate at less than 10
knots until clearance of the transit route for two consecutive days is
confirmed by the procedures described above;
All vessels greater than or equal to 65 ft (19.8 m) in
overall length will comply with 10 knot (18.5 km/hr) or less speed
restriction in any Seasonal Management Area (SMA) per the NOAA ship
strike reduction rule (73 FR 60173; October 10, 2008);
All vessel operators will reduce vessel speed to 10 knots
(18.5 km/hr) or less when any large whale, any mother/calf pairs, pods,
or large assemblages of non-delphinoid cetaceans are observed near
(within 100 m (330 ft)) an underway vessel;
All survey vessels will maintain a separation distance of
500 m (1,640 ft) or greater from any sighted North Atlantic right
whale;
If underway, vessels must steer a course away from any
sighted North Atlantic right whale at 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or less
until the 500 m (1,640 ft) minimum separation distance has been
established. If a North Atlantic right whale is sighted in a vessel's
path, or within 500 m (330 ft) to an underway vessel, the underway
vessel must reduce speed and shift the engine to neutral. Engines will
not be engaged until the right whale has moved outside of the vessel's
path and beyond 500 m. If stationary, the vessel must not engage
engines until the North Atlantic right whale has moved beyond 500 m;
All vessels will maintain a separation distance of 100 m
(330 ft) or greater from any sighted non-delphinoid cetacean. If
sighted, the vessel underway must reduce speed and shift the engine to
neutral, and must not engage the engines until the non-delphinoid
cetacean has moved outside of the vessel's path and beyond 100 m. If a
vessel is stationary, the vessel will not engage engines until the non-
delphinoid cetacean has moved out of the vessel's path and beyond 100
m;
All vessels will maintain a separation distance of 50 m
(164 ft) or greater from any sighted delphinoid cetacean, with the
exception of delphinoid cetaceans that voluntarily approach the vessel
(i.e., bow ride). Any vessel underway must remain parallel to a sighted
delphinoid cetacean's course whenever possible, and avoid excessive
speed or abrupt changes in direction. Any vessel underway must reduce
vessel speed to 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or less when pods (including
mother/calf pairs) or large assemblages of delphinoid cetaceans are
observed. Vessels may not adjust course and speed until the delphinoid
cetaceans have moved beyond 50 m and/or the abeam of the underway
vessel;
All vessels will maintain a separation distance of 50 m
(164 ft) or greater from any sighted pinniped; and
All vessels underway will not divert or alter course in
order to approach any whale, delphinoid cetacean, or pinniped. Any
vessel underway will avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in
direction to avoid injury to the sighted cetacean or pinniped.
Vineyard Wind will ensure that vessel operators and crew maintain a
vigilant watch for marine mammals by slowing down or stopping the
vessel to avoid striking marine mammals. Project-specific training will
be conducted for all vessel crew prior to the start of the construction
activities. Confirmation of the training and understanding of the
requirements will be documented on a training course log sheet.
We have carefully evaluated Vineyard Wind's proposed mitigation
measures and considered a range of other measures in the context of
ensuring that we prescribed the means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact on the affected marine mammal species and
stocks and their habitat. Based on our evaluation of these measures, we
have preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures
provide the means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on
marine mammal species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular
attention to
[[Page 18376]]
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of such species or stock for subsistence uses.
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the
proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to
compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the
required monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should
contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area
in which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution,
density).
Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2)
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) biological or
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas).
Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative),
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors.
How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1)
Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2)
populations, species, or stocks.
Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of
marine mammal habitat).
Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
Visual Marine Mammal Observations
Vineyard Wind will collect sighting data and behavioral responses
to pile driving activity for marine mammal species observed in the
region of activity during the period of activity. All observers will be
trained in marine mammal identification and behaviors and are required
to have no other construction-related tasks while conducting
monitoring. PSOs would monitor all clearance zones at all times. PSOs
would also monitor Level B harassment zones (i.e., 4,121 m for
monopiles and 3,220 m for jacket piles) and would document any marine
mammals observed within these zones, to the extent practicable (noting
that some distances to these zones are too large to fully observe).
Vineyard Wind would conduct monitoring before, during, and after pile
driving, with observers located at the best practicable vantage points
on the pile driving vessel.
Vineyard Wind would implement the following procedures for pile
driving:
A minimum of two PSOs will maintain watch at all times
when pile driving is underway.
PSOs would be located at the best vantage point(s) on the
installation vessel to ensure that they are able to observe the entire
clearance zones and as much of the Level B harassment zone as possible.
During all observation periods, PSOs will use binoculars
and the naked eye to search continuously for marine mammals.
PSOs will be equipped with reticle binoculars and night
vision binoculars.
If the clearance zones are obscured by fog or poor
lighting conditions, pile driving will not be initiated until clearance
zones are fully visible. Should such conditions arise while impact
driving is underway, the activity would be halted when practicable, as
described above.
The clearance zones will be monitored for the presence of
marine mammals before, during, and after all pile driving activity.
When monitoring is required during vessel transit (as described
above), the PSO(s) will be stationed on vessels at the best vantage
points to ensure maintenance of standoff distances between marine
mammals and vessels (as described above). Vineyard Wind would implement
the following measures during vessel transit when there is an
observation of a marine mammal:
PSOs will record the vessel's position and speed, water
depth, sea state, and visibility will be recorded at the start and end
of each observation period, and whenever there is a change in any of
those variables that materially affects sighting conditions.
PSOs will record the time, location, speed, and activity
of the vessel, sea state, and visibility.
Individuals implementing the monitoring protocol will assess its
effectiveness using an adaptive approach. PSOs will use their best
professional judgment throughout implementation and seek improvements
to these methods when deemed appropriate. Any modifications to the
protocol will be coordinated between NMFS and Vineyard Wind.
Data Collection
We require that observers use standardized data forms. Among other
pieces of information, Vineyard Wind will record detailed information
about any implementation of delays or shutdowns, including the distance
of animals to the pile and a description of specific actions that
ensued and resulting behavior of the animal, if any. We require that,
at a minimum, the following information be collected on the sighting
forms:
Date and time that monitored activity begins or ends;
Construction activities occurring during each observation
period;
Weather parameters (e.g., wind speed, percent cloud cover,
visibility);
Water conditions (e.g., sea state, tide state);
Species, numbers, and, if possible, sex and age class of
marine mammals;
Description of any observable marine mammal behavior
patterns, including bearing and direction of travel and distance from
pile driving activity;
Distance from pile driving activities to marine mammals
and distance from the marine mammals to the observation point;
Type of construction activity (e.g., monopile or jacket
pile installation) when marine mammals are observed.
Description of implementation of mitigation measures
(e.g., delay or shutdown).
Locations of all marine mammal observations; and
Other human activity in the area.
Vineyard Wind will note behavioral observations, to the extent
practicable, if an animal has remained in the area during construction
activities.
Acoustic Monitoring
Vineyard Wind would utilize a PAM system to supplement visual
monitoring. The PAM system would be monitored by a minimum of one
acoustic PSO beginning at least 30 minutes prior to ramp-up of pile
driving and at all times during pile driving. Acoustic PSOs would
immediately communicate all detections of marine
[[Page 18377]]
mammals to visual PSOs, including any determination regarding species
identification, distance, and bearing and the degree of confidence in
the determination. PAM would be used to inform visual monitoring during
construction; no mitigation actions would be required on PAM detection
alone. The PAM system would not be located on the pile installation
vessel.
Acoustic PSOs may be on watch for a maximum of four consecutive
hours followed by a break of at least two hours between watches.
Acoustic PSOs would be required to complete specialized training for
operating PAM systems. PSOs can act as acoustic or visual observers
(but not simultaneously) as long as they demonstrate that their
training and experience are sufficient to perform each task.
Vineyard Wind will also conduct hydroacoustic monitoring for a
subset of impact-driven piles. Hydroacoustic monitoring would be
performed for at least one of each pile type (e.g., monopile and jacket
pile). For each pile that is monitored via hydroacoustic monitoring, a
minimum of two autonomous acoustic recorders will be deployed. Each
acoustic recorder will consist of a vertical line array with two
hydrophones deployed at depths spanning the water column (one near the
seabed and one in the water column).
Vineyard Wind would be required to conduct sound source
verification during pile driving. Sound source verification would be
required during impact installation of a 10.3 m monopile (or, of the
largest diameter monopile used over the duration of the IHA) with noise
attenuation activated; during impact installation of the same size
monopile, without noise attenuation activated (if a monopile is
installed without noise attenuation; impact pile driving without noise
attenuation would be limited to one monopile); and, during impact
installation of the largest jacket pile used over the duration of the
IHA. Sound source measurements would be conducted at distances of
approximately 50, 500, 750 and 1,500 m from the pile being driven.
Vineyard Wind would be required to empirically determine the
distances to the isopleths corresponding to the Level A and Level B
harassment thresholds either by extrapolating from in situ measurements
conducted at several points between 50, 500, 750, and 1,500 m from the
pile being driven, or by direct measurements to locate the distance
where the received levels reach the relevant thresholds or below.
Isopleths corresponding to the Level A and Level B harassment
thresholds would be empirically verified for impact driving of the
largest diameter monopile used over the duration of the IHA, and impact
driving of the largest diameter jacket pile used over the duration of
the IHA. For verification of the extent of the Level B harassment zone,
Vineyard Wind would be required to report the measured or extrapolated
distances where the received levels SPLrms decay to 160-dB, as well as
integration time for such SPLrms.
The acoustic monitoring report would include: Peak sound pressure
level (SPLpk), root-mean-square sound pressure level that contains 90
percent of the acoustic energy (SPLrms), single strike sound exposure
level, integration time for SPLrms, SELss spectrum, and 24-hour
cumulative SEL extrapolated from measurements. All these levels would
be reported in the form of median, mean, max, and minimum. The sound
levels reported would be in median and linear average (i.e., taking
averages of sound intensity before converting to dB). The acoustic
monitoring report would also include a description of depth and
sediment type at the recording location.
Recording would also occur when no construction activities are
occurring in order to establish ambient sound levels. Vineyard Wind
would also conduct real-time PAM during certain times of year to
facilitate mitigation (as described above).
Reporting
A draft report would be submitted to NMFS within 90 days of the
completion of monitoring for each installation's in-water work window.
The report would include marine mammal observations pre-activity,
during-activity, and post-activity during pile driving days, and would
also provide descriptions of any behavioral responses to construction
activities by marine mammals. The report would detail the monitoring
protocol, summarize the data recorded during monitoring including an
estimate of the number of marine mammals that may have been harassed
during the period of the report, and describe any mitigation actions
taken (i.e., delays or shutdowns due to detections of marine mammals,
and documentation of when shutdowns were called for but not implemented
and why). The report would also include results from acoustic
monitoring including dates and times of all detections, types and
nature of sounds heard, whether detections were linked with visual
sightings, water depth of the hydrophone array, bearing of the animal
to the vessel (if determinable), species or taxonomic group (if
determinable), spectrogram screenshot, a record of the PAM operator's
review of any acoustic detections, and any other notable information. A
final report must be submitted within 30 days following resolution of
comments on the draft report.
Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A
negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of takes alone is not enough
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be
``taken'' through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, such as the
likely nature of any responses (e.g., intensity, duration), the context
of any responses (e.g., critical reproductive time or location,
migration), as well as effects on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
of the mitigation. We also assess the number, intensity, and context of
estimated takes by evaluating this information relative to population
status. Consistent with the 1989 preamble for NMFS's implementing
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29, 1989), the impacts from other
past and ongoing anthropogenic activities are incorporated into this
analysis via their impacts on the environmental baseline (e.g., as
reflected in the regulatory status of the species, population size and
growth rate where known, ongoing sources of human-caused mortality, or
ambient noise levels).
Pile driving activities associated with the proposed project, as
described previously, have the potential to disturb or temporarily
displace marine mammals. Specifically, the specified activities may
result in take, in the form of Level A harassment (potential injury) or
Level B harassment (potential behavioral disturbance) from underwater
sounds generated from pile driving. Potential takes could occur if
individual marine mammals are present in the ensonified zone when pile
driving is occurring.
To avoid repetition, the majority of our analyses apply to all the
species listed in Table 1, given that many of the anticipated effects
of the proposed project on different marine mammal
[[Page 18378]]
stocks are expected to be relatively similar in nature. Where there are
meaningful differences between species or stocks--as is the case of the
North Atlantic right whale--they are included as separate sub-sections
below.
North Atlantic Right Whales
North Atlantic right whales are currently threatened by low
population abundance, higher than normal mortality rates and lower than
normal reproductive rates. As described above, the project area
represents part of an important migratory area for North Atlantic right
whales, which make annual migrations up and down the Atlantic coast.
Due to the current status of North Atlantic right whales, and the
spatial overlap of the proposed project with an area of biological
significance for right whales, the potential impacts of the proposed
project on right whales warrant particular attention.
As described above, North Atlantic right whale presence in the
project area is seasonal. As a result of several years of aerial
surveys and PAM deployments in the area we have confidence that right
whales are expected in the project area during certain times of year
while at other times of year right whales are not expected to occur in
the project area. During aerial surveys conducted from 2011-2015 in the
project area, right whale sightings occurred only December through
April, with no sightings from May through November (Kraus et al.,
2016). There was not significant variability in sighting rate among
years, indicating consistent annual seasonal use of the area by right
whales (Kraus et al., 2016).
Due to this seasonal pattern in right whale occurrence in the
project area, we expect the most significant measure in minimizing
impacts to right whales to be the proposed seasonal closure that would
occur from January through April, when right whale abundance in the
project area is greatest. In addition, proposed mitigation measures
outside of those months--including a 10 km clearance zone facilitated
through PAM and vessel or aerial surveys during the ``shoulder
seasons'' when right whale abundance in the area is lower than the peak
months of January to April, as well as a 1 km clearance zone for all
other months--will greatly minimize any takes that may otherwise occur
outside of the months of peak abundance in the area. As a result of
these mitigation measures, we expect the already small potential for
right whales to be exposed to project-related sound above the Level A
harassment threshold to be eliminated. We also expect these proposed
measures to greatly reduce the amount of exposures to project-related
noise above the Level B harassment threshold, the duration and
intensity of any exposures above the Level B harassment threshold that
do occur, as well as the potential for mother-calf pairs to be exposed
to project-related noise above the Level B harassment threshold during
their annual migration through the project area. No serious injury or
mortality of North Atlantic right whales would be expected even in the
absence of the proposed mitigation measures.
Instances of Level B harassment of North Atlantic right whales will
be reduced to the level of least practicable adverse impact through use
of proposed mitigation measures, including soft start. Any individuals
that are exposed above the Level B harassment threshold are expected to
move away from the sound source and temporarily avoid the areas of pile
driving. We expect that any avoidance of the project area by North
Atlantic right whales would be temporary in nature and that any North
Atlantic right whales that avoid the project area during construction
would not be permanently displaced. Even repeated Level B harassment of
some small subset of the overall stock is unlikely to result in any
significant realized decrease in viability for the affected
individuals, and thus would not result in any adverse impact to the
stock as a whole.
Prey for North Atlantic right whales are mobile and broadly
distributed throughout the project area; therefore, right whales that
may be temporarily displaced during construction activities are
expected to be able to resume foraging once they have moved away from
areas with disturbing levels of underwater noise. Because of the
temporary nature of the disturbance and the availability of similar
habitat and resources in the surrounding area, the impacts to right
whales and the food sources that they utilize are not expected to cause
significant or long-term consequences for individual right whales or
their population. In addition, there are no right whale mating or
calving areas within the proposed project area.
As described above, North Atlantic right whales are experiencing an
ongoing UME. However, as described above, no injury of right whales as
a result of the proposed project is expected or proposed for
authorization, and Level B harassment takes of right whales are
expected to be in the form of avoidance of the immediate area of
construction. As no injury or mortality is expected or proposed for
authorization, and Level B harassment of North Atlantic right whales
will be reduced to the level of least practicable adverse impact
through use of proposed mitigation measures, the proposed authorized
takes of right whales would not exacerbate or compound the ongoing UME
in any way.
NMFS concludes that exposures to North Atlantic right whales would
be greatly reduced due to the seasonal restrictions, and additional
proposed mitigation measures that would ensure that any exposures above
the Level B harassment threshold would result in only short-term
effects to individuals exposed. With implementation of the proposed
mitigation requirements, take by Level A harassment is unlikely and is
therefore not proposed for authorization. Potential impacts associated
with Level B harassment would include only low-level, temporary
behavioral modifications, most likely in the form of avoidance behavior
or potential alteration of vocalizations. In order to evaluate whether
or not individual behavioral responses, in combination with other
stressors, impact animal populations, scientists have developed
theoretical frameworks which can then be applied to particular case
studies when the supporting data are available. One such framework is
the population consequences of disturbance model (PCoD), which attempts
to assess the combined effects of individual animal exposures to
stressors at the population level (NAS 2017). Nearly all PCoD studies
and experts agree that infrequent exposures of a single day or less are
unlikely to impact individual fitness, let alone lead to population
level effects (Booth et al., 2016; Booth et al., 2017; Christiansen and
Lusseau 2015; Farmer et al., 2018; Harris et al., 2017; Harwood and
Booth 2016; King et al., 2015; McHuron et al., 2018; NAS 2017; New et
al., 2014; Pirotta et al., 2018; Southall et al., 2007; Villegas-
Amtmann et al., 2015). Since NMFS expects that any exposures would be
very brief, and repeat exposures to the same individuals are unlikely,
any behavioral responses that would occur due to animals being exposed
to construction activity are expected to be temporary, with behavior
returning to a baseline state shortly after the acoustic stimuli
ceases. Given this, and NMFS' evaluation of the available PCoD studies,
any such behavioral responses are not expected to impact individual
animals' health or have effects on individual animals' survival or
reproduction, thus no detrimental impacts at the population level are
anticipated. North Atlantic right whales
[[Page 18379]]
may temporarily avoid the immediate area but are not expected to
permanently abandon the area. Impacts to breeding, feeding, sheltering,
resting, or migration are not expected, nor are shifts in habitat use,
distribution, or foraging success. NMFS does not anticipate North
Atlantic right whales takes that would result from the proposed project
would impact annual rates of recruitment or survival. Thus, any takes
that occur would not result in population level impacts.
All Other Marine Mammal Species
Impact pile driving has source characteristics (short, sharp pulses
with higher peak levels and sharper rise time to reach those peaks)
that are potentially injurious or more likely to produce severe
behavioral reactions. However, modeling indicates there is limited
potential for injury even in the absence of the proposed mitigation
measures, with several species predicted to experience no Level A
harassment based on modeling results (Tables 10-13). In addition, the
potential for injury is expected to be greatly minimized through
implementation of the proposed mitigation measures including soft
start, use of a sound attenuation system, and the implementation of
clearance zones that would facilitate a delay of pile driving if marine
mammals were observed approaching or within areas that could be
ensonified above sound levels that could result in auditory injury.
Given sufficient notice through use of soft start, marine mammals are
expected to move away from a sound source that is annoying prior to its
becoming potentially injurious or resulting in more severe behavioral
reactions. The proposed requirement that pile driving can only commence
when the full extent of all clearance zones are fully visible to PSOs
will ensure a high marine mammal detection capability, enabling a high
rate of success in implementation of clearance zones to avoid injury.
We expect that any exposures above the Level A harassment threshold
would be in the form of slight PTS, i.e., minor degradation of hearing
capabilities within regions of hearing that align most completely with
the energy produced by pile driving (i.e., the low-frequency region
below 2 kHz), not severe hearing impairment. If hearing impairment
occurs, it is most likely that the affected animal would lose a few
decibels in its hearing sensitivity, which in most cases is not likely
to meaningfully affect its ability to forage and communicate with
conspecifics. However, given sufficient notice through use of soft
start, marine mammals are expected to move away from a sound source
that is annoying prior to its becoming potentially injurious or
resulting in more severe behavioral reactions.
Additionally, the numbers of exposures above the Level A harassment
proposed for authorization are relatively low for all marine mammal
stocks and species: For 13 of 15 stocks, we propose to authorize less
than 10 takes by Level A harassment over the duration of the project;
for the other two stocks we propose to authorize no more than 35 takes
by Level A harassment. As described above, we expect that marine
mammals would be likely to move away from a sound source that
represents an aversive stimulus, especially at levels that would be
expected to result in PTS, given sufficient notice through use of soft
start, thereby minimizing the degree of PTS that would be incurred.
Repeated exposures of individuals to relatively low levels of sound
outside of preferred habitat areas are unlikely to significantly
disrupt critical behaviors. Thus, even repeated Level B harassment of
some small subset of an overall stock is unlikely to result in any
significant realized decrease in viability for the affected
individuals, and thus would not result in any adverse impact to the
stock as a whole. Level B harassment will be reduced to the level of
least practicable adverse impact through use of proposed mitigation
measures and, if sound produced by project activities is sufficiently
disturbing, marine mammals are likely to simply avoid the area while
the activity is occurring. Effects on individuals that are taken by
Level B harassment, on the basis of reports in the literature as well
as monitoring from other similar activities, will likely be limited to
reactions such as increased swimming speeds, increased surfacing time,
or decreased foraging (if such activity were occurring) (e.g., Thorson
and Reyff, 2006; HDR, Inc., 2012; Lerma, 2014). Most likely,
individuals will simply move away from the sound source and temporarily
avoid the area where pile driving is occurring. Therefore, we expect
that animals annoyed by project sound would simply avoid the area
during pile driving in favor of other, similar habitats. We expect that
any avoidance of the project area by marine mammals would be temporary
in nature and that any marine mammals that avoid the project area
during construction would not be permanently displaced.
Feeding behavior is not likely to be significantly impacted, as
prey species are mobile and are broadly distributed throughout the
project area; therefore, marine mammals that may be temporarily
displaced during construction activities are expected to be able to
resume foraging once they have moved away from areas with disturbing
levels of underwater noise. Because of the temporary nature of the
disturbance and the availability of similar habitat and resources in
the surrounding area, the impacts to marine mammals and the food
sources that they utilize are not expected to cause significant or
long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or their
populations. There are no areas of notable biological significance for
marine mammal feeding known to exist in the project area. In addition,
there are no rookeries or mating or calving areas known to be
biologically important to marine mammals within the proposed project
area.
NMFS concludes that exposures to marine mammals due to the proposed
project would result in only short-term effects to individuals exposed.
Marine mammals may temporarily avoid the immediate area but are not
expected to permanently abandon the area. Impacts to breeding, feeding,
sheltering, resting, or migration are not expected, nor are shifts in
habitat use, distribution, or foraging success. NMFS does not
anticipate the marine mammal takes that would result from the proposed
project would impact annual rates of recruitment or survival.
As described above, humpback whales, minke whales, and gray, harbor
and harp seals are experiencing ongoing UMEs. For minke whales,
although the ongoing UME is under investigation (as occurs for all
UMEs), this event does not provide cause for concern regarding
population level impacts, as the likely population abundance is greater
than 20,000 whales. Even though the PBR value is based on an abundance
for U.S. waters that is negatively biased and a small fraction of the
true population abundance, annual M/SI does not exceed the calculated
PBR value for minke whales. With regard to humpback whales, the UME
does not yet provide cause for concern regarding population-level
impacts. Despite the UME, the relevant population of humpback whales
(the West Indies breeding population, or distinct population segment
(DPS)) remains healthy. The West Indies DPS, which consists of the
whales whose breeding range includes the Atlantic margin of the
Antilles from Cuba to northern Venezuela, and whose feeding range
primarily includes the Gulf of Maine, eastern Canada, and western
Greenland, was delisted. The status review identified harmful algal
blooms, vessel collisions, and fishing gear entanglements as relevant
threats for this DPS, but noted that all other
[[Page 18380]]
threats are considered likely to have no or minor impact on population
size or the growth rate of this DPS (Bettridge et al., 2015). As
described in Bettridge et al. (2015), the West Indies DPS has a
substantial population size (i.e., approximately 10,000; Stevick et
al., 2003; Smith et al., 1999; Bettridge et al., 2015), and appears to
be experiencing consistent growth. With regard to gray seals, harbor
seals and harp seals, although the ongoing UME is under investigation,
the UME does not yet provide cause for concern regarding population-
level impacts to any of these stocks. For harbor seals, the population
abundance is over 75,000 and annual M/SI (345) is well below PBR
(2,006) (Hayes et al., 2018). For gray seals, the population abundance
is over 27,000, and abundance is likely increasing in the U.S. Atlantic
EEZ and in Canada (Hayes et al., 2018). For harp seals, the current
population trend in U.S. waters is unknown, as is PBR (Hayes et al.,
2018), however the population abundance is over 7 million seals,
suggesting that the UME is unlikely to result in population-level
impacts (Hayes et al., 2018). Proposed authorized takes by Level A
harassment for all species are very low (i.e., no more than 10 takes by
Level A harassment proposed for any of these species) and as described
above, any Level A harassment would be expected to be in the form of
slight PTS, i.e., minor degradation of hearing capabilities which is
not likely to meaningfully affect the ability to forage or communicate
with conspecifics. No serious injury or mortality is expected or
proposed for authorization, and Level B harassment of humpback whales
and minke whales and gray, harbor and harp seals will be reduced to the
level of least practicable adverse impact through use of proposed
mitigation measures. As such, the proposed authorized takes of humpback
whales and minke whales would not exacerbate or compound the ongoing
UMEs in any way.
In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily
support our preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from
this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
No mortality or serious injury is anticipated or proposed
for authorization;
The anticipated impacts of the proposed activity on marine
mammals would be temporary behavioral changes due to avoidance of the
project area and limited instances of Level A harassment in the form of
a slight PTS;
Potential instances of exposure above the Level A
harassment threshold are expected to be relatively low for most
species; any potential for exposures above the Level A harassment
threshold would be minimized by proposed mitigation measures including
clearance zones;
Total proposed authorized takes as a percentage of
population are very low for all species and stocks (i.e., less than 6
percent for five stocks, and less than 1 percent for the remaining 10
stocks);
The availability of alternate areas of similar habitat
value for marine mammals to temporarily vacate the project area during
the proposed project to avoid exposure to sounds from the activity;
Effects on species that serve as prey species for marine
mammals from the proposed project are expected to be short-term and are
not expected to result in significant or long-term consequences for
individual marine mammals, or to contribute to adverse impacts on their
populations;
There are no known important feeding, breeding or calving
areas in the project area. A biologically important migratory area
exists for North Atlantic right whales, however the proposed seasonal
moratorium on construction is expected to largely avoid impacts to the
right whale migration, as described above;
The proposed mitigation measures, including visual and
acoustic monitoring, clearance zones, and soft start, are expected to
minimize potential impacts to marine mammals.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine
mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on
all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be
authorized under sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA for
specified activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA
does not define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated
numbers are available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to
the most appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or
stock in our determination of whether an authorization is limited to
small numbers of marine mammals. Additionally, other qualitative
factors may be considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or
spatial scale of the activities.
We propose to authorize incidental take of 15 marine mammal stocks.
The total amount of taking proposed for authorization is less than 6
percent for five of these stocks, and less than 1 percent for the
remaining 10 stocks (Table 15), which we consider to be relatively
small percentages and we preliminarily find are small numbers of marine
mammals relative to the estimated overall population abundances for
those stocks.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size
of all affected species or stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination
There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine
mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has
determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would
not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such
species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16
U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal agency insure that any
action it authorizes, funds, or carries out is not likely to jeopardize
the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species or
result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated
critical habitat. To ensure ESA compliance for the issuance of IHAs,
NMFS consults internally whenever we propose to authorize take for
endangered or threatened species.
NMFS is proposing to authorize take of North Atlantic right, fin,
sei, and sperm whales, which are listed under the ESA. The NMFS Office
of Protected Resources has requested initiation of Section 7
consultation with the NMFS Greater Atlantic Regional Fisheries Office
for the issuance of this IHA. NMFS will conclude the ESA consultation
prior to reaching a determination regarding the proposed issuance of
the authorization.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to
issue an IHA to Vineyard Wind for
[[Page 18381]]
conducting construction activities south of Massachusetts for a period
of one year, provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring,
and reporting requirements are incorporated. A draft of the proposed
IHA can be found at: www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act.
Request for Public Comments
We request comment on our analyses, the proposed authorization, and
any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for the proposed
construction of the Vineyard Wind offshore wind project. We also
request comment on the potential for renewal of this proposed IHA as
described in the paragraph below. Please include with your comments any
supporting data or literature citations to help inform our final
decision on the request for MMPA authorization.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may issue a one-year IHA renewal with
an expedited public comment period (15 days) when: (1) Another year of
identical or nearly identical activities as described in the Specified
Activities section is planned or (2) the activities would not be
completed by the time the IHA expires and a second IHA would allow for
completion of the activities beyond that described in the Dates and
Duration section, provided all of the following conditions are met:
A request for renewal is received no later than 60 days
prior to expiration of the current IHA;
The request for renewal must include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities to be conducted under the
proposed Renewal are identical to the activities analyzed under the
initial IHA, are a subset of the activities, or include changes so
minor (e.g., reduction in pile size) that the changes do not affect the
previous analyses, mitigation and monitoring requirements, or take
estimates (with the exception of reducing the type or amount of take
because only a subset of the initially analyzed activities remain to be
completed under the Renewal); and
(2) A preliminary monitoring report showing the results of the
required monitoring to date and an explanation showing that the
monitoring results do not indicate impacts of a scale or nature not
previously analyzed or authorized;
Upon review of the request for renewal, the status of the
affected species or stocks, and any other pertinent information, NMFS
determines that there are no more than minor changes in the activities,
the mitigation and monitoring measures will remain the same and
appropriate, and the findings in the initial IHA remain valid.
Dated: April 24, 2019.
Catherine Marzin,
Acting Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2019-08666 Filed 4-29-19; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P